Search the Perseus Catalog for:

ΛΟΓΟΣ ΠΡΩΤΟΣ

1 Μωυσέως τοῦ κατὰ μέν τινας νομοθέτου τῶν Ἰουδαίων, κατὰ δέ τινας ἑρμηνέως νόμων ἱερῶν, τὸν βίον ἀναγράψαι διενοήθην, ἀνδρὸς
τὰ πάντα μεγίστου καὶ τελειοτάτου, καὶ γνώριμον τοῖς ἀξίοις μὴ ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν ἀποφῆναι.

[2] τῶν μὲν γὰρ νόμων τὸ κλέος, οὓς ἀπολέλοιπε, διὰ πάσης τῆς οἰκουμένης πεφοιτηκὸς ἄχρι καὶ τῶν τῆς γῆς τερμάτων ἔφθακεν, αὐτὸν δὲ ὅστις ἦν ἐπ’ ἀληθείας ἴσασιν οὐ πολλοί, διὰ φθόνον ἴσως καὶ ἐν οὐκ ὀλίγοις τῶν διατεταγμένων ὑπὸ τῶν κατὰ πόλεις νομοθετῶν
ἐναντίωσιν οὐκ ἐθελησάντων αὐτὸν μνήμης ἀξιῶσαι τῶν παρ’ Ἕλλησι λογίων·

[3] ὧν οἱ πλείους τὰς δυνάμεις ἃς ἔσχον διὰ παιδείας ὕβρισαν ἔν τε ποιήμασι καὶ τοῖς καταλογάδην p. 81 M. συγγράμμασι κωμῳδίας καὶ συβαριτικὰς ἀσελγείας συνθέντες, περιβόητον αἰσχύνην, οὓς ἔδει ταῖς φύσεσι καταχρήσασθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ βίων ὑφήγησιν, ²³ ἵνα μήτε τι καλὸν ἡσυχίᾳ παραδοθὲν ἀρχαῖον ἢ νέον ἀφανισθῇ λάμψαι δυνάμενον μήτ’ αὖ τὰς ἀμείνους ὑποθέσεις παρελθόντες τὰς ἀναξίους ἀκοῆς προκρῖναι δοκῶσι σπουδάζοντες τὰ κακὰ καλῶς ἀπαγγέλλειν εἰς ὀνειδῶν ἐπιφάνειαν.

[4] ἀλλ’ ἔγωγε τὴν τούτων βασκανίαν ὑπερβὰς τὰ περὶ τὸν ἄνδρα μηνύσω μαθὼν αὐτὰ κἀκ βίβλων τῶν ἱερῶν, ἃς θαυμάσια
μνημεῖα τῆς αὑτοῦ σοφίας ἀπολέλοιπε, καὶ παρά τινων ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔθνους πρεσβυτέρων· τὰ γὰρ λεγόμενα τοῖς ἀναγινωσκομένοις ἀεὶ συνύφαινον καὶ διὰ τοῦτ’ ἔδοξα μᾶλλον ἑτέρων τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον ἀκριβῶσαι.

[5] 2 Ἄρξομαι δ’ ἀφ’ οὗπερ ἀναγκαῖον ἄρξασθαι. Μωυσῆς γένος μέν ἐστι Χαλδαῖος, ἐγεννήθη δ’ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἐτράφη, τῶν προγόνων
αὐτοῦ διὰ πολυχρόνιον λιμόν, ὃς Βαβυλῶνα καὶ τοὺς πλησιοχώρους ἐπίεζε, κατὰ ζήτησιν τροφῆς εἰς Αἴγυπτον πανοικὶ μεταναστάντων, γῆν πεδιάδα καὶ βαθεῖαν καὶ πρὸς πάντα γονιμωτάτην, ὧν ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις δεῖται, καὶ μάλιστα τὸν τοῦ σίτου καρπόν.

[6] ὁ γὰρ ταύτης ποταμὸς θέρους ἀκμάζοντος, ἡνίκα τοὺς ἄλλους φασὶ μειοῦσθαι χειμάρρους τε
καὶ αὐθιγενεῖς, ἐπιβαίνων τε καὶ ἀναχεόμενος πλημμυρεῖ καὶ λιμνάζει τὰς ἀρούρας, αἳ ὑετοῦ μὴ δεόμεναι φορᾶς ἀφθονίαν παντοίων ἀγαθῶν ⁴ ἀνὰ πᾶν ἔτος χορηγοῦσιν, εἰ μή που μεσολαβήσειεν ὀργὴ θεοῦ δι’ ἐπιπολάζουσαν ἀσέβειαν τῶν οἰκητόρων.

[7] πατρὸς δὲ καὶ μητρὸς ἔλαχε τῶν καθ’ ἑαυτοὺς ἀρίστων, οὓς φυλέτας ὄντας ἡ ὁμοφροσύνη μᾶλλον ᾠκείωσεν ἢ τὸ γένος. ἑβδόμη γενεὰ δ’ οὗτός ἐστιν ἀπὸ τοῦ πρώτου,
ὃς ἐπηλύτης ὢν τοῦ σύμπαντος Ἰουδαίων ἔθνους ἀρχηγέτης ἐγένετο.

[8] 3 τροφῆς δ’ ἠξιώθη βασιλικῆς ἀπ’ αἰτίας τοιᾶσδε· τῆς χώρας ὁ βασιλεύς, εἰς πολυανθρωπίαν ἐπιδιδόντος ἀεὶ τοῦ ἔθνους, δείσας μὴ οἱ ἔποικοι πλείους γενόμενοι δυνατωτέρᾳ χειρὶ τοῖς αὐτόχθοσι περὶ κράτους ἀρχῆς ἁμιλλῶνται, τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτῶν ἀφαιρεῖν ἐπινοίαις ἀνοσιουργοῖς ἐμηχανᾶτο p. 82 Μ. καὶ κελεύει τῶν γεννωμένων τὰ μὲν θήλεα τρέφειν — ἐπεὶ
γυνὴ διὰ φύσεως ἀσθένειαν ὀκνηρὸν εἰς πόλεμον —, τὰ δ’ ἄρρενα διαφθείρειν, ἵνα μὴ αὐξηθῇ κατὰ πόλεις· εὐανδροῦσα γὰρ δύναμις δυσάλωτον καὶ δυσκαθαίρετον ἐπιτείχισμα.

[9] γεννηθεὶς οὖν ὁ παῖς εὐθὺς ὄψιν ἐνέφαινεν ἀστειοτέραν ἢ κατ’ ἰδιώτην, ὡς καὶ τῶν τοῦ τυράννου κηρυγμάτων,
ἐφ’ ὅσον οἷόν τε ἦν, τοὺς γονεῖς ἀλογῆσαι· τρεῖς γοῦν φασι μῆνας ἐφεξῆς οἴκοι γαλακτοτροφηθῆναι λανθάνοντα τοὺς πολλούς.

[10] ἐπεὶ δ’, οἷα ἐν μοναρχίαις φιλεῖ, καὶ τὰ ἐν μυχοῖς ἔνιοι διηρεύνων σπεύδοντες ἀεί τι καινὸν ἄκουσμα προσφέρειν τῷ βασιλεῖ, φοβηθέντες μὴ σωτηρίαν ἑνὶ μνώμενοι πλείους ὄντες αὐτοὶ σὺν ἐκείνῳ παραπόλωνται, δεδακρυμένοι ⁵ τὸν παῖδα ἐκτιθέασι παρὰ τὰς ὄχθας τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ στένοντες ἀπῄεσαν, οἰκτιζόμενοι μὲν αὑτοὺς τῆς ἀνάγκης αὐτόχειράς τε καὶ τεκνοκτόνους ἀποκαλοῦντες, οἰκτιζόμενοι δὲ καὶ τὸν παῖδα τῆς παραλογωτάτης ἀπωλείας.

[11] εἶθ’, ὡς εἰκὸς ἐν ἀλλοκότῳ πράγματι, κατηγόρουν αὑτῶν ὡς μείζονος αἰτίων συμφορᾶς· „τί γὰρ“ ἔφασκον „εὐθὺς γεννώμενον οὐκ
ἐξεθήκαμεν; τὸν μὴ φθάσαντα τροφῆς ἡμέρου μεταλαχεῖν οὐδ’ ἄνθρωπον οἱ πολλοὶ νομίζουσιν· ἡμεῖς δ’ οἱ περιττοὶ καὶ τρεῖς μῆνας ὅλους ἀνεθρέψαμεν, δαψιλεστέρας μὲν ἑαυτοῖς ἀνίας, τῷ δὲ τιμωρίας ἐκπορίζοντες, ἵν’ ἡδονῶν καὶ ἀλγηδόνων ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι δυνάμενος

[12] ἐν αἰσθήσει κακῶν ἀργαλεωτέρων διαφθείρηται.“ 4 καὶ οἱ μὲν
ἀγνοίᾳ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀπῄεσαν οἰκτρῷ κατεσχημένοι πένθει, ἀδελφὴ δὲ τοῦ ἐκτεθέντος βρέφους ἔτι παρθένος ὑπὸ φιλοικείου πάθους μικρὸν ἄποθεν ἐκαραδόκει τὸ ἀποβησόμενον· ἅ μοι δοκεῖ πάντα συμβῆναι κατὰ θεὸν προμηθούμενον τοῦ παιδός.

[13] θυγάτηρ ἦν τῷ βασιλεῖ τῆς χώρας ἀγαπητὴ καὶ μόνη· ταύτην φασὶ γημαμένην ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου μὴ κυΐσκειν τέκνων ὡς
εἰκὸς ἐπιθυμοῦσαν καὶ μάλιστα γενεᾶς ἄρρενος, ἣ τὸν εὐδαίμονα κλῆρον τῆς πατρῴας ἡγεμονίας διαδέξεται κινδυνεύοντα ἐρημίᾳ θυγατριδῶν ἀλλοτριωθῆναι.

[14] κατηφοῦσαν δὲ ἀεὶ καὶ στένουσαν ὡς μάλιστα ἐκείνῃ τῇ ⁶⁷ ἡμέρᾳ τῷ βάρει τῶν φροντίδων ἀπαγορεῦσαι καὶ δι’ ἔθους ἔχουσαν οἴκοι καταμένειν καὶ μηδὲ τὰς κλισιάδας ὑπερβαίνειν ἐξορμῆσαι μετὰ θεραπαινίδων ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν, ἔνθα ὁ παῖς ἐξέκειτο· κἄπειτα λουτροῖς καὶ περιρραντηρίοις χρῆσθαι μέλλουσαν ἐν τῷ δασυτάτῳ τῶν ἑλῶν p. 83 M. αὐτὸν
θεάσασθαι καὶ κελεῦσαι προσφέρειν.

[15] εἶτα ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἄχρι ποδῶν καταθεωμένην τήν τε εὐμορφίαν καὶ εὐεξίαν ἀποδέχεσθαι καὶ δεδακρυμένον ὁρῶσαν ἐλεεῖν, ἤδη τῆς ψυχῆς τετραμμένης αὐτῇ πρὸς μητρῷον πάθος ὡς ἐπὶ γνησίῳ παιδί· γνοῦσαν δ’ ὅτι τῶν Ἑβραίων ἐστὶ καταδεισάντων τοῦ βασιλέως τὸ πρόσταγμα βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ· μὴ
γὰρ ἀσφαλὲς εὐθὺς εἶναι νομίζειν εἰς τὰ βασίλεια ἄγειν.

[16] διαπορούσης δ’ ἔτι, τὴν ἀδελφὴν τοῦ παιδὸς καθάπερ ἀπὸ σκοπῆς τὸν ἐνδοιασμὸν στοχασαμένην πυνθάνεσθαι προσδραμοῦσαν, εἰ βουλήσεται γαλακτοτροφηθῆναι τοῦτον παρὰ γυναίῳ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ κυήσαντι·

[17] τῆς δὲ βούλεσθαι φαμένης, τὴν αὑτῆς καὶ τοῦ βρέφους μητέρα παραγαγεῖν
ὡς ἀλλοτρίαν, ἣν ἑτοιμότερον ἀσμένην ὑπισχνεῖσθαι πρόφασιν ὡς ἐπὶ μισθῷ τροφεύσειν, ἐπινοίᾳ θεοῦ τοῦ τὰς πρώτας τροφὰς τῷ παιδὶ γνησίας εὐτρεπίζοντος· εἶτα δίδωσιν ὄνομα θεμένη Μωυσῆν ἐτύμως διὰ τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος αὐτὸν ἀνελέσθαι· τὸ γὰρ ὕδωρ μῶυ ὀνομάζουσιν Αἰγύπτιοι.

[18] 5 Ἐπεὶ δ’ ἀθρόας ἐπιδόσεις καὶ παραυξήσεις λαμβάνων οὐ σὺν ⁸⁹ λόγῳ τῷ κατὰ χρόνον θᾶττον δ’ ἀπότιτθος γίνεται, παρῆν ἡ μήτηρ ἅμα καὶ τροφὸς κομίζουσα τῇ δούσῃ μηκέτι γαλακτοτροφίας δεόμενον, εὐγενῆ καὶ ἀστεῖον ὀφθῆναι.

[19] τελειότερον δὲ τῆς ἡλικίας ἰδοῦσα κἀκ τῆς ὄψεως ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον σπάσασα εὐνοίας υἱὸν ποιεῖται τὰ περὶ τὸν ὄγκον τῆς γαστρὸς τεχνάσασα πρότερον, ἵνα γνήσιος ἀλλὰ μὴ
ὑποβολιμαῖος νομισθῇ· πάντα δ’ ἐξευμαρίζει θεὸς ἃ ἂν ἐθελήσῃ καὶ τὰ δυσκατόρθωτα.

[20] τροφῆς οὖν ἤδη βασιλικῆς καὶ θεραπείας ἀξιούμενος οὐχ οἷα κομιδῇ νήπιος ἥδετο τωθασμοῖς καὶ γέλωσι καὶ παιδιαῖς, καίτοι τῶν τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν αὐτοῦ παρειληφότων ἀνέσεις ἔχειν ἐπιτρεπόντων καὶ μηδὲν ἐπιδεικνυμένων σκυθρωπόν, ἀλλ’ αἰδῶ καὶ σεμνότητα παραφαίνων
ἀκούσμασι καὶ θεάμασιν, ἃ τὴν ψυχὴν ἔμελλεν ὠφελήσειν, προσεῖχε.

[21] διδάσκαλοι δ’ εὐθὺς ἀλλαχόθεν ἄλλοι παρῆσαν, οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν πλησιοχώρων καὶ τῶν κατ’ Αἴγυπτον νομῶν αὐτοκέλευστοι, οἱ δ’ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐπὶ μεγάλαις δωρεαῖς μεταπεμφθέντες· ὧν p. 84 M. ἐν οὐ μακρῷ χρόνῳ τὰς δυνάμεις ὑπερέβαλεν εὐμοιρίᾳ φύσεως φθάνων τὰς ὑφηγήσεις,
ὡς ἀνάμνησιν εἶναι δοκεῖν, οὐ μάθησιν, ἔτι καὶ προσεπινοῶν αὐτὸς τὰ δυσθεώρητα.

[22] πολλὰ γὰρ αἱ μεγάλαι φύσεις καινοτομοῦσι τῶν εἰς ἐπιστήμην· καὶ καθάπερ τὰ εὐεκτικὰ τῶν σωμάτων καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσιν εὐκίνητα φροντίδων ἀπαλλάττει τοὺς ἀλείπτας οὐδὲν ἢ βραχέα παρέχοντας ¹⁰¹¹ τῶν εἰς ἐπιμέλειαν, ὥσπερ καὶ γεωργοὺς τὰ εὔβλαστα καὶ εὐγενῆ δένδρα βελτιούμενα δι’ ἑαυτῶν, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον εὐφυὴς ψυχὴ προαπαντῶσα τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑφ’ αὑτῆς μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν διδασκόντων ὠφελεῖται καὶ λαβομένη τινὸς ἐπιστημονικῆς ἀρχῆς κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν „ἵππος εἰς πεδίον„ ὁρμᾷ.

[23] ἀριθμοὺς μὲν οὖν καὶ γεωμετρίαν τήν τε ῥυθμικὴν καὶ ἁρμονικὴν καὶ μετρικὴν θεωρίαν καὶ μουσικὴν τὴν σύμπασαν διά τε χρήσεως ὀργάνων καὶ λόγων τῶν ἐν ταῖς τέχναις καὶ διεξόδοις τοπικωτέραις Αἰγυπτίων οἱ λόγιοι παρεδίδοσαν καὶ προσέτι τὴν διὰ συμβόλων φιλοσοφίαν, ἣν ἐν τοῖς λεγομένοις ἱεροῖς γράμμασιν ἐπιδείκνυνται
καὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν ζῴων ἀποδοχῆς, ἃ καὶ θεῶν τιμαῖς γεραίρουσι· τὴν δ’ ἄλλην ἐγκύκλιον παιδείαν Ἕλληνες ἐδίδασκον, οἱ δ’ ἐκ τῶν πλησιοχώρων τά τε Ἀσσύρια γράμματα καὶ τὴν τῶν οὐρανίων Χαλδαϊκὴν ἐπιστήμην.

[24] ταύτην καὶ παρ’ Αἰγυπτίων ἀνελάμβανε μαθηματικὴν ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα ἐπιτηδευόντων· καὶ τὰ παρ’ ἀμφοτέροις ἀκριβῶς
ἐν οἷς τε συμφωνοῦσι καὶ διαφέρονται καταμαθών, ἀφιλονείκως τὰς ἔριδας ὑπερβάς, τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐζήτει, μηδὲν ψεῦδος τῆς διανοίας αὐτοῦ παραδέχεσθαι δυναμένης, ὡς ἔθος τοῖς αἱρεσιομάχοις, οἳ τοῖς προτεθεῖσι δόγμασιν ὁποῖα ἂν τύχῃ βοηθοῦσιν οὐκ ἐξετάζοντες, εἰ δόκιμα, τὸ δ’ αὐτὸ δρῶντες τοῖς ἐπὶ μισθῷ συναγορεύουσι καὶ μηδὲν τοῦ δικαίου
πεφροντικόσιν.

[25] 6 ἤδη δὲ τοὺς ὅρους τῆς παιδικῆς ἡλικίας ὑπερβαίνων ¹²¹³ ἐπέτεινε τὴν φρόνησιν, οὐχ ὡς ἔνιοι τὰς μειρακιώδεις ἐπιθυμίας ἀχαλινώτους ἐῶν καίτοι μυρία ἐχούσας ὑπεκκαύματα διὰ παρασκευὰς ἀφθόνους, ἃς αἱ βασιλεῖαι χορηγοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ σωφροσύνῃ καὶ καρτερίᾳ ὥσπερ τισὶν ἡνίαις ἐνδησάμενος αὐτὰς τὴν εἰς τὸ πρόσω φορὰν ἀνεχαίτιζε βίᾳ.

[26] καὶ τῶν ἄλλων μέντοι παθῶν ἕκαστον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ μεμηνὸς καὶ
λελυττηκὸς φύσει τιθασεύων κἀξημερῶν ἐπράυνεν· εἰ δέ που διακινηθείη μόνον ἡσυχῇ καὶ πτερύξαιτο, κολάσεις ἐμβριθεστέρας παρείχετο ἢ διὰ λόγων p. 85 Μ. ἐπιπλήξεις· καὶ συνόλως τὰς πρώτας τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιβολάς τε καὶ ὁρμὰς ὡς ἀφηνιαστὴν ἵππον ἐπετήρει δεδιώς, μὴ προεκδραμοῦσαι τοῦ ἡνιοχεῖν ὀφείλοντος λογισμοῦ πάντα διὰ πάντων συγχέωσιν· αὗται γάρ
εἰσιν αἱ ἀγαθῶν αἴτιαι καὶ κακῶν, ἀγαθῶν μέν, ὅταν ἡγεμόνι λόγῳ πειθαρχῶσι, τῶν δ’ ἐναντίων, ὅταν εἰς ἀναρχίαν ἐκδιαιτῶνται.

[27] κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς οὖν οἵ τε συνδιατρίβοντες καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες ἐτεθήπεσαν, ὡς ἐπὶ καινῷ θεάματι καταπληττόμενοι καὶ τίς ἄρα ὁ ἐνοικῶν αὐτοῦ τῷ σώματι καὶ ἀγαλματοφορούμενος νοῦς ἐστι, πότερον ἀνθρώπειος ἢ θεῖος
ἢ μικτὸς ἐξ ἀμφοῖν, διερευνώμενοι, τῷ μηδὲν ἔχειν τοῖς πολλοῖς ὅμοιον, ἀλλ’ ὑπερκύπτειν καὶ πρὸς τὸ μεγαλειότερον ἐξῆρθαι.

[28] γαστρί τε γὰρ ἔξω τῶν ἀναγκαίων δασμῶν, οὓς ἡ φύσις ἔταξεν, οὐδὲν πλέον ἐχορήγει, τῶν τε ὑπογαστρίων ἡδονῶν εἰ μὴ μέχρι σπορᾶς παίδων γνησίων οὐδὲ ἐμέμνητο.

[29] γενόμενός τε διαφερόντως ἀσκητὴς ὀλιγοδεείας
καὶ τὸν ἁβροδίαιτον βίον ὡς οὐδεὶς ἕτερος χλευάσας — ψυχῇ γὰρ ἐπόθει μόνῃ ζῆν, οὐ σώματι — τὰ φιλοσοφίας δόγματα διὰ τῶν καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἔργων ἐπεδείκνυτο, λέγων μὲν οἷα ἐφρόνει, πράττων δὲ ἀκόλουθα τοῖς λεγομένοις εἰς ἁρμονίαν λόγου καὶ βίου, ἵν’ οἷος ὁ λόγος τοιοῦτος ὁ βίος καὶ οἷος ὁ βίος τοιοῦτος ὁ λόγος ἐξετάζωνται
¹⁴ καθάπερ ἐν ὀργάνῳ μουσικῷ συνηχοῦντες.

[30] οἱ μὲν οὖν πολλοί, κἂν αὐτὸ μόνον αὔρα βραχεῖά τινος εὐτυχίας προσπέσῃ, φυσῶσι καὶ πνέουσι μεγάλα καὶ καταλαζονευόμενοι τῶν ἀφανεστέρων καθάρματα καὶ παρενοχλήματα καὶ γῆς ἄχθη καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα ἀποκαλοῦσιν, ὥσπερ τὸ ἀκλινὲς
τῆς εὐπραγίας ἐν βεβαίῳ παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς εὖ μάλα σφραγισάμενοι μηδὲ μέχρι τῆς ὑστεραίας ἴσως διαμενοῦντες ἐν ὁμοίῳ.

[31] τύχης γὰρ ἀσταθμητότερον οὐδὲν ἄνω καὶ κάτω τὰ ἀνθρώπεια πεττευούσης, ἣ μιᾷ πολλάκις ἡμέρᾳ τὸν μὲν ὑψηλὸν καθαιρεῖ, τὸν δὲ ταπεινὸν μετέωρον ἐξαίρει· καὶ ταῦτα ὁρῶντες ἀεὶ γινόμενα καὶ σαφῶς εἰδότες ὅμως ὑπερόπται
μὲν οἰκείων καὶ φίλων εἰσί, νόμους δὲ παραβαίνουσι, καθ’ οὓς ἐγενήθησαν καὶ ἐτράφησαν, ἔθη δὲ πάτρια, οἷς μέμψις οὐδεμία πρόσεστι δικαία, κινοῦσιν ἐκδεδιῃτημένοι καὶ διὰ τὴν τῶν παρόντων ἀποδοχὴν οὐδενὸς ἔτι τῶν ἀρχαίων μνήμην λαμβάνουσιν.

[32] 7 ὁ δὲ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν φθάσας τὸν ὅρον τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης εὐτυχίας καὶ θυγατριδοῦς μὲν τοῦ
τοσούτου βασιλέως νομισθείς, τῆς δὲ παππῴας ἀρχῆς ὅσον οὐδέπω γεγονὼς ἐλπίσι p.86 M. ταῖς ἁπάντων διάδοχος καὶ τί γὰρ ἄλλ’ ἢ ὁ νέος βασιλεὺς προσαγορευόμενος, τὴν συγγενικὴν καὶ προγονικὴν ἐζήλωσε παιδείαν, τὰ μὲν τῶν εἰσποιησαμένων ἀγαθά, καὶ εἰ λαμπρότερα καιροῖς, νόθα εἶναι ὑπολαβών, τὰ δὲ τῶν φύσει γονέων, εἰ καὶ πρὸς
ὀλίγον ἀφανέστερα, οἰκεῖα γοῦν καὶ γνήσια·

[33] καθάπερ τε κριτὴς ἀδέκαστος τῶν γεννησάντων καὶ τῶν εἰσποιησαμένων τοὺς μὲν εὐνοίᾳ καὶ τῷ φιλεῖν ἐκθύμως τοὺς δ’ εὐχαριστίαις ἀνθ’ ὧν εὖ ἔπαθεν ἠμείβετο καὶ μέχρι παντὸς ἠμείψατ’ ἄν, εἰ μὴ κατεῖδεν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ μέγα καινουργηθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἀσέβημα.

[34] ξένοι γὰρ ἦσαν, ὡς ἔφην πρότερον,
οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, τῶν τοῦ ἔθνους ἀρχηγετῶν διὰ λιμὸν ἀπορίᾳ τροφῆς ἐκ ¹⁵¹⁶ Βαβυλῶνος καὶ τῶν ἄνω σατραπειῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον μεταναστάντων, καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἱκέται καταπεφευγότες ὡς ἐπ’ ἄσυλον ἱερὸν τήν τε βασιλέως πίστιν καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκητόρων ἔλεον.

[35] οἱ γὰρ ξένοι παρ’ ἐμοὶ κριτῇ τῶν ὑποδεξαμένων ἱκέται γραφέσθωσαν, μέτοικοι δὲ πρὸς ἱκέταις καὶ φίλοι, σπεύδοντες εἰς ἀστῶν ἰσοτιμίαν καὶ γειτνιῶντες ἤδη πολίταις,
ὀλίγῳ τῶν αὐτοχθόνων διαφέροντες.

[36] τούτους οὖν, οἳ τὴν μὲν οἰκείαν ἀπέλιπον, εἰς δ’ Αἴγυπτον ἧκον ὡς ἐν δευτέρᾳ πατρίδι μετ’ ἀσφαλείας οἰκήσοντες, ὁ τῆς χώρας ἡγεμὼν ἠνδραποδίζετο καὶ ὡς πολέμου νόμῳ λαβὼν αἰχμαλώτους ἢ πριάμενος παρὰ δεσποτῶν, οἷς ἦσαν οἰκότριβες, ὑπήγετο καὶ δούλους ἀπέφαινε τοὺς οὐκ ἐλευθέρους μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ
ξένους καὶ ἱκέτας καὶ μετοίκους οὔτε αἰδεσθεὶς οὔτε δείσας τὸν ἐλευθέριον καὶ ξένιον καὶ ἱκέσιον καὶ ἐφέστιον θεόν, ὃς τῶν τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἔφορος.

[37] εἶτ’ ἐπιτάγματα ἐπέταττε βαρύτερα τῆς δυνάμεως ἄλλους ἐπ’ ἄλλοις πόνους προστιθείς, καὶ τοῖς ἀπαγορεύουσιν ὑπ’ ἀσθενείας ὁ σίδηρος εἵπετο· ἐπιστάτας γὰρ τῶν ἔργων ἀνηλεεστάτους καὶ ὠμοθύμους οὐδενὶ συγγνώμης μεταδιδόντας ᾑρεῖτο, οὓς „ἐργοδιώκτας“ (Exod. 3,7 al.) ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ὠνόμαζον.

[38] εἰργάζοντο δ’ οἱ μὲν πηλὸν εἰς πλίνθον σχηματίζοντες, οἱ δὲ πανταχόθεν ἄχυρα συγκομίζοντες — πλίνθου γὰρ ἄχυρα δεσμός —, οἱ δ’ ἦσαν ἀποτεταγμένοι πρὸς οἰκιῶν καὶ τειχῶν καὶ πόλεων κατασκευὰς καὶ διωρύχων ἀνατομάς, ὑλοφοροῦντες αὐτοὶ μεθ’
ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ ἄνευ διαδοχῆς, οὐδεμίαν ἔχοντες ἀνάπαυλαν, ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ὅσον καταδαρθεῖν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐώμενοι, p, 87 M. πάντα καὶ τὰ τῶν δημιουργῶν καὶ τὰ τῶν ὑπουργῶν δρᾶν ἀναγκαζόμενοι, ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ τὰ σώματα αὐτοῖς ¹⁷¹⁸ ἀπαγορεύειν, ἅτε καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς προαναπιπτούσης.

[39] ἄλλοι γοῦν ἐπ’ ἄλλοις ἐξέθνῃσκον ὡς ὑπὸ λοιμώδους φθορᾶς, οὓς ἀτάφους ἔξω τῶν ὁρίων ἀπερρίπτουν οὐδὲ κόνιν ἐπαμήσασθαι τοῖς σώμασιν ἐῶντες ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ δακρῦσαι συγγενεῖς ἢ φίλους οὕτως οἰκτρῶς διαφθαρέντας· ἀλλὰ
καὶ τοῖς ἀδουλώτοις πάθεσι τῆς ψυχῆς, ἃ μόνα σχεδὸν ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐλεύθερα ἡ φύσις ἀνῆκε, δεσποτείαν ἐπηπείλουν οἱ ἀσεβεῖς ἀνάγκης ἀνυποίστῳ βάρει δυνατωτέρας πιέζοντες.

[40] 8 ἐπὶ δὴ τούτοις ἀθυμῶν καὶ δυσχεραίνων διετέλει μήτ’ ἀμύνασθαι τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας μήτε βοηθεῖν τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις ἱκανὸς ὤν· ἃ δ’ οἷός τε ἦν, διὰ λόγων ὠφέλει
παραινῶν τοῖς μὲν ἐφεστῶσι μετριάζειν καὶ τὸ σφοδρὸν τῶν ἐπιταγμάτων ὑπανιέναι καὶ χαλᾶν, τοῖς δ’ ἐργαζομένοις φέρειν τὰ παρόντα γενναίως ἄνδρας τε εἶναι τὰ φρονήματα καὶ μὴ συγκάμνειν τὰς ψυχὰς τοῖς σώμασιν, ἀλλὰ χρηστὰ προσδοκᾶν ἐκ πονηρῶν·

[41] πάντα γὰρ μεταβάλλειν τὰ ἐν κόσμῳ πρὸς τἀναντία, νέφωσιν εἰς αἰθρίαν, πνευμάτων βίας εἰς
ἀέρα νήνεμον, κλύδωνα θαλάττης εἰς ἡσυχίαν καὶ γαλήνην, τὰ δ’ ἀνθρώπεια καὶ μᾶλλον, ὅσῳ καὶ ἀσταθμητότερα.

[42] τοιούτοις κατεπᾴδων ὥσπερ ἀγαθὸς ἰατρὸς ᾤετο τὰς νόσους καίτοι βαρυτάτας οὔσας ἐπικουφιεῖν· αἱ δ’ ὁπότε λωφήσειαν, αὖθις ἐκ περιτροπῆς ἐπετίθεντο φέρουσαί τι πάντως ἐκ τοῦ διαπνεῦσαι καινὸν κακὸν ἀργαλεώτερον τῶν προτέρων.

[43] ἦσαν γάρ
τινες τῶν ἐφεστηκότων ἀτίθασοι σφόδρα καὶ λελυττηκότες, μηδὲν εἰς ἀγριότητα τῶν ἰοβόλων καὶ σαρκοβόρων διαφέροντες, ἀνθρωποειδῆ θηρία, τὴν τοῦ σώματος μορφὴν εἰς δόκησιν ἡμερότητος ἐπὶ θήρᾳ καὶ ἀπάτῃ προβεβλημένοι, σιδήρου καὶ ἀδάμαντος ἀπειθέστεροι.

[44] τούτων ἕνα τὸν βιαιότατον, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τῷ μηδὲν ἐνδιδόναι καὶ ταῖς παρακλήσεσιν ἔτι ¹⁹ μᾶλλον ἐξετραχύνετο, τοὺς τὸ προσταχθὲν μὴ ἀπνευστὶ καὶ ὀξυχειρίᾳ δρῶντας τύπτων, προπηλακίζων ἄχρι θανάτου, πάσας αἰκιζόμενος αἰκίας, ἀναιρεῖ δικαιώσας εὐαγὲς εἶναι τὸ ἔργον· καὶ ἦν εὐαγὲς τὸν ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ ζῶντα ἀνθρώπων ἀπόλλυσθαι.

[45] ταῦτ’ ἀκούσας ὁ βασιλεὺς ἠγανάκτει δεινὸν ἡγούμενος, οὐκ εἴ τις τέθνηκεν ἢ ἀνῄρηκεν ἀδίκως ἢ δικαίως,
ἀλλ’ εἰ ὁ θυγατριδοῦς αὐτῷ μὴ συμφρονεῖ μηδὲ τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἐχθροὺς καὶ φίλους ὑπείληφεν, ἀλλὰ μισεῖ μὲν οὓς αὐτὸς στέργει, φιλεῖ δὲ οὓς προβέβληται καὶ ἐλεεῖ πρὸς οὓς ἀτρέπτως καὶ ἀπαραιτήτως ἔχει.

[46] 9 p. 88 Μ. λαβόμενοι δ’ ἅπαξ ἀφορμῆς οἱ ἐν τέλει καὶ τὸν νεανίαν ὑφορώμενοι — ᾔδεσαν γὰρ μνησικακήσοντα τῶν ἀνοσιουργημάτων αὐτοῖς καὶ
ἐπὶ καιρῶν ἀμυνούμενον — ἀναπεπταμένοις ὠσὶ τοῦ πάππου μυρίας διαβολὰς ἐπήντλουν, οἱ μὲν ἔνθεν, οἱ δ’ ἔνθεν, ὡς καὶ περὶ ἀφαιρέσεως τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐμποιῆσαι δέος, „ἐπιθήσεται“ λέγοντες, „οὐδὲν φρονεῖ μικρόν, ἀεί τι προσπεριεργάζεται, πρὸ καιροῦ βασιλείας ἐρᾷ, θωπεύει τινάς, ἑτέροις ἀπειλεῖ, κτείνει χωρὶς δίκης, τοὺς μάλιστ’ εὔνους σοι προβέβληται. τί
δὴ μέλλεις, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἃ διανοεῖται δρᾶν ὑποτέμνεις; μέγα τοῖς ἐπιθεμένοις αἱ τῶν ἐπιβουλευομένων ἀναβολαί.“

[47] τοιαῦτα διεξιόντων, ὑπανεχώρησεν ²⁰²¹ εἰς τὴν ὅμορον Ἀραβίαν, ἔνθα διατρίβειν ἦν ἀσφαλές, ἅμα καὶ τὸν θεὸν ποτνιώμενος, ἵνα τοὺς μὲν ἐξ ἀμηχάνων ῥύσηται συμφορῶν, τοὺς δὲ μηδὲν παραλιπόντας τῶν εἰς ἐπήρειαν ἀξίως τίσηται, παράσχῃ δ’ αὐτῷ ταῦτ’ ἐπιδεῖν ἀμφότερα διπλασιάσας τὴν χάριν. ὁ δὲ ἐπακούει
τῶν εὐχῶν ἀγάμενος αὐτοῦ τὸ φιλόκαλον ἦθος καὶ μισοπόνηρον, οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν τὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν, ὡς θεῷ πρέπον, δικάσας.

[48] ἐν ᾧ δὲ ἔμελλε δικάζειν, τοὺς ἀρετῆς ἄθλους Μωυσῆς διήθλει τὸν ἀλείπτην ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ λογισμὸν ἀστεῖον, ὑφ’ οὗ γυμναζόμενος πρὸς τοὺς ἀρίστους βίους, τόν τε θεωρητικὸν καὶ πρακτικόν, ἐπονεῖτο φιλοσοφίας ἀνελίττων ἀεὶ δόγματα
καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ διαγινώσκων εὐτρόχως καὶ μνήμῃ παρακατατιθέμενος εἰς τὸ ἄληστον αὐτὰ καὶ τὰς οἰκείας αὐτίκα πράξεις ἐφαρμόττων ἐπαινετὰς πάσας, ἐφιέμενος οὐ τοῦ δοκεῖν ἀλλὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, διὰ τὸ προκεῖσθαι σκοπὸν ἕνα τὸν ὀρθὸν τῆς φύσεως λόγον, ὃς μόνος ἐστὶν ἀρετῶν ἀρχή τε καὶ πηγή.

[49] ἕτερος μὲν οὖν ὀργὴν ἀμείλικτον βασιλέως ἀποδιδράσκων καὶ ἄρτι πρῶτον
εἰς ἀλλοδαπὴν ἀφιγμένος, μήπω τοῖς τῶν ἐπιχωρίων ἔθεσιν ἐνωμιληκὼς μηδὲ ἀκριβῶς ἐπιστάμενος οἷς χαίρουσιν ἢ ἀλλοτριοῦνται, κἂν ἐσπούδασεν ἡσυχίᾳ χρώμενος ἀφανέστερον ζῆν τοὺς πολλοὺς λανθάνων ἢ βουληθεὶς εἰς μέσον παρέρχεσθαι τοὺς γοῦν δυνατοὺς καὶ τοὺς πλεῖστον ἰσχύοντας λιπαρέσι θεραπείαις ἐξευμενίζεσθαι, παρ’ ὧν τις ὠφέλεια προσεδοκᾶτο
καὶ βοήθεια, εἴ τινες ἐπελθόντες ἀπάγειν πρὸς βίαν ἐπειρῶντο.

[50] ὁ δὲ τὴν ἐναντίαν τοῦ εἰκότος ἀτραπὸν ἤλαυνε ταῖς τῆς ψυχῆς ὑγιαινούσαις ὁρμαῖς ἑπόμενος καὶ μηδεμίαν ἐῶν ὑποσκελίζεσθαι· διὸ καὶ τῆς ὑπούσης ²² δυνάμεως ἔστιν ὅτε πλέον ἐνεανιεύετο p. 89 M. δύναμιν ἀκαθαίρετον τὸ δίκαιον ἡγούμενος, ὑφ’ οὗ προτραπεὶς αὐτοκέλευστος ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἀσθενεστέρων συμμαχίαν ἵετο.

[51] 10 Λέξω δὲ καὶ τὸ κατ’ ἐκεῖνον αὐτῷ τὸν χρόνον πραχθέν, εἰ καὶ μικρὸν ὅσα γε τῷ δοκεῖν, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ φρονήματος μικροῦ. κτηνοτροφοῦσιν
Ἄραβες καὶ νέμουσι τὰ θρέμματα οὐκ ἄνδρες μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναῖκες νέοι τε καὶ παρθένοι παρ’ αὐτοῖς, οὐχὶ τῶν ἠμελημένων καὶ ἀδόξων μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄγαν ἐπιφανῶν.

[52] ἑπτὰ δὴ κόραι πατρὸς ἱερέως ποίμνην ἄγουσαι παρῆσαν ἐπί τινα πηγὴν καὶ τῶν ἱμονιῶν ἐκδησάμεναι τοὺς καδίσκους ἄλλη διαδεχομένη παρ’ ἄλλης ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐν τῷ πονεῖν ἰσομοιρίας μάλα
προθύμως τὰς δεξαμενάς, αἳ πλησίον ἔκειντο, πληροῦσιν.

[53] ἐπιφοιτήσαντες δ’ ἕτεροι ποιμένες καὶ τῆς τῶν παρθένων ἀσθενείας ὑπεριδόντες τὰς μὲν ἐπεχείρουν μετὰ τῆς ποίμνης ἐλαύνειν, τὰ δ’ οἰκεῖα θρέμματα προσῆγον ἐπὶ τὸ εὐτρεπισθὲν ποτὸν ἀλλότριον καρπωσόμενοι πόνον.

[54] ἰδὼν δὲ Μωυσῆς τὸ γενόμενον — οὐ γὰρ ἦν πόρρω — συντείνας ἔθει
καὶ πλησίον στὰς „οὐ παύσεσθε“ εἶπεν „ἀδικοῦντες, τὴν ἐρημίαν νομίζοντες εἶναι πλεονεξίαν; βραχίονας καὶ πήχεις ἀργοὺς τρέφοντες οὐκ ἐρυθριᾶτε; χαῖται βαθεῖαι καὶ σάρκες ὑμεῖς ἐστε, οὐκ ἄνδρες· αἱ μὲν κόραι νεανιεύονται μηδὲν ὀκνοῦσαι τῶν πρακτέων, οἱ δὲ νεανίαι κορικῶς ἤδη τρυφᾶτε. οὐ βαδιεῖσθε;

[55] οὐχ ὑπεκστήσεσθε ταῖς πρότερον ἡκούσαις,
ὧν καὶ τὸ ποτόν ἐστι; δικαίως ἂν αὐταῖς ἐπαντλήσαντες, ἵν’ ἀφθονώτερον ὕδωρ εἴη, καὶ τὸ εὐτρεπισθὲν ἀφελέσθαι σπεύδετε; ἀλλὰ μὰ τὸν οὐράνιον τῆς δίκης ὀφθαλμὸν οὐκ ἀφελεῖσθε βλέποντα καὶ τὰ ἐν τοῖς ἐρημοτάτοις.

[56] ἐμὲ γοῦν ἐχειροτόνησε βοηθὸν οὐ προσδοκηθέντα· καὶ γάρ εἰμι σύμμαχος ταῖς ἀδικουμέναις μετὰ μεγάλης χειρός, ἣν οὐ θέμις πλεονέκταις
ὁρᾶν· αἰσθήσεσθε δὲ αὐτῆς ἐκ τοῦ ἀφανοῦς τιτρωσκούσης, εἰ μὴ μεταβάλοιτε.“

[57] ταῦτα διεξιόντος, φοβηθέντες, ἐπεὶ καὶ λέγων ἅμα ἐνεθουσία ²³ μεταμορφούμενος εἰς προφήτην, μὴ χρησμοὺς καὶ λόγια θεσπίζει, καταπειθεῖς τε γίνονται καὶ τὴν ποίμνην τῶν παρθένων ἐπὶ τὰς δεξαμενὰς ἄγονται πρότερον μεταστησάμενοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν.

[58] 11 αἱ δ’ ἐπανῄεσαν οἴκαδε σφόδρα γεγηθυῖαι καὶ τὰ συμβάντα παρ’ ἐλπίδας ἐκδιηγοῦντο,
ὡς πολὺν ἵμερον ἐνεργάσασθαι τοῦ ξένου τῷ πατρί. κατεμέμφετο γοῦν αὐτὰς ἐπ’ ἀχαριστίᾳ τοιαῦτα λέγων· „τί παθοῦσαι μεθίετε, δέον ἄγειν εὐθὺς καὶ εἴπερ ἀνεδύετο λιπαρεῖν; ἤ τινα μισανθρωπίαν μου κατέγνωτε; ἢ δεύτερον περιπεσεῖν ἀδίκοις οὐ p. 90 M. προσδοκᾶτε; βοηθῶν ἀπορεῖν ἀνάγκη τοὺς ἐπιλήσμονας χαρίτων. ἀλλ’ ὅμως ἀναδραμοῦσαι (τὸ γὰρ ἁμάρτημα
μέχρι νῦν ἐστιν ἰάσιμον) ἴτε μετὰ σπουδῆς καὶ καλεῖτε ξενίων μὲν πρότερον αὖθις δὲ καὶ ἀμοιβῆς (ὀφείλεται γὰρ αὐτῷ χάρις) μεθέξοντα.“

[59] συντείνασαι δὲ καταλαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν οὐ πόρρω τῆς πηγῆς καὶ δηλώσασαι τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς οἴκαδε συμπείθουσιν ἥκειν. ὁ δὲ πατὴρ τὴν μὲν ὄψιν εὐθὺς τὸ δὲ βούλημα ὀλίγον ὕστερον καταπλαγεὶς — ἀρίδηλοι
γὰρ αἱ μεγάλαι φύσεις καὶ οὐ μήκει χρόνου γνωριζόμεναι — δίδωσι τὴν καλλιστεύουσαν αὐτῷ τῶν θυγατέρων γυναῖκα, δι’ ἑνὸς ἔργου πάνθ’ ὅσα τῶν εἰς καλοκἀγαθίαν μαρτυρήσας καὶ ὡς ἀξιέραστον μόνον τὸ καλόν ἐστι τῆς ἀφ’ ἑτέρου συστάσεως οὐ δεόμενον, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἑαυτῷ περιφέρον τὰ γνωρίσματα.

[60] μετὰ δὲ τὸν γάμον παραλαβὼν τὰς ἀγέλας ἐποίμαινε
προδιδασκόμενος εἰς ἡγεμονίαν· ποιμενικὴ γὰρ μελέτη καὶ προγυμνασία ²⁴²⁵ βασιλείας τῷ μέλλοντι τῆς ἡμερωτάτης τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιστατεῖν ἀγέλης, καθάπερ καὶ τοῖς πολεμικοῖς τὰς φύσεις τὰ κυνηγέσια· θήραις γὰρ ἐμπρομελετῶσιν οἱ πρὸς τὰς στραταρχίας ἀλειφόμενοι, τῶν ἀλόγων οἷά τινος ὕλης ὑποβεβλημένων πρὸς ἄσκησιν τῆς καθ’ ἑκάτερον καιρὸν ἀρχῆς, τόν τε πολέμου καὶ τὸν εἰρήνης.

[61] ἡ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἀγρίων θήρα
στρατηγικὸν κατ’ ἐχθρῶν ἐστι γύμνασμα, ἡ δὲ τῶν ἡμέρων ἐπιμέλεια καὶ προστασία βασιλικὸν πρὸς ὑπηκόους ἀγώνισμα· διὸ καὶ „ποιμένες λαῶν“ οἱ βασιλεῖς, οὐχ ὡς ὄνειδος ἀλλ’ ὡς ὑπερβάλλουσα τιμή, προσαγορεύονται.

[62] καί μοι δοκεῖ μὴ πρὸς δόξας τῶν πολλῶν ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἐρευνωμένῳ τὸ πρᾶγμα — γελάτω δ’ ὁ βουλόμενος — μόνος
ἂν γενέσθαι βασιλεὺς τέλειος ὁ τὴν ποιμενικὴν ἐπιστήμην ἀγαθός, ἐν ἐλάττοσι ζῴοις παιδευθεὶς τὰ τῶν κρειττόνων· ἀμήχανον γὰρ τὰ μεγάλα πρὸ τῶν μικρῶν τελεσθῆναι.

[63] 12 Γενόμενος οὖν τῶν καθ’ αὑτὸν ἀγελαρχῶν ἄριστος καὶ ποριστὴς τῶν ὅσα πρὸς τὴν τῶν θρεμμάτων συνέτεινεν ὠφέλειαν
ἱκανὸς ἐκ τοῦ μηδὲν ἀποκνεῖν ἀλλ’ ἐθελουργῷ καὶ αὐτοκελεύστῳ προθυμίᾳ εἰς δέον τῇ προστασίᾳ χρῆσθαι μετὰ p. 91 Μ. καθαρᾶς καὶ ἀδόλου πίστεως ηὔξησε τὰς ἀγέλας·

[64] ὡς ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων νομέων ἤδη καὶ φθονεῖσθαι μηδὲν ὁμοιότροπον ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις ποίμναις ὁρώντων, αἷς εὐτυχὲς εἶναι ἐδόκει ἡ ἐν ὁμοίῳ μονή, ταῖς δὲ τὸ μὴ βελτιοῦσθαι καθ’
ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐλάττωσις διὰ τὸ μεγάλας εἰωθέναι λαμβάνειν ἐπιδόσεις ἐκ μὲν εὐσαρκίας καὶ πιότητος εἰς κάλλος, εἰς δὲ πλῆθος ἐξ εὐτοκίας ²⁶²⁷ καὶ τῶν περὶ δίαιταν ὑγιεινῶν.

[65] ἄγων δὲ τὴν ποίμνην εἰς τόπον εὔυδρόν τε καὶ εὔχορτον, ἔνθα συνέβαινε καὶ πολλὴν πόαν προβατεύσιμον ἀναδίδοσθαι, γενόμενος πρός τινι νάπει θέαμα ἐκπληκτικώτατον ὁρᾷ. βάτος ἦν, ἀκανθῶδές τι φυτὸν καὶ ἀσθενέστατον· οὗτος, οὐδενὸς πῦρ προσενεγκόντος,
ἐξαίφνης ἀνακαίεται καὶ περισχεθεὶς ὅλος ἐκ ῥίζης εἰς ἀκρέμονα πολλῇ φλογὶ καθάπερ ἀπό τινος πηγῆς ἀνομβρούσης διέμενε σῷος, οὐ κατακαιόμενος, οἷά τις ἀπαθὴς οὐσία καὶ οὐχ ὕλη πυρὸς αὐτὸς ὤν, ἀλλὰ τροφῇ χρώμενος τῷ πυρί.

[66] κατὰ δὲ μέσην τὴν φλόγα μορφή τις ἦν περικαλλεστάτη, τῶν ὁρατῶν ἐμφερὴς οὐδενί, θεοειδέστατον ἄγαλμα,
φῶς αὐγοειδέστερον τοῦ πυρὸς ἀπαστράπτουσα, ἣν ἄν τις ὑπετόπησεν εἰκόνα τοῦ ὄντος εἶναι· καλείσθω δὲ ἄγγελος, ὅτι σχεδὸν τὰ μέλλοντα γενήσεσθαι διήγγελλε τρανοτέρᾳ φωνῆς ἡσυχίᾳ διὰ τῆς μεγαλουργηθείσης ὄψεως.

[67] σύμβολον γὰρ ὁ μὲν καιόμενος βάτος τῶν ἀδικουμένων, τὸ δὲ φλέγον πῦρ τῶν ἀδικούντων, τὸ δὲ μὴ κατακαίεσθαι τὸ καιόμενον τοῦ
μὴ πρὸς τῶν ἐπιτιθεμένων φθαρήσεσθαι τοὺς ἀδικουμένους, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν ἄπρακτον καὶ ἀνωφελῆ γενέσθαι τὴν ἐπίθεσιν, τοῖς δὲ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν ἀζήμιον, ὁ δὲ ἄγγελος προνοίας τῆς ἐκ θεοῦ τὰ λίαν φοβερὰ παρὰ τὰς ἁπάντων ἐλπίδας κατὰ πολλὴν ἡσυχίαν ἐξευμαρίζοντος.

[68] 13 τὴν δὲ εἰκασίαν ἀκριβῶς ἐπισκεπτέον. ὁ βάτος, ὡς ἐλέχθη, φυτὸν ἀσθενέστατον ²⁸²⁹ ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ἄκεντρον, ὡς εἰ καὶ μόνον ἐπιψαύσειέ τις τιτρώσκειν, οὔτ’ ἐξαναλώθη τῷ φύσει δαπανηρῷ πυρί, τοὐναντίον δὲ ἐφυλάχθη πρὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ διαμένων ὁποῖος ἦν πρὶν ἀνακαίεσθαι μηδὲν ἀποβαλὼν τὸ παράπαν αὐγὴν προσέλαβε.

[69] p.92 M. τοῦθ’ ἅπαν ὑπογραφή τίς ἐστι τῆς ἐθνικῆς ὑποθέσεως, ἣ κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ἐπεῖχε, μόνον οὐ βοῶσα τοῖς ἐν
συμφοραῖς· „μὴ ἀναπίπτετε, τὸ ἀσθενὲς ὑμῶν δύναμίς ἐστιν, ἣ καὶ κεντεῖ καὶ κατατρώσει μυρίους. ὑπὸ τῶν ἐξαναλῶσαι γλιχομένων τὸ γένος ἀκόντων διασωθήσεσθε μᾶλλον ἢ ἀπολεῖσθε, τοῖς κακοῖς οὐ κακωθήσεσθε, ἀλλ’ ὅταν μάλιστα πορθεῖν νομίσῃ τις ὑμᾶς, τότε μάλιστα πρὸς εὔκλειαν ἐκλάμψετε.“

[70] πάλιν τὸ πῦρ φθοροποιὸς οὐσία διελέγχουσα
τοὺς ὠμοθύμους· „μὴ ταῖς ἰδίαις ἀλκαῖς ἐπαίρεσθε, τὰς ἀμάχους ῥώμας ἰδόντες καθαιρουμένας σωφρονίσθητε· ἡ μὲν καυστικὴ δύναμις τῆς φλογὸς ὡς ξύλον καίεται, τὸ δὲ φύσει καυστὸν ξύλον οἷα πῦρ ἐμφανῶς καίει.“

[71] 14 Τὸ τεράστιον τοῦτο καὶ τεθαυματουργημένον δείξας ὁ θεὸς
τῷ Μωυσεῖ, παραίνεσιν ἐναργεστάτην τῶν μελλόντων ἀποτελεῖσθαι, καὶ διὰ χρησμῶν ἄρχεται προτρέπειν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους σπεύδειν ἐπιμέλειαν, ὡς οὐ μόνον ἐλευθερίας παραίτιον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡγεμόνα τῆς ἐνθένδε ἀποικίας οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν γενησόμενον, ὁμολογῶν ἐν ἅπασι συλλήψεσθαι.

[72] „κακουμένων γὰρ ἐκ πολλοῦ καὶ δυσανασχέτους ὕβρεις
ὑπομενόντων, οὐδενὸς ἀνθρώπων οὔτ’ ἐπικουφίζοντος οὔτ’ ἐλεοῦντος τὰς συμφοράς, οἶκτον“ φησίν „αὐτὸς ἔλαβον· καὶ γὰρ οἶδ’ ἰδίᾳ ἕκαστον καὶ πάντας ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐφ’ ἱκετείας καὶ λιτὰς τραπομένους ἐλπίζειν τὴν ἐξ ἐμοῦ βοήθειαν· εἰμὶ δὲ τὴν φύσιν ἤπιος καὶ γνησίοις ἱκέταις ³⁰ ἵλεως.

[73] ἴθι δὴ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα τῆς χώρας μηδὲν εὐλαβηθεὶς τὸ παράπαν — ὁ μὲν γὰρ πρότερος τέθνηκεν, ὃν ἀπεδίδρασκες διὰ φόβον ἐπιβουλῆς, ἕτερος δὲ τὴν χώραν ἐπιτέτραπται μηδενὸς τῶν πραγμάτων σοι μνησικακῶν — καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους γερουσίαν προσπαραλαβὼν εἰπὲ χρησμῷ
προσκεκλῆσθαι ὑπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ἔθνος, ἵνα κατὰ τὰ πάτρια θύσῃ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν ἔξω τῶν ὅρων τῆς χώρας προελθόν.“

[74] ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἀγνοῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις ἀπιστήσοντας τούς τε ὁμοφύλους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας „ἐὰν οὖν“ φησί „πυνθάνωνται, τί τὸ ὄνομα τῷ πέμψαντι, μηδ’ αὐτὸς εἰπεῖν ἔχων ἆρ’ οὐ δόξω διαπατᾶν“;

[75] ὁ δὲ „τὸ μὲν πρῶτον λέγε“
φησίν „αὐτοῖς, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν, ἵνα μαθόντες διαφορὰν ὄντος τε καὶ μὴ ὄντος προσαναδιδαχθῶσιν, ὡς οὐδὲν ὄνομα τὸ παράπαν ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ κυριολογεῖται, ᾧ μόνῳ πρόσεστι τὸ εἶναι.

[76] ἐὰν δ’ ἀσθενέστεροι τὰς φύσεις ὄντες ἐπιζητῶσι πρόσρησιν, δήλωσον αὐτοῖς μὴ μόνον τοῦθ’ ὅτι p. 93 M. θεός εἰμι, ἀλλ’ ὅτι καὶ τριῶν τῶν ἐπωνύμων ἀνδρῶν ἀρετῆς, θεὸς
Ἀβραὰμ καὶ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ θεὸς Ἰακώβ, ὧν ὁ μὲν τῆς διδακτῆς, ὁ δὲ τῆς φυσικῆς, ὁ δὲ τῆς ἀσκητικῆς σοφίας κανών ἐστιν. ἐὰν δὲ ἔτι ἀπιστῶσι, τρισὶ σημείοις ἀναδιδαχθέντες μεταβαλοῦσιν, ἃ πρότερον οὔτε τις εἶδεν οὔτε ἤκουσεν ἀνθρώπων.“

[77] ἦν δὲ τὰ σημεῖα τοιάδε· ῥάβδον, ἣν εἶχεν, εἰς τοὔδαφος ῥῖψαι κελεύει· ἡ δ’ αὐτίκα ψυχωθεῖσα εἷρπε καὶ τῶν ἀπόδων τὸ
ἡγεμονικώτατον ὑπερμεγέθης δράκων γίνεται τελειότατος· ταχέως δ’ ³¹ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ζῴου καὶ διὰ δέος ἤδη πρὸς φυγὴν ὁρμῶν μετακαλεῖται καὶ θεοῦ προστάξαντος ἅμα τε θάρσος ἐμποιήσαντος ἐπιδράττεται τῆς οὐρᾶς.

[78] ὁ δὲ ἰλυσπώμενος ἔτι κατὰ τὴν ἐπαφὴν ἵσταται καὶ πρὸς μῆκος εὖ μάλα ταθεὶς εὐθὺς εἰς βακτηρίαν μετεστοιχειοῦτο τὴν αὐτήν, ὡς θαυμάζειν μὲν τὰς μεταβολὰς ἀμφοτέρας, ποτέρα δὲ καταπληκτικωτέρα,
μὴ δύνασθαι διακρίνειν, τῆς ψυχῆς ἰσορρόπῳ πληχθείσης φαντασίᾳ.

[79] τοῦτο μὲν δὴ πρῶτον, ἕτερον δ’ οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἐθαυματουργεῖτο· τῶν χειρῶν τὴν ἑτέραν προστάττει τοῖς κόλποις ἐπικρύψαντα μικρὸν ὕστερον προενεγκεῖν· δράσαντος δὲ τὸ κελευσθέν, ἡ χεὶρ λευκοτέρα χιόνος ἐξαπιναίως ἀναφαίνεται· πάλιν δὲ καθέντος εἰς τοὺς κόλπους καὶ ἀνενεγκόντος,
εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν χρόαν τρέπεται τὸ οἰκεῖον ἀπολαβοῦσα εἶδος.

[80] ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὑπὸ μόνου μόνος ἐπαιδεύετο, ὡς παρὰ διδασκάλῳ γνώριμος, ἔχων παρ’ ἑαυτῷ τὰ τῶν τεράτων ὄργανα, τήν τε χεῖρα καὶ τὴν βακτηρίαν, οἷς προεφωδιάσθη.

[81] τρίτον δ’ ἐπιφέρεσθαι μὲν οὐκ ἦν οὐδὲ προδιδάσκεσθαι, ἔμελλε δ’ ἐκπλήττειν οὐκ ἔλαττον τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ γίνεσθαι λαβὸν ἐν
Αἰγύπτῳ. ἦν δὲ τοιοῦτο· „τοῦ ποταμίου“ φησίν „ὕδατος ὅσον ἂν ἀρυσάμενος ἐπὶ τὴν γῆς ἐκχέῃς, αἷμα ξανθότατον ἔσται πρὸς τῇ χρόᾳ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἑτεροιωθὲν εἰς ἀλλαγὴν παντελῆ.“

[82] πιστὸν δ’ ὡς ἔοικε καὶ τοῦτ’ ἀνεφαίνετο, οὐ μόνον διὰ τὸ τοῦ λέγοντος ἀψευδές, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὰ ἤδη προεπιδειχθέντα ἐπί τε τῆς χειρὸς καὶ τῆς βακτηρίας
θαυματουργήματα.

[83] πιστεύων δ’ ὅμως παρῃτεῖτο τὴν χειροτονίαν ³²³³ ἰσχνόφωνον καὶ βραδύγλωσσον, οὐκ εὔλογον, αὑτὸν εἶναι φάσκων καὶ μάλιστ’ ἀφ’ οὗ λέγοντος ἤκουε θεοῦ· νομίσας γὰρ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην λογιότητα κατὰ σύγκρισιν τῆς θείας ἀφωνίαν εἶναι καὶ ἅμα τὴν φύσιν εὐλαβὴς ὢν ὑπεστέλλετο p. 94 M. τοῖς ὑπερόγκοις, τὰ λίαν μεγάλα κρίνων οὐ
καθ’ αὑτόν, καὶ παρεκάλει ἕτερον ἑλέσθαι τὸν εὐμαρῶς ἕκαστα τῶν ἐπισταλέντων διαπράξασθαι δυνησόμενον.

[84] ὁ δ’ ἀποδεξάμενος αὐτὸν τῆς αἰδοῦς "ἆρά γε ἀγνοεῖς“ εἶπε "τὸν δόντα ἀνθρώπῳ στόμα καὶ κατασκευάσαντα γλῶτταν καὶ ἀρτηρίαν καὶ τὴν ἅπασαν λογικῆς φωνῆς ὀργανοποιίαν; αὐτός εἰμι ἐγώ. μηδὲν οὖν δείσῃς· ἐμοῦ γὰρ ἐπινεύσαντος
ἀρθρωθήσεται πάντα καὶ μεταβαλεῖ πρὸς τὸ μέτριον, ὡς μηδενὸς ἔτι ἐμποδίζοντος ῥεῖν εὔτροχον καὶ λεῖον ἀπὸ καθαρᾶς πηγῆς τὸ τῶν λόγων νᾶμα. χρεία δ’ εἰ γένοιτο ἑρμηνέως, ὑποδιακονικὸν στόμα τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἕξεις, ἵν’ ὁ μὲν τῷ πλήθει ἀπαγγέλλῃ τὰ ἀπὸ σοῦ, σὺ δ’ ἐκείνῳ τὰ θεῖα.“

[85] 15 Ταῦτ’ ἀκούσας — οὐ γὰρ ἦν εἰς ἅπαν ἀντιλέγειν ἀσφαλὲς οὐδ’ ἀκίνδυνον — ἄρας ἐβάδιζε μετὰ γυναικὸς καὶ τέκνων ὁδὸν τὴν ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον, καθ’ ἣν ὑπαντήσαντα τὸν ἀδελφὸν πείθει συνακολουθεῖν ὑπειπὼν τὰ θεῖα λόγια· τῷ δ’ ἄρα προϋπείργαστο ἡ ψυχὴ κατ’ ἐπιφροσύνην θεοῦ πρὸς πειθαρχίαν, ὡς ἀνενδοιάστως συναινεῖν καὶ ἑτοίμως
ἕπεσθαι.

[86] παραγενόμενοι δ’ εἰς Αἴγυπτον γνώμῃ καὶ ψυχῇ μιᾷ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον τοὺς δημογέροντας τοῦ ἔθνους συναγαγόντες ἐν ἀπορρήτῳ μηνύουσι τοὺς χρησμοὺς καὶ ὡς ἔλεον καὶ οἶκτον λαβὼν αὐτῶν ὁ θεὸς ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τὴν ἐνθένδε μετανάστασιν εἰς ἀμείνω χώραν ὁμολογῶν ³⁴ αὐτὸς ἔσεσθαι τῆς ὁδοῦ ἡγεμὼν ὑπισχνεῖται.

[87] μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ θαρροῦσιν ἤδη διαλέγεσθαι περὶ τοῦ τὸν λεὼν ἱερουργήσοντα ἐκπέμψαι τῶν ὅρων· δεῖν γὰρ ἔφασκον ἐν ἐρήμῳ τὰς πατρίους θυσίας ἐπιτελεσθῆναι, μὴ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων γινομένας, ἀλλὰ τρόπῳ καὶ νόμῳ διαφεύγοντι τὴν κοινότητα διὰ τὰς τῶν ἐθῶν
ἐξαιρέτους ἰδιότητας.

[88] ὁ δ’ ἐξ ἔτι σπαργάνων προγονικῷ τύφῳ τὴν ψυχὴν πεπιεσμένος καὶ μηδένα τὸ παράπαν νοητὸν θεὸν ἔξω τῶν ὁρατῶν νομίζων ἀποκρίνεται πρὸς ὕβριν εἰπών· „τίς ἐστιν οὗ χρή με ὑπακούειν; οὐκ οἶδα τὸν λεγόμενον τοῦτον καινὸν κύριον· οὐκ ἐξαποστέλλω τὸ ἔθνος ἐπὶ προφάσει ἑορτῆς καὶ θυσιῶν ἀφηνιάσον“ (cf. Exod. 5,2).

[89] εἶθ’ ἅτε χαλεπὸς
καὶ βαρύμηνις καὶ ἀπαραίτητος τὴν ὀργὴν κελεύει τοὺς τοῖς ἔργοις ἐφεστῶτας προπηλακίζεσθαι ὡς ἀνέσεις καὶ σχολὴν ἐνδιδόντας, ἀνέσεως καὶ σχολῆς εἶναι λέγων τὸ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ θυσιῶν καὶ ἑορτῶν· τοὺς γὰρ ἐν ἀνάγκαις τούτων οὐδὲ μεμνῆσθαι, ἀλλ’ οἷς ὁ βίος ἐν εὐπαθείᾳ πολλῇ καὶ τρυφῇ.

[90] βαρυτέρας οὖν ἢ πρότερον συμφορὰς ὑπομενόντων καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀμφὶ
Μωυσῆν δυσχεραινόντων ὡς p. 95 M. ἀπατεῶσι καὶ τὰ μὲν λάθρα τὰ δὲ φανερῶς κακηγορούντων καὶ ἀσεβείας αἰτιωμένων ἐπὶ τῷ δοκεῖν θεοῦ κατεψεῦσθαι, δεικνύειν ἄρχεται Μωυσῆς ἃ προὐδιδάχθη τέρατα, νομίσας τοὺς θεασομένους ἐκ τῆς ἐπεχούσης ἀπιστίας εἰς πίστιν τῶν λεγομένων μεταβαλεῖν.

[91] ἡ δὲ τῶν τεράτων ἐπίδειξις ἐγένετο καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ διὰ σπουδῆς καὶ
τοῖς ἐν τέλει τῶν Αἰγυπτίων. 16 πάντων οὖν τῶν δυνατῶν συρρυέντων εἰς τὰ βασίλεια, λαβὼν τὴν βακτηρίαν ὁ Μωυσέως ἀδελφὸς καὶ κατασείσας μάλα ἐπιδεικτικῶς εἰς τοὔδαφος ῥίπτει· καὶ ἡ μὲν δράκων ³⁵³⁶ αὐτίκα γίνεται, οἱ δ’ ἐν κύκλῳ κατεθεῶντο καὶ ἅμα θαυμαστικῶς ἔχοντες ὑπὸ δέους ἐξαναχωροῦντες ἀπέφευγον.

[92] σοφισταὶ δ’ ὅσοι καὶ μάγοι παρετύγχανον „τί καταπλήττεσθε;“ εἶπον· „οὐδ’ ἡμεῖς τῶν τοιούτων ἀμελετήτως ἔχομεν, ἀλλὰ χρώμεθα τέχνῃ δημιουργῷ τῶν ὁμοίων.“ εἶθ’
ἑκάστου βακτηρίαν ἣν εἶχε ῥίψαντος, δρακόντων πλῆθος ἦν καὶ περὶ ἕνα τὸν πρῶτον εἱλοῦντο.

[93] ὁ δ’ ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος διαναστὰς πρὸς ὕψος τὰ μὲν στέρνα εὐρύνει, τὸ δὲ στόμα διοίξας ὁλκοῦ πνεύματος ῥύμῃ βιαιοτάτῃ καθάπερ βόλον ἰχθύων πάντας ἐν κύκλῳ σαγηνεύσας ἐπισπᾶται καὶ καταπιὼν εἰς τὴν ἀρχαίαν φύσιν τῆς βακτηρίας μετέβαλεν.

[94] ἤδη
μὲν οὖν ἐν ἑκάστου τῇ ψυχῇ τῶν ἐθελοκακούντων τὸ ὕποπτον διήλεγξεν ἡ μεγαλουργηθεῖσα ὄψις, ὡς μηκέτι νομίζειν ἀνθρώπων σοφίσματα καὶ τέχνας εἶναι τὰ γινόμενα πεπλασμένας πρὸς ἀπάτην. ἀλλὰ δύναμιν θειοτέραν τὴν τούτων αἰτίαν, ᾗ πάντα δρᾶν εὐμαρές.

[95] ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ὁμολογεῖν ἀναγκασθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν γινομένων ἐμφανοῦς ἐναργείας οὐδὲν ἧττον
ἐθρασύνοντο, τῆς αὐτῆς ἀπανθρωπίας καὶ ἀσεβείας ὥσπερ ἀγαθοῦ τινος ἐπειλημμένοι βεβαιοτάτου, μήτε τοὺς καταδουλωθέντας ἀδίκως ἐλεοῦντες μήτε τὰ διὰ τῶν λόγων προσταττόμενα δρῶντες, ἅτε δὴ τοῦ θεοῦ τρανοτέραις χρησμῶν ἀποδείξεσι ταῖς διὰ σημείων καὶ τεράτων τὸ βούλημα δεδηλωκότος, ἐμβριθεστέρας ἐπανατάσεως ἐδέησε καὶ πληγῶν ἑσμοῦ,
αἷς οἱ ἄφρονες νουθετοῦνται, οὓς λόγος οὐκ ἐπαίδευσε.

³⁷³⁸

[96] Δέκα δὲ ἐπάγονται τῇ χώρᾳ τιμωρίαι, κατὰ τῶν τέλεια ἡμαρτηκότων τέλειος ἀριθμὸς κολάσεως· ἦν δὲ κόλασις παρηλλαχυῖα τὰς ἐν ἔθει. 17 τὰ γὰρ στοιχεῖα τοῦ παντός, γῆ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ ἀὴρ καὶ πῦρ, ἐπιτίθενται, p. 96 Μ. δικαιώσαντος θεοῦ, οἷς ἀπετελέσθη ὁ κόσμος, τὴν ἀσεβῶν χώραν φθαρῆναι, πρὸς ἔνδειξιν κράτους ἀρχῆς ᾗ κέχρηται, τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ
σωτηρίως ἐπὶ γενέσει τῶν ὅλων σχηματίζοντος καὶ τρέποντος ὁπότε βουληθείη πρὸς τὴν κατὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀπώλειαν.

[97] διανέμει δὲ τὰς κολάσεις, τρεῖς μὲν τὰς ἐκ τῶν παχυμερεστέρων στοιχείων γῆς καὶ ὕδατος, ἐξ ὧν ἀπετελέσθησαν αἱ σωματικαὶ ποιότητες, ἐφεὶς τῷ Μωυσέως ἀδελφῷ, τὰς δ’ ἴσας ἐξ ἀέρος καὶ πυρὸς τῶν ψυχογονιμωτάτων μόνῳ Μωυσεῖ,
μίαν δὲ κοινὴν ἀμφοτέροις ἑβδόμην ἐπιτρέπει, τρεῖς δὲ τὰς ἄλλας εἰς συμπλήρωσιν δεκάδος ἀνατίθησιν αὑτῷ.

[98] καὶ πρώτας ἐπιφέρειν ἄρχεται τὰς ἀφ’ ὕδατος· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸ ὕδωρ Αἰγύπτιοι διαφερόντως ἐκτετιμήκασιν ἀρχὴν τῆς τῶν ὅλων γενέσεως τοῦτ’ εἶναι νομίζοντες, αὐτὸ πρῶτον ἠξίωσε καλέσαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀποδεχομένων ἐπίπληξίν τε καὶ νουθεσίαν.

³⁹⁴⁰

[99] τί οὖν οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν συνέβη; τοῦ Μωυσέως ἀδελφοῦ προστάξει θείᾳ κατενεγκόντος τὴν βακτηρίαν ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν, ὁ μὲν εὐθὺς ἀπ’ Αἰθιοπίας ἄχρι θαλάσσης εἰς αἷμα τρέπεται, συνεξαιματοῦνται δ’ αὐτῷ λίμναι, διώρυχες, κρῆναι, φρέατα, πηγαί, σύμπασα ἡ κατ’ Αἴγυπτον οὐσία
ὕδατος, ὡς ἀπορίᾳ ποτοῦ τὰ παρὰ ταῖς ὄχθαις ἀναστέλλειν, τὰς δ’ ἀνατεμνομένας φλέβας καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς αἱμορραγίαις κρουνηδὸν αὐλοὺς ἀκοντίζειν αἵματος, μηδεμιᾶς ἐνορωμένης διαυγοῦς λιβάδος.

[100] ἐναπέθνῃσκε δὲ καὶ τὰ γένη τῶν ἰχθύων ἅπαντα, ἅτε τῆς ζωτικῆς δυνάμεως εἰς φθοροποιὸν μεταβαλούσης, ὡς δυσωδίας πάντα διὰ πάντων ἀναπεπλῆσθαι,
τοσούτων σηπομένων ἀθρόον σωμάτων· πολὺς δὲ καὶ ἀνθρώπων ὄχλος ὑπὸ δίψους διαφθαρεὶς ἔκειτο σωρηδὸν ἐπὶ τῶν τριόδων, οὐ σθενόντων ἐπὶ τὰ μνήματα τῶν οἰκείων τοὺς τετελευτηκότας ἐκκομίζειν.

[101] ἐπὶ γὰρ ἡμέρας ἑπτὰ τὸ δεινὸν ἐκράτησεν, ἕως οἱ μὲν Αἰγύπτιοι τοὺς ἀμφὶ Μωυσῆν, οὗτοι δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἱκέτευσαν, οἶκτον λαβεῖν τῶν ἀπολλυμένων·
ὁ δὲ τὴν φύσιν ἵλεως μεταβάλλει τὸ αἷμα εἰς ὕδωρ πότιμον ἀποδοὺς τῷ ποταμῷ καθαρὰ τὰ ἀρχαῖα ῥεῖθρα καὶ σωτήρια.

[102] 18 μικρὸν δὲ ὅσον ἀνεθέντες ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὠμότητα καὶ παρανομίαν ἵεντο, ὡς ἢ τοῦ δικαίου παντάπασιν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀφανισθέντος ἢ τῶν ὑπομεινάντων μίαν τιμωρίαν δεύτερον οὐκ εἰωθότων ἐπιπλήττεσθαι· παθόντες δ’ ἀνεδιδάσκοντο
νηπίων παίδων τρόπον μὴ καταφρονεῖν· ἡ γὰρ κόλασις ἑπομένη κατ’ ἴχνος μελλόντων μὲν ἐβράδυνε, πρὸς δὲ τὰ ἀδικήματα θέοντας ἐπιδραμοῦσα κατελάμβανε.

[103] πάλιν γὰρ ὁ Μωυσέως p. 97 M. ἀδελφὸς κελευσθεὶς διώρυξι καὶ λίμναις καὶ ἕλεσι τὴν ῥάβδον ἐκτείνας ἐπιφέρει· πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἔκτασιν βατράχων πληθὺς ἀνέρπει τοσαύτη, ὡς μὴ μόνον ⁴¹⁴² ἀγορὰς καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ὕπαιθρον, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τούτοις ἐπαύλεις, οἰκίας, ἱερά, πάντα ἰδιωτικὸν καὶ δημόσιον τόπον πεπληρῶσθαι, καθάπερ εἰς ἀποικίαν ἓν γένος τῶν ἐνύδρων τῆς φύσεως ἐκπέμψαι διανοηθείσης πρὸς τὴν ἐναντίαν χώραν· ἐναντία γὰρ χέρσος ὕδατι.

[104] μήτ’ οὖν ἔξω προελθεῖν ἕνεκα τοῦ προκατέχεσθαι τοὺς στενωποὺς μήτ’ ἔνδον δυνάμενοι μένειν
— καὶ γὰρ τὰ ἐν μυχοῖς ἤδη προκατειλήφεσαν ἄχρι καὶ τῶν ὑψηλοτάτων ἀνέρποντες — ἐν ἐσχάταις ἦσαν συμφοραῖς καὶ σωτηρίας ἀπογνώσει.

[105] πάλιν οὖν καταφεύγουσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς αὐτούς, ὑποσχομένου τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιτρέψαι τὴν ἔξοδον Ἑβραίοις· οἱ δὲ λιταῖς τὸν θεὸν ἐξευμενίζονται· καὶ ἐπινεύσαντος, τῶν φρύνων οἱ μὲν εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν ἀναχωροῦσι, τῶν
δ’ εὐθὺς διαφθαρέντων κατὰ τὰς τριόδους θημῶνες ἦσαν, σωρηδὸν ἐπιφερόντων καὶ τοὺς οἴκοθεν διὰ τὰς ἀνυποίστους ὀσμάς, αἳ ἐκ νεκρῶν σωμάτων καὶ τοιούτων ἀνεφέροντο, ἃ καὶ ἔμψυχα ὄντα πολλὴν ἀηδίαν παρέχεται ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι.

[106] 19 διαπνεύσαντες δὲ τῆς τιμωρίας ἐπ’ ὀλίγον ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ἀθληταὶ συλλεξάμενοι δύναμιν, ἵν’ ἀπ’
ἐρρωμενεστέρας ἰσχύος ἀδικῶσι, πάλιν εἰς τὴν συνήθη κακίαν ἀνέδραμον ἐκλαθόμενοι ὧν τέως ὑπέμειναν κακῶν.

[107] ἐπισχὼν δὲ τὰς ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος τιμωρίας ὁ θεὸς τὰς ἐκ γῆς ἐπέφερε τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιστήσας κολαστήν, οὗ πάλιν κατὰ τὸ προσταχθὲν τῇ βακτηρίᾳ τοὔδαφος παίσαντος φορὰ σκνιπῶν ἐχύθη καὶ ταθεῖσα καθάπερ νέφος ἅπασαν ἐπέσχεν Αἴγυπτον.

[108] τὸ δὲ
ζῷον, εἰ καὶ βραχύτατον, ὅμως ἀργαλεώτατον· οὐ γὰρ μόνον λυμαίνεται τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν κνησμοὺς ἐμποιοῦν ἀηδεῖς καὶ βλαβερωτάτους, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς τἀντὸς βιάζεται διὰ μυκτήρων καὶ ὤτων· σίνεται δὲ καὶ κόρας ⁴³⁴⁴ ὀφθαλμῶν εἰσπετόμενον, εἰ μὴ φυλάξαιτό τις· φυλακὴ δὲ τίς ἔμελλε πρὸς τοσαύτην ἔσεσθαι φοράν, καὶ μάλιστα θεοῦ κολάζοντος;

[109] ἴσως ἄν τις ἐπιζητήσειε, διὰ τί τοῖς οὕτως ἀφανέσι καὶ ἠμελημένοις ζῴοις ἐτιμωρεῖτο τὴν χώραν παρεὶς ἄρκτους καὶ λέοντας καὶ παρδάλεις καὶ τὰ
ἄλλα γένη τῶν ἀτιθάσων θηρίων, ἃ σαρκῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἅπτεται, καὶ εἰ μὴ ταῦτα, τὰς γοῦν Αἰγυπτίας ἀσπίδας, ὧν τὰ δήγματα πέφυκεν ἀνυπερθέτως ἀναιρεῖν.

[110] εἰ δ’ ὄντως ἀγνοεῖ, μαθέτω· πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι τοὺς οἰκήτορας τῆς χώρας ὁ θεὸς νουθετῆσαι μᾶλλον ἐβούλετο ἢ διαφθεῖραι· βουληθεὶς γὰρ ἀφανίζειν εἰς p. 98 M. ἅπαν οὐκ ἂν ζῴοις ἐχρῆτο πρὸς
τὰς ἐπιθέσεις ὥσπερ συνεργοῖς, ἀλλὰ τοῖς θεηλάτοις κακοῖς, λιμῷ τε καὶ λοιμῷ.

[111] μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα κἀκεῖνο προσδιδασκέσθω μάθημα πρὸς ἅπαντα τὸν βίον ἀναγκαῖον· τί δὲ τοῦτ’ ἐστίν; ἄνθρωποι μὲν γὰρ ὅταν πολεμῶσι, τὸ δυνατώτατον εἰς συμμαχίαν ἐπικουρικὸν ἐξετάζουσιν, ὃ τὴν αὐτῶν ἀσθένειαν ἐκπλήσει· θεὸς δ’ ἡ ἀνωτάτω καὶ μεγίστη δύναμις
ὢν οὐδενός ἐστι χρεῖος· ἐὰν δέ που βουληθῇ καθάπερ ὀργάνοις τισὶ ⁴⁵⁴⁶ χρήσασθαι πρὸς τὰς τιμωρίας, οὐ τὰ ἐρρωμενέστατα καὶ μέγιστα αἱρεῖται, τῆς τούτων ἀλκῆς ἥκιστα φροντίζων, ἀλλὰ τοῖς εὐτελέσι καὶ μικροῖς ἀμάχους καὶ ἀηττήτους δυνάμεις ἐγκατασκευάσας ἀμύνεται δι’ αὐτῶν τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας, καθὰ καὶ νῦν. τί γὰρ εὐτελέστερον σκνιπός;

[112] ἀλλ’ ὅμως τοσοῦτον ἴσχυσεν, ὡς ἀπαγορεῦσαι πᾶσαν Αἴγυπτον καὶ ἐκβοᾶν ἀναγκασθῆναι,
ὅτι „δάκτυλος θεοῦ τοῦτ’ ἐστί“ (Exod. 8,19)· χεῖρα γὰρ θεοῦ μηδὲ τὴν σύμπασαν οἰκουμένην ὑποστῆναι ἂν ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα, μᾶλλον δ’ οὐδὲ τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον.

[113] 20 Τοιαῦται μὲν αἱ διὰ τοῦ Μωυσέως ἀδελφοῦ τιμωρίαι· ἃς δὲ αὐτὸς Μωυσῆς ὑπηρέτησε καὶ ἐξ οἵων τῆς φύσεως συνέστησαν μερῶν,
κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον ἐπισκεπτέον. ἀὴρ μὲν οὖν καὶ οὐρανός, αἱ καθαρώταται μοῖραι τῆς τῶν ὅλων οὐσίας, παρ’ ὕδατος καὶ γῆς διαδέχονται τὴν ἐπ’ Αἰγύπτῳ νουθεσίαν, ἧς ἐπίτροπος ἐχειροτονήθη Μωυσῆς.

[114] ἤρξατο δὲ πρότερον τὸν ἀέρα διακινεῖν· Αἴγυπτος γὰρ μόνη σχεδόν τι παρὰ τὰς ἐν τῷ νοτίῳ κλίματι χώρας τῶν ἐτησίων ὡρῶν μίαν τὴν
χειμερινὴν οὐ παραδέχεται, τάχα μέν, ὡς λόγος, διὰ τὸ μὴ πόρρω ζώνης διακεκαυμένης εἶναι, ῥέοντος τοῦ πυρώδους ἐκεῖθεν ἀφανῶς καὶ τἀν κύκλῳ πάντα ἀλεαίνοντος, τάχα δὲ ἐπεὶ καὶ ταῖς θεριναῖς τροπαῖς πλημμυρῶν ὁ ποταμὸς προαναλίσκει τὰς νεφώσεις —

[115] ἄρχεται μὲν γὰρ ἐπιβαίνειν θέρους ἐνισταμένου, λήγει δὲ λήγοντος, ἐν ᾧ χρόνῳ καὶ οἱ
ἐτησίαι καταράττουσιν ἐξ ἐναντίας τῶν τοῦ Νείλου στομάτων, δι’ ὧν ἔτι κωλυόμενος ἐκχεῖσθαι, τῆς θαλάσσης ὑπὸ βίας τῶν ἀνέμων πρὸς ὕψος αἰρομένης καὶ τὰς τρικυμίας ὥσπερ μακρὸν τεῖχος ἀποτεινούσης, ἐντὸς εἱλεῖται, κἄπειτα τῶν ῥείθρων ὑπαντιαζόντων τοῦ τε κατιόντος ⁴⁷ ἄνωθεν ἀπὸ τῶν πηγῶν καὶ τοῦ θύραζε χωρεῖν ὀφείλοντος ταῖς ἀνακοπαῖς ἀνατρέχοντος εὐρύνεσθαί τε μὴ δυναμένων (αἱ γὰρ παρ’ ἑκάτερα ἐκθλίβουσιν ὄχθαι), μετεωριζόμενος ὡς εἰκὸς ἐπιβαίνει —,

[116] τάχα δ’ ἐπεὶ καὶ περιττὸν ἦν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ χειμῶνα γενέσθαι· πρὸς ὃ γὰρ αἱ
τῶν ὄμβρων φοραὶ χρήσιμοι, καὶ ὁ ποταμὸς λιμνάζων τὰς ἀρούρας εἰς καρπῶν ἐτησίων γένεσιν.

[117] ἡ δὲ φύσις οὐ ματαιουργός, ὡς ὑετὸν χορηγεῖν μὴ δεομένῃ γῇ, καὶ p. 99 Μ. ἅμα χαίρει τῷ πολυτρόπῳ καὶ πολυσχιδεῖ τῶν ἐπιστημονικῶν ἔργων τὴν συμφωνίαν τοῦ παντὸς ἐξ ἐναντιοτήτων ἐναρμοσαμένη· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς μὲν ἄνωθεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ τοῖς δὲ
κάτωθεν ἐκ πηγῶν τε καὶ ποταμῶν παρέχει τὴν ἐξ ὕδατος ὠφέλειαν.

[118] οὕτως οὖν τῆς χώρας διακειμένης καὶ ταῖς χειμεριναῖς ἐαριζούσης τροπαῖς καὶ τῶν μὲν πρὸς θαλάττῃ μόναις ψεκάσιν ἀραιαῖς λιπαινομένων, τῶν δ’ ὑπὲρ Μέμφιν, τὸ βασίλειον Αἰγύπτου, μηδὲ νιφομένων τὸ παράπαν, ἐξαίφνης οὕτως ἐνεωτέρισεν ὁ ἀήρ, ὥσθ’ ὅσα ἐν τοῖς δυσχειμέροις
ἀθρόα κατασκῆψαι, φορὰς ὑετῶν, χάλαζαν πολλὴν καὶ βαρεῖαν, ἀνέμων συμπιπτόντων καὶ ἀντιπαταγούντων βίας, νεφῶν ῥήξεις, ἐπαλλήλους ἀστραπὰς καὶ βροντάς, κεραυνοὺς συνεχεῖς, οἳ τερατωδεστάτην ὄψιν παρείχοντο· θέοντες γὰρ διὰ τῆς χαλάζης, μαχομένης οὐσίας, οὔτε ἔτηκον αὐτὴν οὔτε ἐσβέννυντο, μένοντες δ’ ἐν ὁμοίῳ καὶ δολιχεύοντες
ἄνω καὶ κάτω διετήρουν τὴν χάλαζαν.

[119] ἀλλ’ οὐ μόνον ἡ ἐξαίσιος φορὰ πάντων τοὺς οἰκήτορας εἰς ὑπερβαλλούσας δυσθυμίας ἤγαγεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ⁴⁸⁴⁹ τὸ τοῦ πράγματος ἄηθες· ὑπέλαβον γάρ, ὅπερ καὶ ἦν, ἐκ μηνιμάτων θείων κεκαινουργῆσθαι τὰ συμβάντα, νεωτερίσαντος ὡς οὔπω πρότερον τοῦ ἀέρος ἐπὶ λύμῃ καὶ φθορᾷ δένδρων τε καὶ καρπῶν, οἷς συνεφθάρη ζῷα οὐκ ὀλίγα, τὰ μὲν περιψύξεσι, τὰ δὲ βάρει τῆς ἐπιπιπτούσης χαλάζης ὥσπερ καταλευσθέντα, τὰ δ’ ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐξαναλωθέντα·
ἔνια δ’ ἡμίφλεκτα διέμενε τοὺς τύπους τῶν κεραυνίων τραυμάτων εἰς

[120] νουθεσίαν τῶν ὁρώντων ἐπιφερόμενα. 21 λωφήσαντος δὲ τοῦ κακοῦ καὶ πάλιν τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν θρασυνομένων, εἰς τὸν ἀέρα Μωυσῆς τὴν ῥάβδον ἐκτείνει, κελεύσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ. κἄπειτ’ ἄνεμος καταράττει, νότος βιαιότατος, ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα προσεπιτεινόμενος
καὶ σφοδρυνόμενος, αὐτὸς καθ’ αὑτὸν ὢν μεγάλη ζημία· ξηρός τε γάρ ἐστι καὶ κεφαλαλγὴς καὶ βαρυήκοος, ἄσας τε καὶ ἀδημονίας ἐμποιεῖν ἱκανός, καὶ μάλιστ’ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ κειμένῃ κατὰ τὰ νότια, δι’ ὧν αἱ περιπολήσεις τῶν φωσφόρων ἀστέρων, ὡς ἅμα τῷ διακινηθῆναι τὸν ἀφ’ ἡλίου φλογμὸν συνεπωθεῖσθαι καὶ πάντα καίειν.

[121] ἀλλὰ γὰρ
ἅμ’ αὐτῷ καὶ πλῆθος ἀμήχανον ζῴων ἐπεφέρετο φθοροποιὸν φυτῶν, ἀκρίδες, αἳ ῥεύματος τρόπον ἀπαύστως ἐκχεόμεναι καὶ πάντα πληρώσασαι τὸν ἀέρα διέφαγον, ὅσα οἱ κεραυνοὶ ὑπελίποντο καὶ ἡ χάλαζα, ὡς p. 100 M. μηδὲν ἐν τῇ τοσαύτῃ χώρᾳ βλαστάνον ἔτι θεωρεῖσθαι.

[122] τότε μόλις εἰς ἀκριβεστάτην ἔννοιαν τῶν οἰκείων ἐλθόντες οἱ ἐν τέλει κακῶν προσελθόντες
ἔλεγον τῷ βασιλεῖ· „μέχρι τίνος οὐκ ἐπιτρέπεις τὴν ἔξοδον τοῖς ⁵⁰⁵¹ ἀνδράσιν; ἢ οὔπω μανθάνεις ἐκ τῶν γινομένων, ὅτι ἀπόλωλεν Αἴγυπτος;“ ὁ δ’ ὅσα τῷ δοκεῖν ἐφιεὶς ὡμολόγει, χαλάσαντος τοῦ δεινοῦ. πάλιν δ’ εὐξαμένου Μωυσέως, ὑπολαβὼν ἐκ τῆς θαλάττης ἄνεμος ἀποσκίδνησι τὰς ἀκρίδας.

[123] ἀνασκεδασθεισῶν δὲ καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως περὶ τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους
ἄφεσιν δυσθανατοῦντος, ἐπιγίνεται τῶν πρότερον κακῶν μεῖζον· λαμπρᾶς γὰρ ἡμέρας οὔσης, ἐξαπιναίως ἀναχεῖται σκότος, ἴσως μὲν καὶ ἡλίου γενομένης ἐκλείψεως τῶν ἐν ἔθει τελειοτέρας, ἴσως δὲ καὶ συνεχείαις νεφῶν καὶ πυκνότησιν ἀδιαστάτοις καὶ πιλήσει βιαιοτάτῃ τῆς τῶν ἀκτίνων φορᾶς ἀνακοπείσης, ὡς ἀδιαφορεῖν ἡμέραν νυκτὸς καὶ τί γὰρ ἀλλ’ ἢ
μίαν νύκτα νομίζεσθαι μακροτάτην τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἴσην καὶ ταῖς ἰσαρίθμοις νυξί.

[124] τότε δή φασι τοὺς μὲν ἐρριμμένους ἐν ταῖς εὐναῖς μὴ τολμᾶν ἐξανίστασθαι, τοὺς δ’ ὁπότε κατεπείγοι τι τῶν τῆς φύσεως ἀναγκαίων ἐπαφωμένους τοίχων ἤ τινος ἑτέρου καθάπερ τυφλοὺς μόλις προέρχεσθαι· καὶ γὰρ τοῦ χρειώδους πυρὸς τὸ φέγγος τὸ μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς κατεχούσης
ζάλης ἐσβέννυτο, τὸ δὲ τῷ βάθει τοῦ σκότους ἀμαυρούμενον ἐνηφανίζετο, ὡς τὴν ἀναγκαιοτάτην ὄψιν τῶν αἰσθήσεων ὑγιαίνουσαν πηρὸν εἶναι μηδὲν ὁρᾶν δυναμένην, τετράφθαι δὲ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας οἷα ὑπηκόους πεσούσης τῆς ἡγεμονίδος·

[125] οὔτε γὰρ λέγειν τις οὔτ’ ἀκούειν οὔτε προσενέγκασθαι τροφὰς ὑπέμενεν, ἀλλ’ ἡσυχίᾳ καὶ λιμῷ παρέτεινον αὑτοὺς
οὐδεμιᾷ τῶν αἰσθήσεων σχολάζοντες, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ τοῦ πάθους ὅλοι συνηρπασμένοι, μέχρι πάλιν Μωυσῆς λαβὼν οἶκτον ἱκετεύει τὸν θεόν· ὁ δὲ φῶς ἀντὶ σκότους καὶ ἡμέραν ἀντὶ νυκτὸς ἐργάζεται σὺν αἰθρίᾳ πολλῇ.

⁵²⁵³

[126] 22 Τοιαύτας φασὶ γενέσθαι καὶ τὰς διὰ μόνου Μωυσέως ἐπιπλήξεις, τὴν διὰ χαλάζης καὶ κεραυνῶν, τὴν διὰ τῆς ἀκρίδος, τὴν διὰ σκότους, ὃ πᾶσαν ἰδέαν φωτὸς οὐ παρεδέχετο· κοινῇ δ’ αὐτός τε καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς μίαν ἐπετράπησαν, ἣν αὐτίκα σημανῶ.

[127] κελεύσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ, τέφραν ἀπὸ καμίνου λαμβάνουσι ταῖς χερσίν, ἣν Μωυσῆς κατὰ
μέρος εἰς τὸν ἀέρα διέπαττεν· ἔπειτα κονιορτὸς αἰφνίδιον ἐπενεχθεὶς ἀνθρώποις τε καὶ ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ἀγρίαν καὶ δυσαλγῆ κατὰ τῆς δορᾶς ἁπάσης ἕλκωσιν εἰργάζετο καὶ τὰ σώματα εὐθὺς p. 101 Μ. συνῴδει ταῖς ἐξανθήσεσιν ὑποπύους ἔχοντα φλυκταίνας, ἃς ἐτόπασεν ἄν τις ἀφανῶς ὑποκαιομένας ἀναζεῖν.

[128] ἀλγηδόσι τε καὶ περιωδυνίαις κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἐκ
τῆς ἑλκώσεως καὶ φλογώσεως πιεζόμενοι μᾶλλον ἢ οὐχ ἧττον τῶν σωμάτων τὰς ψυχὰς ἔκαμνον ἐκτετρυχωμένοι ταῖς ἀνίαις — ἓν γὰρ ἄν τις ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἄχρι ποδῶν συνεχὲς ἕλκος ἐθεάσατο, τῶν κατὰ μέλος καὶ μέρος διεσπαρμένων εἰς μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἰδέαν ἀποκριθέντων —, ἕως πάλιν ἱκεσίαις τοῦ νομοθέτου, ἃς ὑπὲρ τῶν πασχόντων ἐποιήσατο,
ἡ νόσος ῥᾴων ἐγένετο.

[129] κοινῇ μέντοι τὴν νουθεσίαν ταύτην ἐπετράπησαν δεόντως, ὁ μὲν ἀδελφὸς διὰ τὸν ἐπενεχθέντα κονιορτόν, ἐπεὶ τῶν ἀπὸ γῆς συμβαινόντων τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἔλαχε, Μωυσῆς δὲ διὰ τὸν ἀέρα μεταβαλόντα πρὸς κάκωσιν τῶν οἰκητόρων· ταῖς δ’ ἀπ’ ἀέρος καὶ οὐρανοῦ πληγαῖς οὗτος ὑπηρέτει.

[130] 23 Λοιπαὶ δὲ τιμωρίαι τρεῖς εἰσιν αὐτουργηθεῖσαι δίχα τῆς ἀνθρώπων ὑπηρεσίας, ὧν κατὰ μίαν ἑκάστην, ὡς ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ, δηλώσω. πρώτη δ’ ἐστὶν ἡ γενομένη διὰ ζῴου τῶν ἐν τῇ φύσει πάντων θρασυτάτου, κυνομυίας, ἣν ἐτύμως ἐκάλεσαν οἱ θετικοὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων — ⁵⁴⁵⁵ σοφοὶ γὰρ ἦσαν — ἐκ τῶν ἀναιδεστάτων ζῴων συνθέντες τοὔνομα, μυίας καὶ κυνός, τοῦ μὲν τῶν χερσαίων θρασυτάτου, τῆς δὲ τῶν πτηνῶν· ἐπιφοιτῶσι γὰρ καὶ ἐπιτρέχουσιν ἀδεῶς, κἂν ἀνείργῃ τις, εἰς τὸ ἀήττητον ἀντιφιλονεικοῦσιν, ἄχρις ἂν αἵματος καὶ σαρκῶν κορεσθῶσιν.

[131] ἡ δὲ
κυνόμυια τὴν ἀφ’ ἑκατέρου τόλμαν προσειληφυῖα δηκτικὸν καὶ ἐπίβουλον ζῷόν ἐστι· καὶ γὰρ πόρρωθεν μετὰ ῥοίζου καθάπερ βέλος εἰσακοντίζεται καὶ ἐπεμπίπτουσα βιαίως εὖ μάλα ἐγχρίμπτεται.

[132] τότε δὲ καὶ θεήλατος ἦν ἡ προσβολή, ὡς δεδιπλασιάσθαι τὴν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐπιβουλὴν οὐκέτι μόνον τοῖς φυσικοῖς κεχρημένης πλεονεκτήμασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς
ἐκ θείας ἐπιφροσύνης, ἣ τὸ ζῷον ὥπλιζε καὶ πρὸς ἀλκὴν ἀνήγειρε κατὰ τῶν ἐγχωρίων.

[133] μετὰ τὴν κυνόμυιαν εἵπετο τιμωρία πάλιν ἄνευ συμπράξεως ἀνθρωπίνης, βοσκημάτων θάνατος· βουκόλια γὰρ καὶ αἰπόλια καὶ ποίμνια μεγάλα καὶ ὅσαι ὑποζυγίων καὶ ἄλλων θρεμμάτων ἰδέαι πᾶσαι μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ, ὡς ἀφ’ ἑνὸς συνθήματος, ἀγεληδὸν διεφθείροντο, τὴν ἀνθρώπων p. 102 M. ἀπώλειαν, ἣ μικρὸν ὕστερον ἔμελλε γίνεσθαι, προμηνύουσαι
καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς λοιμώδεσι νόσοις· λέγεται γὰρ προάγων τις εἶναι λοιμικῶν ἀρρωστημάτων ἡ ζῴων ἀλόγων αἰφνίδιος φθορά.

[134] 24 μεθ’ ἣν ἡ δεκάτη καὶ τελευταία δίκη πάσας ὑπερβάλλουσα τὰς προτέρας ἐπεγένετο, θάνατος Αἰγυπτίων οὔτε πάντων — οὐ γὰρ ἐρημῶσαι
τὴν χώραν προῃρεῖτο ὁ θεὸς ἀλλὰ νουθετῆσαι μόνον — οὔτε τῶν πλείστων ἀνδρῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ γυναικῶν ἐξ ἁπάσης ἡλικίας, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ⁵⁶⁵⁷ ἄλλοις ζῆν ἐφιεὶς μόνων τῶν πρωτοτόκων καταψηφίζεται θάνατον ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ πρεσβυτάτου τῶν βασιλέως παίδων καὶ λήξας εἰς τὸν τῆς ἀφανεστάτης ἀλετρίδος.

[135] περὶ γὰρ μέσας νύκτας οἱ πρῶτοι πατέρας καὶ μητέρας προσειπόντες καὶ ὑπ’ ἐκείνων υἱοὶ πάλιν πρῶτον ὀνομασθέντες ὑγιαίνοντες καὶ τὰ σώματα ἐρρωμένοι πάντες ἀπ’ οὐδεμιᾶς
προφάσεως ἡβηδὸν ἐξαπιναίως ἀνῄρηντο καὶ οὐδεμίαν οἰκίαν ἀμοιρῆσαί φασι τότε τῆς συμφορᾶς.

[136] ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἕῳ κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἕκαστοι θεασάμενοι τοὺς φιλτάτους ἀπροσδοκήτως τετελευτηκότας, οἷς ὁμοδίαιτοι καὶ ὁμοτράπεζοι μέχρι τῆς ἑσπέρας ἐγεγένηντο, βαρυτάτῳ πένθει κατασχεθέντες οἰμωγῆς πάντα ἐνέπλησαν, ὥστε συνέβη καὶ διὰ τὴν κοινοπραγίαν
τοῦ πάθους ἁπάντων ἀθρόως ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐκβοησάντων ἕνα θρῆνον ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα κατὰ πάσης τῆς χώρας συνηχῆσαι.

[137] καὶ μέχρι μὲν ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις διέτριβον, ἀγνοῶν ἕκαστος τὸ τοῦ πλησίον κακὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ μόνον ἔστενε, προελθὼν δὲ καὶ γνοὺς τὰ τῶν ἄλλων διπλοῦν πένθος πρὸς τῷ ἰδίῳ καὶ τὸ κοινὸν εὐθὺς ἐλάμβανεν, ἐπ’
ἐλάττονι καὶ κουφοτέρῳ μεῖζον καὶ βαρύτερον, ἅτε καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς παραμυθίας ἀφῃρημένος· τίς γὰρ ἔμελλε παρηγορεῖν ἕτερον αὐτὸς ὢν τοῦδε χρεῖος;

[138] ὅπερ δ’ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις φιλεῖ, τὰ παρόντα νομίσαντες ἀρχὴν εἶναι μειζόνων καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν ἔτι ζώντων ἀπωλείας καταδείσαντες συνέδραμον εἰς τὰ βασίλεια δεδακρυμένοι καὶ τὰς ἐσθῆτας
περιερρηγμένοι κατεβόων τε τοῦ βασιλέως ὡς πάντων αἰτίου τῶν συμβεβηκότων δεινῶν.

[139] εἰ γάρ, ἔλεγον, εὐθὺς ἐν ἀρχῇ Μωυσέως ἐντυχόντος εἴασεν ἐξελθεῖν τὸ ἔθνος, οὐδενὸς ἂν τῶν γεγονότων πειραθῆναι τὸ παράπαν· εἴξαντος δ’ αὐθαδείᾳ τῇ συνήθει, τὰ ἐπίχειρα τῆς ἀκαίρου φιλονεικίας ἐξ ἑτοίμου λαβεῖν. εἶτ’ ἄλλος ἄλλον παρεκάλει τὸν λεὼν
μετὰ πάσης σπουδῆς ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς χώρας ἐξελαύνειν, καὶ τὸ μίαν ⁵⁸ ἡμέραν μᾶλλον δὲ ὥραν αὐτὸ μόνον κατασχεῖν πρὸς ἀνήκεστον τιμωρίαν τιθέμενοι.

[140] 25 p. 103 M. οἱ δ’ ἐλαυνόμενοι καὶ διωκόμενοι τῆς αὑτῶν εὐγενείας εἰς ἔννοιαν ἐλθόντες τόλμημα τολμῶσιν, ὁποῖον εἰκὸς ἦν τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ μὴ ἀμνήμονας ὧν ἐπεβουλεύθησαν ἀδίκως.

[141] πολλὴν γὰρ λείαν
ἐκφορήσαντες τὴν μὲν αὐτοὶ διεκόμιζον ἐπηχθισμένοι, τὴν δὲ τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις ἐπέθεσαν, οὐ διὰ φιλοχρηματίαν ἤ, ὡς ἄν τις κατηγορῶν εἴποι, τὴν τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμίαν — πόθεν; — ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν ὧν παρὰ πάντα τὸν χρόνον ὑπηρέτησαν ἀναγκαῖον μισθὸν κομιζόμενοι, εἶτα δὲ ὑπὲρ ὧν κατεδουλώθησαν ἐν ἐλάττοσι καὶ οὐχὶ τοῖς ἴσοις ἀντιλυποῦντες·
ποῦ γάρ ἐσθ’ ὅμοιον ζημία χρημάτων καὶ στέρησις ἐλευθερίας, ὑπὲρ ἧς οὐ μόνον προΐεσθαι τὰς οὐσίας οἱ νοῦν ἔχοντες ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθνῄσκειν ⁵⁹⁶⁰ ἐθέλουσιν;

[142] ἐν ἑκατέρῳ δὴ κατώρθουν, εἴθ’ ὡς ἐν εἰρήνῃ μισθὸν λαμβάνοντες, ὃν παρ’ ἀκόντων πολὺν χρόνον οὐκ ἀποδιδόντων ἀπεστεροῦντο, εἴθ’ ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ τὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν φέρειν ἀξιοῦντες νόμῳ τῶν κεκρατηκότων· οἱ μὲν γὰρ χειρῶν ἦρξαν ἀδίκων, ξένους καὶ ἱκέτας, ὡς ἔφην πρότερον, καταδουλωσάμενοι τρόπον αἰχμαλώτων, οἱ δὲ καιροῦ παραπεσόντος
ἠμύναντο δίχα τῆς ἐν ὅπλοις παρασκευῆς, προασπίζοντος καὶ τὴν χεῖρα ὑπερέχοντος τοῦ δικαίου.

[143] 26 Τοσαύταις μὲν δὴ πληγαῖς καὶ τιμωρίαις Αἴγυπτος ἐνουθετεῖτο, ὧν οὐδεμία τῶν Ἑβραίων καίτοι γε ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς πόλεσι καὶ κώμαις καὶ οἰκίαις συνδιατριβόντων ἥψατο, γῆς ὕδατος ἀέρος πυρός, ἃ μέρη
τῆς φύσεώς ἐστιν, ἣν ἀμήχανον ἐκφυγεῖν, ἐπιθεμένων· ὃ δὴ καὶ παραδοξότατον ἦν, ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον καὶ χρόνον τοὺς μὲν διαφθείρεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ σῴζεσθαι.

[144] ὁ ποταμὸς εἰς αἷμα μετέβαλεν, ἀλλ’ οὐχ Ἑβραίοις· ἡνίκα γὰρ βουληθεῖεν ἀρύσασθαι, τροπὴν ἐλάμβανεν εἰς πότιμον. βάτραχος ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων ἐπὶ τὴν χέρσον ἀνερπύσας ἀγορὰς
καὶ ἐπαύλεις καὶ οἰκίας ἐπλήρωσεν, ἀλλ’ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἑβραίων ἐξανεχώρει μόνων καθάπερ διακρίνειν ἐπιστάμενος, οὕς τε χρὴ κολάζεσθαι καὶ τοὐναντίον.

[145] οὐ σκνίπες, οὐ κυνόμυια, οὐκ ἀκρίς, ἣ καὶ φυτὰ καὶ καρποὺς καὶ ζῷα καὶ ἀνθρώπους μεγάλα ἔβλαψε, τούτοις προσέπτησαν· οὐχ ὑετῶν, οὐ χαλάζης, οὐ κεραυνῶν αἱ γενόμεναι p. 104 M. συνεχεῖς φοραὶ μέχρι τούτων ἔφθασαν· ἑλκώσεως τῆς ἀργαλεωτάτης εἰς τὸ παθεῖν οὐδ’ ὄναρ ἐπῄσθοντο·
⁶¹ βαθυτάτου σκότους τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀναχυθέντος, ἐν αὐγῇ καθαρᾷ διήγαγον, τοῦ ἡμερησίου φωτὸς ἐπιλάμποντος· ἀναιρουμένων τῶν παρ’ Αἰγυπτίοις πρωτοτόκων, ἐτελεύτησεν Ἑβραῖος οὐδείς· οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰκὸς ἦν, ὁπότε καὶ ἡ τῶν ἀμυθήτων φθορὰ θρεμμάτων οὐδεμίαν τῶν παρὰ τούτοις
ἀγέλην συνεπεσπάσατο πρὸς ἀπώλειαν.

[146] καί μοί τις δοκεῖ παρατυχὼν τοῖς γενομένοις κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν μηδὲν ἂν ἄλλο νομίσαι τοὺς Ἑβραίους ἢ θεατὰς ὧν ἕτεροι κακῶν ὑπέμενον καὶ οὐ μόνον * * *, ἀλλὰ καὶ μαθημάτων τὸ κάλλιστον καὶ ὠφελιμώτατον ἀναδιδασκομένους, εὐσέβειαν· οὐ γάρ ποθ’ οὕτως ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν κρίσις ἐμφανῶς
ἦλθε τοῖς μὲν φθορὰν τοῖς δὲ σωτηρίαν παρασχοῦσα.

[147] 27 Τῶν δ’ ἐξιόντων καὶ μετανισταμένων οἱ μὲν ἀνδρὸς ἔχοντες ἡλικίαν ὑπὲρ ἑξήκοντα μυριάδας ἦσαν, ὁ δ’ ἄλλος ὅμιλος πρεσβυτῶν, παίδων, γυναικῶν οὐ ῥᾴδιος ἀριθμηθῆναι· μιγάδων δὲ καὶ συγκλύδων καὶ θεραπείας ὄχλος συνεξῆλθεν ὡσανεὶ νόθον μετὰ γνησίου πλήθους· οὗτοι
δ’ ἦσαν οἱ ἐκ γυναικῶν γεννηθέντες Αἰγυπτίων τοῖς Ἑβραίοις καὶ τῷ πατρῴῳ γένει προσνεμηθέντες καὶ ὅσοι τὸ θεοφιλὲς ἀγάμενοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐπηλύται ἐγένοντο καὶ εἰ δή τινες τῷ μεγέθει καὶ πλήθει τῶν ἐπαλλήλων ⁶²⁶³ κολάσεων μετεβάλοντο σωφρονισθέντες.

[148] τούτων ἁπάντων ἡγεμὼν ἐχειροτονεῖτο Μωυσῆς τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ βασιλείαν λαβὼν οὐχ ὥσπερ ἔνιοι τῶν ἐπὶ τὰς δυναστείας ὠθουμένων ὅπλοις καὶ μηχανήμασιν ἱππικαῖς τε καὶ πεζικαῖς καὶ ναυτικαῖς δυνάμεσιν, ἀλλ’ ἀρετῆς ἕνεκα καὶ καλοκἀγαθίας καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἅπαντας εὐνοίας, ᾗ χρώμενος ἀεὶ διετέλει, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοῦ φιλαρέτου
καὶ φιλοκάλου θεοῦ γέρας ἄξιον αὐτῷ παρασχόντος.

[149] ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὴν Αἰγύπτου κατέλιπεν ἡγεμονίαν, θυγατριδοῦς τοῦ τότε βασιλεύοντος ὤν, ἕνεκα τῶν κατὰ τὴν χώραν γινομένων ἀδικημάτων πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσας ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν θεμένων ἐλπίσι διὰ ψυχῆς εὐγένειαν καὶ φρονήματος μέγεθος καὶ τὸ μισοπόνηρον φύσει, τῷ πρυτανεύοντι καὶ ἐπιμελουμένῳ
τῶν ὅλων ἔδοξεν αὐτὸν ἀμείψασθαι βασιλείᾳ πολυανθρωποτέρου καὶ κρείττονος ἔθνους, ὅπερ ἔμελλεν ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ἄλλων ἱερᾶσθαι τὰς ὑπὲρ τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων αἰεὶ ποιησόμενον εὐχὰς ὑπέρ τε κακῶν ἀποτροπῆς καὶ μετουσίας ἀγαθῶν.

[150] παραλαβὼν δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐχ ὥσπερ ἔνιοι τὸν ἴδιον αὔξειν οἶκον καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς — δύο γὰρ ἦσαν αὐτῷ — προάγειν
ἐπὶ μέγα δυνάμεως ἐσπούδασεν, ὡς ἐν μὲν τῷ παρόντι κοινωνοὺς αὖθις δὲ καὶ διαδόχους ἀποφῆναι· p. 105 Μ. γνώμῃ γὰρ ἀδόλῳ καὶ καθαρᾷ πρὸς πάντα μικρά τε αὖ καὶ μεγάλα χρώμενος τὴν φυσικὴν πρὸς τὰ τέκνα φιλοστοργίαν οἷα κριτὴς ἀγαθὸς ἐνίκα τῷ περὶ τὸν λογισμὸν ἀδεκάστῳ.

[151] προὔκειτο γὰρ ἓν αὐτῷ τέλος ἀναγκαιότατον, ὀνῆσαι τοὺς ἀρχομένους
καὶ πάνθ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς τούτων ὠφελείας ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ πραγματεύεσθαι, μηδένα παραλιπόντι καιρὸν τῶν συντεινόντων εἰς κοινὴν κατόρθωσιν.

[152] μόνος οὗτος τῶν πώποθ’ ἡγεμονευσάντων οὐ χρυσὸν οὐκ ἄργυρον ἐθησαυρίσατο, οὐ δασμοὺς ἐξέλεξεν, οὐκ οἰκίας, οὐ κτήματα, οὐ θρέμματα, οὐ ⁶⁴⁶⁵ θεραπείαν οἰκετικήν, οὐ προσόδους, οὐκ ἄλλο τῶν εἰς πολυτέλειαν καὶ περιουσίαν οὐδὲν ἐκτήσατο, καίτοι πάντων ἔχειν ἀφθονίαν δυνάμενος·

[153] ἀλλ’ ὑπολαβὼν πενίας ψυχικῆς ἔργον εἶναι τὸν ἐν ταῖς ὕλαις ἀποδέχεσθαι πλοῦτον τοῦ μὲν ὡς τυφλοῦ κατεφρόνησε, τὸν δὲ βλέποντα τῆς φύσεως ἐξετίμησε καὶ ζηλωτὴς ὡς οὐκ οἶδ’ εἴ τις ἕτερος αὐτοῦ γενόμενος ἐν μὲν ἐσθῆσι καὶ τροφαῖς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς περὶ δίαιταν οὐδὲν ἐπιτραγῳδῶν πρὸς σεμνότερον ὄγκον εὐτέλειαν καὶ εὐκολίαν ἐπετήδευεν ἰδιώτου, πολυτέλειαν δὲ τῷ ὄντι βασιλικὴν ἐν οἷς καλὸν ἦν πλεονεκτεῖν τὸν ἄρχοντα·

[154] ταῦτα δ’ ἦσαν ἐγκράτειαι, καρτερίαι, σωφροσύναι, ἀγχίνοιαι,
συνέσεις, ἐπιστῆμαι, πόνοι, κακοπάθειαι, ἡδονῶν ὑπεροψίαι, δικαιοσύναι, προτροπαὶ πρὸς τὰ βέλτιστα, ψόγοι καὶ κολάσεις ἁμαρτανόντων νόμιμοι, ἔπαινοι καὶ τιμαὶ κατορθούντων πάλιν σὺν νόμῳ.

[155] 28 τοιγαροῦν πολλὰ χαίρειν φράσαντα πολυχρηματίᾳ καὶ τῷ παρ’ ἀνθρώποις μέγα πνέοντι πλούτῳ γεραίρει θεὸς τὸν μέγιστον καὶ τελεώτατον ἀντιδοὺς πλοῦτον αὐτῷ· οὗτος δ’ ἐστὶν ὁ τῆς συμπάσης γῆς καὶ θαλάττης καὶ ποταμῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα στοιχεῖα καὶ συγκρίματα· κοινωνὸν γὰρ ἀξιώσας ἀναφανῆναι τῆς ἑαυτοῦ λήξεως ἀνῆκε πάντα τὸν κόσμον ὡς κληρονόμῳ κτῆσιν ἁρμόζουσαν.

[156] τοιγαροῦν ὑπήκουεν ὡς δεσπότῃ τῶν στοιχείων ἕκαστον ἀλλάττον ἣν εἶχε δύναμιν καὶ ταῖς προστάξεσιν
ὑπεῖκον· καὶ θαυμαστὸν ἴσως οὐδέν· εἰ γὰρ κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν „κοινὰ τὰ φίλων„, φίλος δὲ ὁ προφήτης ἀνείρηται θεοῦ (cf. Exod. 33, 11), κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον μετέχοι ἂν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς κτήσεως, καθ’ ὃ χρειῶδες.

[157] ὁ μὲν γὰρ θεὸς πάντα κεκτημένος οὐδενὸς δεῖται, ὁ δὲ ⁶⁶ σπουδαῖος ἄνθρωπος κέκτηται μὲν οὐδὲν κυρίως ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ ἑαυτόν, τῶν δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ κειμηλίων, καθ’ ὅσον ἂν οἷός τε ᾖ, μεταλαγχάνει. p. 106 M. καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως· κοσμοπολίτης γάρ ἐστιν, ἧς χάριν αἰτίας οὐδεμιᾷ τῶν κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην πόλεων ἐνεγράφη, δεόντως, οὐ μέρος χώρας ἀλλ’ ὅλον τὸν κόσμον κλῆρον λαβών. τί δ’;

[158] οὐχὶ καὶ μείζονος τῆς πρὸς
τὸν πατέρα τῶν ὅλων καὶ ποιητὴν κοινωνίας ἀπέλαυσε προσρήσεως τῆς αὐτῆς ἀξιωθείς; ὠνομάσθη γὰρ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους θεὸς καὶ βασιλεύς· εἴς τε τὸν γνόφον, ἔνθα ἦν ὁ θεός, εἰσελθεῖν λέγεται (Exod. 20, 21), τουτέστιν εἰς τὴν ἀειδῆ καὶ ἀόρατον καὶ ἀσώματον τῶν ὄντων παραδειγματικὴν οὐσίαν, τὰ ἀθέατα φύσει θνητῇ κατανοῶν· καθάπερ τε
γραφὴν εὖ δεδημιουργημένην ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον εἰς μέσον προαγαγὼν πάγκαλον καὶ θεοειδὲς ἔργον ἔστησε παράδειγμα τοῖς ἐθέλουσι μιμεῖσθαι.

[159] εὐδαίμονες δ’ ὅσοι τὸν τύπον ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ψυχαῖς ἐναπεμάξαντο ἢ ἐσπούδασαν ἐναπομάξασθαι· φερέτω γὰρ ἡ διάνοια μάλιστα μὲν τὸ εἶδος τέλειον ἀρετῆς, εἰ δὲ μή, τὸν γοῦν ὑπὲρ τοῦ κτήσασθαι
τὸ εἶδος ἀνενδοίαστον πόθον.

[160] καὶ μὴν οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνό τις ἀγνοεῖ, ὅτι ζηλωταὶ τῶν ἐνδόξων οἱ ἀφανεῖς εἰσι καί, ὧν ἂν ἐκεῖνοι μάλιστ’ ὀρέγεσθαι δοκῶσι, πρὸς ταῦτα τὰς αὑτῶν ἀποτείνουσιν ὁρμάς· ἐπειδὰν γοῦν ἡγεμὼν ἄρξηται καθηδυπαθεῖν καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἁβροδίαιτον ἀποκλίνειν βίον, σύμπαν ὀλίγου δεῖν τὸ ὑπήκοον τὰς γαστρὸς καὶ τῶν μετὰ γαστέρα προσαναρρήγνυσιν
⁶⁷⁶⁸ ἔξω τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐπιθυμίας, εἰ μή τινες εὐμοιρίᾳ χρήσαιντο φύσεως ψυχὴν οὐκ ἐπίβουλον ἀλλ’ εὐμενῆ καὶ ἵλεω κτησάμενοι·

[161] ἐὰν δ’ αὐστηροτέραν καὶ σεμνοτέραν ἕληται προαίρεσιν, καὶ οἱ λίαν αὐτῶν ἀκράτορες μεταβάλλουσι πρὸς ἐγκράτειαν ἢ φόβῳ ἢ αἰδοῖ σπουδάζοντες ὑπόληψιν
ἐμποιεῖν, ὅτι ἄρα ζηλωταὶ τῶν ὁμοίων εἰσί· καὶ οὐκ ἄν ποθ’ οἱ χείρους τὰ τῶν κρειττόνων ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ μανέντες ἀποδοκιμάζοιεν.

[162] τάχα δ’, ἐπεὶ καὶ νομοθέτης ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι, πολὺ πρότερον αὐτὸς ἐγίνετο νόμος ἔμψυχός τε καὶ λογικὸς θείᾳ προνοίᾳ, ἥτις ἀγνοοῦντα αὐτὸν εἰς νομοθέτην ἐχειροτόνησεν αὖθις.

[163] 29 Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν παρ’ ἑκόντων ἔλαβε τὴν ἀρχήν, βραβεύοντος καὶ ἐπινεύοντος θεοῦ, τὴν ἀποικίαν ἔστελλεν εἰς Φοινίκην καὶ Συρίαν τὴν κοίλην καὶ Παλαιστίνην, ἣ τότε. προσηγορεύετο Χαναναίων, ἧς οἱ ὅροι τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδὸν διειστήκεσαν ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου.

[164] εἶτ’ ἦγεν αὐτοὺς οὐ p. 107 M. τὴν ἐπίτομον, ἅμα μὲν εὐλαβηθείς, μή ποθ’, ὑπαντιασάντων τῶν
οἰκητόρων διὰ φόβον ἀναστάσεως καὶ ἀνδραποδισμοῦ καὶ γενομένου πολέμου, πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ὑποστρέψωσιν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ἀπ’ ἐχθρῶν ἐπ’ ἐχθρούς, νέων ἐπ’ ἀρχαίους, γέλως καὶ χλεύη γενησόμενοι καὶ χείρω καὶ ἀργαλεώτερα τῶν προτέρων ὑπομενοῦντες, ἅμα δὲ καὶ βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς δι’ ἐρήμης ἄγων καὶ μακρᾶς δοκιμάσαι, πῶς ἔχουσι πειθαρχίας
ἐν οὐκ ἀφθόνοις χορηγίαις ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ κατ’ ὀλίγον ὑποσπανιζούσαις.

[165] ἐκτραπόμενος οὖν τὴν ἐπ’ εὐθείας, ἐγκάρσιον ἀτραπὸν εὑρὼν καὶ νομίσας ⁶⁹ κατατείνειν ἄχρι τῆς ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάττης ὁδοιπορεῖν ἤρχετο. τεράστιον δέ φασι συμβῆναι κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον μεγαλούργημα τῆς φύσεως, ὃ μηδείς πω μέμνηται πάλαι γεγονός.

[166] νεφέλη γὰρ εἰς εὐμεγέθη κίονα σχηματισθεῖσα προῄει τῆς πληθύος, ἡμέρας μὲν ἡλιοειδὲς ἐκλάμπουσα φέγγος, νύκτωρ δὲ φλογοειδές, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ πλάζεσθαι κατὰ τὴν πορείαν,
ἀλλ’ ἀπλανεστάτῳ ἕπεσθαι ἡγεμόνι ὁδοῦ. τάχα μέντοι καὶ τῶν ὑπάρχων τις ἦν τοῦ μεγάλου βασιλέως, ἀφανὴς ἄγγελος, ἐγκατειλημμένος τῇ νεφέλῃ προηγητήρ, ὃν οὐ θέμις σώματος ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρᾶσθαι.

[167] 30 Θεασάμενος δ’ ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλεὺς ἀνοδίᾳ χρωμένους, ὡς ᾤετο, καὶ διὰ τραχείας καὶ ἀτριβοῦς ἐρήμης βαδίζοντας ἥσθη μὲν
ἐπὶ τῷ κατὰ τὴν πορείαν σφάλματι, νομίσας συγκεκλεῖσθαι διέξοδον οὐκ ἔχοντας, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ μεθέσθαι μετανοῶν ἐπεχείρει διώκειν, ὡς ἢ φόβῳ τὴν πληθὺν ὑποστρέψων καὶ δουλωσόμενος αὖθις ἢ ἀποκτενῶν ἡβηδὸν ἀφηνιάζουσαν.

[168] εἶθ’ ἅπασαν τὴν ἱππικὴν δύναμιν παραλαβὼν ἀκοντιστάς τε καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ ἱπποτοξότας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὅσοι
τῆς κούφης ὁπλίσεως καὶ τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν δρεπανηφόρων ἁρμάτων ἑξακόσια τοῖς ἐν τέλει δούς, ἵνα μετὰ τοῦ πρέποντος ἀξιώματος ἐπακολουθήσωσι καὶ τῆς στρατείας μετάσχωσιν, οὐδὲν τάχους ἀνεὶς ἐπεξέθει καὶ συντείνων ἔσπευδε βουλόμενος ἐξαπιναίως οὐ προϊδομένοις ἐπιστῆναι· τὸ γὰρ ἀνέλπιστον κακὸν ἀργαλεώτερον αἰεὶ τοῦ προσδοκηθέντος, ὅσῳ
καὶ τὸ ὀλιγωρηθὲν εὐεπιχειρητότερον τοῦ σὺν φροντίδι.

[169] καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα διανοηθεὶς ἐπηκολούθει νομίζων αὐτοβοεὶ περιέσεσθαι, οἱ δ’ ἔτυχον ἤδη παρὰ ταῖς ἠϊόσι τῆς θαλάττης στρατοπεδεύοντες· μελλόντων δ’ ⁷⁰⁷¹ ἀριστοποιεῖσθαι, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον πάταγος ἐξηχεῖτο πολύς, ἅτε τοσούτων ἀνθρώπων ὁμοῦ καὶ ὑποζυγίων μετὰ σπουδῆς ἐλαυνόντων, ὡς ἐκχυθέντας τῶν σκηνῶν περιβλέπεσθαι καὶ ὠτακουστεῖν p. 108 M. ἀκροβατοῦντας· εἶτ’ ὀλίγῳ ὕστερον ἐπὶ λόφου μετέωρος ἡ ἀντίπαλος καταφαίνεται δύναμις ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐκτεταγμένη
πρὸς μάχην.

[170] 31 ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ παραλόγῳ καὶ ἀπροσδοκήτῳ καταπλαγέντες καὶ μήτε πρὸς ἄμυναν εὐτρεπεῖς ὄντες διὰ σπάνιν ἀμυντηρίων — οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ πόλεμον ἀλλ’ εἰς ἀποικίαν ἐξῄεσαν — μήτε φυγεῖν δυνάμενοι — κατόπιν μὲν γὰρ πέλαγος, ἐχθροὶ δ’ ἀντικρύ, τὰ δὲ παρ’ ἑκάτερα βαθεῖα καὶ ἀτριβὴς ἐρήμη — σφαδᾴζοντες καὶ τῷ μεγέθει
τῶν κακῶν ἀπειρηκότες, οἷα παρὰ τὰς τοιαύτας φιλεῖ συμφοράς, τὸν ἄρχοντα ᾐτιῶντο φάσκοντες·

[171] „διὰ τὸ μὴ εἶναι μνήματα ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, οἷς ἀποθανόντες ἐνταφησόμεθα, ἐξήγαγες ἡμᾶς, ἵν’ ἐνταῦθα κηδεύσῃς ἀποκτείνας; ἢ οὐ πᾶσα δουλεία κουφότερον κακὸν θανάτου; δελεάσας ἐλευθερίας ἐλπίδι τὸ πλῆθος τὸν χαλεπώτερον περὶ τοῦ ζῆν ἐπεκρέμασας
κίνδυνον.

[172] ἠγνόεις τὴν ἡμετέραν ἁπλότητα καὶ τὴν Αἰγυπτίων πικρίαν καὶ τὸ βαρύμηνι; τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἀφύκτων κακῶν οὐχ ὁρᾷς; τί πρακτέον; πολεμῶμεν ἄοπλοι πρὸς ὡπλισμένους; ἀλλὰ φεύγωμεν καθάπερ ἄρκυσι κυκλωθέντες ἀνηλεέσιν ἐχθροῖς, ἐρημίαις ἀβάτοις, ἀπλώτοις πελάγεσιν;

[173] εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ πλωτά, τίς εὐπορία σκαφῶν εἰς περαίωσιν;“ ὁ δὲ ταῦτα
ἀκούων τοῖς μὲν συνεγίνωσκε, τῶν δὲ χρησμῶν ἐμέμνητο· καὶ διανείμας τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὸν λόγον κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον τῷ μὲν ἐνετύγχανεν ἀφανῶς τῷ θεῷ, ἵν’ ἐξ ἀμηχάνων ῥύσηται συμφορῶν, δι’ οὗ δ’ ἐθάρσυνε καὶ παρηγόρει τοὺς καταβοῶντας „μὴ ἀναπίπτετε“ λέγων· „οὐχ ὁμοίως ἄνθρωπος ἀμύνεται καὶ θεός.

[174] τί μόνοις τοῖς εὐλόγοις καὶ πιθανοῖς
προπιστεύετε; παρασκευῆς οὐδεμιᾶς ἐστι χρεῖος ὁ θεὸς βοηθός· ἐν ⁷² ἀπόροις πόρον εὑρεῖν ἴδιον θεοῦ· τὰ ἀδύνατα παντὶ γενητῷ μόνῳ δυνατὰ καὶ κατὰ χειρός.“

[175] καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἔτι καθεστὼς διεξῄει· μικρὸν δ’ ἐπισχὼν ἔνθους γίνεται καταπνευσθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ εἰωθότος ἐπιφοιτᾶν αὐτῷ πνεύματος καὶ θεσπίζει προφητεύων τάδε· „ἣν ὁρᾶτε στρατιὰν εὐοπλοῦσαν, οὐκέτ’ ἀντιτεταγμένην ὄψεσθε· πεσεῖται γὰρ προτροπάδην πᾶσα καὶ
βύθιος ἀφανισθήσεται, ὡς μηδὲ λείψανον αὐτῆς ὑπὲρ γῆς ἔτι φανῆναι, καὶ οὐ μήκει χρόνου, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἐπιούσῃ νυκτί.“

[176] 32 καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτ’ ἀπεφθέγγετο. καταδύντος δ’ ἡλίου, νότος εὐθὺς ἤρξατο κατασκήπτειν βιαιότατος, ὑφ’ οὗ τὸ πέλαγος ἐξανεχώρησεν, εἰωθὸς μὲν ἀμπωτίζειν, τότε δὲ καὶ μᾶλλον ὠθούμενον τὸ πρὸς p. 109 M. αἰγιαλοῖς ὑπεσύρη καθάπερ εἰς χαράδραν ἢ χάρυβδιν· ἀστήρ τε προὐφαίνετ’ οὐδείς, ἀλλὰ πυκνὸν
καὶ μέλαν νέφος ἅπαντα τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐπεῖχε, γνοφώδους τῆς νυκτὸς οὔσης εἰς κατάπληξιν τῶν διωκόντων.

[177] προσταχθεὶς δὲ Μωυσῆς τῇ βακτηρίᾳ παίει τὴν θάλασσαν· ἡ δὲ ῥαγεῖσα διίσταται καὶ τῶν τμημάτων τὰ μὲν πρὸς τῷ ῥαγέντι μέρει μετέωρα πρὸς ὕψος ἐξαίρεται καὶ παγέντα
τρόπον τείχους κραταιῶς ἠρέμει καὶ ἡσύχαζε, τὰ δ’ ὀπίσω σταλέντα καὶ χαλινωθέντα τὴν εἰς τὸ πρόσω φορὰν καθάπερ ἡνίαις ἀφανέσιν ἀνεχαίτιζε, τὸ δὲ μεσαίτατον, καθ’ ὃ ἐγένετο ἡ ῥῆξις, ἀναξηρανθὲν ὁδὸς εὐρεῖα καὶ λεωφόρος γίνεται. τοῦτο ἰδὼν Μωυσῆς καὶ θαυμάσας ἐγεγήθει καὶ πληρωθεὶς χαρᾶς ἐθάρσυνε τοὺς ἰδίους καὶ ᾗ τάχιστα προὔτρεπεν
ἀναζευγνύναι.

[178] περαιοῦσθαι δὲ μελλόντων, σημεῖον ἐπιγίνεται ⁷³ τερατωδέστατον· ἡ γὰρ ὁδηγὸς νεφέλη πρωτοστατοῦσα τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἀνακάμπτει πρὸς τὰ οὐραῖα τοῦ πλήθους, ὅπως ὀπισθοφυλακῇ, καὶ ταχθεῖσα μεθόριος τῶν διωκόντων καὶ τῶν διωκομένων τοὺς μὲν ἡνιοχοῦσα σωτηρίως καὶ ἀσφαλῶς ἐπήλαυνε, τοὺς δὲ ἀνεῖργε καὶ ἀνέκρουεν ἐφορμᾶν ἐπειγομένους·
ἅπερ ὁρῶντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι θορύβου καὶ ταραχῆς πάντ’ ἐπλήρουν τάς τε τάξεις ὑπὸ δέους συνέχεον ἐπεμπίπτοντες ἀλλήλοις καὶ ζητοῦντες ἤδη φυγεῖν, ὅτ’ οὐδὲν ἦν ὄφελος.

[179] οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἑβραῖοι διὰ ξηρᾶς ἀτραποῦ περὶ βαθὺν ὄρθρον μετὰ γυναικῶν καὶ παίδων ἔτι κομιδῇ νηπίων περαιοῦνται· τοὺς δὲ τὰ τμήματα τοῦ πελάγους ἑκατέρωθεν ἐπικυλισθέντα καὶ ἑνωθέντα
αὐτοῖς ἅρμασι καὶ ἵπποις καταποντοῖ, βορείοις πνεύμασι τῆς παλιρροίας ἀναχυθείσης καὶ μετεώροις τρικυμίαις ἐπιδραμούσης, ὡς μηδὲ πυρφόρον ὑπολειφθῆναι τὸν ἀπαγγελοῦντα τοῖς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ τὰς αἰφνιδίους συμφοράς.

[180] τὸ μέγα τοῦτο καὶ θαυμαστὸν ἔργον Ἑβραῖοι καταπλαγέντες ἀναιμωτὶ νίκην οὐκ ἐλπισθεῖσαν ἤραντο καὶ κατιδόντες ἐν ἀκαρεῖ φθορὰν
ἀθρόαν πολεμίων δύο χορούς, τὸν μὲν ἀνδρῶν, τὸν δὲ γυναικῶν, ἐπὶ τῆς ἠϊόνος στήσαντες εὐχαριστικοὺς ὕμνους εἰς τὸν θεὸν ᾖδον, ἐξάρχοντος Μωυσέως μὲν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ἀδελφῆς δὲ τούτου ταῖς γυναιξίν· ἡγεμόνες γὰρ οὗτοι τῶν χορῶν ἐγεγένηντο.

[181] 33 Ἄραντες δ’ ἀπὸ θαλάττης μέχρι μέν τινος ὡδοιπόρουν μηκέτι
τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὀρρωδοῦντες φόβον. ἐπιλιπόντος δὲ τοῦ ποτοῦ τρισὶν ἡμέραις, αὖθις ἐν ἀθυμίαις ἦσαν ὑπὸ δίψους καὶ πάλιν ἤρξαντο μεμψιμοιρεῖν ὡς μηδὲν εὖ προπεπονθότες· ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ παρόντος προσβολὴ δεινοῦ τὰς ἐπὶ τοῖς προτέροις ἀγαθοῖς ἡδονὰς ἀφαιρεῖται. ⁷⁴⁷⁵ θεασάμενοι δὲ πηγὰς ἐπιτρέχουσιν p. 110 Μ. ὡς ἀρυσόμενοι χαρᾶς ὑπόπλεῳ,

[182] δι’ ἄγνοιαν τἀληθοῦς ἀπατηθέντες· πικραὶ γὰρ ἦσαν· εἶτα γευσάμενοι γναμφθέντες τῷ παρ’ ἐλπίδα τά τε σώματα παρεῖντο καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἀναπεπτώκεσαν, οὐχ οὕτως ἐφ’ ἑαυτοῖς ὡς ἐπὶ τοῖς νηπίοις παισὶ στένοντες, οὓς ἀδακρυτὶ ποτὸν αἰτοῦντας ὁρᾶν οὐχ ὑπέμενον.

[183] ἔνιοι
δὲ τῶν ὀλιγωροτέρων καὶ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν ἀβεβαίων καὶ τὰ προγεγονότα ᾐτιῶντο ὡς οὐκ ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ συμβάντα μᾶλλον ἢ διὰ μετουσίαν ἀργαλεωτέρων συμφορῶν, ἄμεινον εἶναι λέγοντες τρίς, οὐχ ἅπαξ, ὑπ’ ἐχθρῶν ἀποθανεῖν ἢ δίψει παραπολέσθαι· τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἄπονον καὶ ταχεῖαν τοῦ βίου μετάστασιν οὐδὲν ἀθανασίας διαφέρειν τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι, θάνατον
δ’ ὡς ἀληθῶς εἶναι τὸν βραδὺν καὶ μετ’ ἀλγηδόνων, οὐκ ἐν τῷ τεθνάναι τὸ φοβερὸν ἀλλ’ ἐν μόνῳ τῷ ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐπιδεικνύμενον.

[184] τοιαύταις χρωμένων ὀλοφύρσεσι, πάλιν ἱκετεύει τὸν θεὸν Μωυσῆς ἐπιστάμενον τὴν ζῴων καὶ μάλιστα τὴν ἀνθρώπων ἀσθένειαν καὶ τὰς τοῦ σώματος ἀνάγκας ἐκ τροφῆς ἠρτημένου καὶ δεσποίναις χαλεπαῖς συνεζευγμένου,
βρώσει καὶ πόσει, συγγνῶναι μὲν τοῖς ἀθυμοῦσι, τὴν δὲ πάντων ἔνδειαν ἐκπλῆσαι, μὴ χρόνου μήκει, δωρεᾷ δ’ ἀνυπερθέτῳ καὶ ταχείᾳ, διὰ τὴν τοῦ θνητοῦ φυσικὴν ὀλιγωρίαν ὀξὺν καιρὸν τῆς βοηθείας ἐπιποθοῦντος.

[185] ὁ δὲ τὴν ἵλεων αὑτοῦ δύναμιν φθάνει προεκπέμψας καὶ διοίξας τὸ τοῦ ἱκέτου τῆς ψυχῆς ἀκοίμητον ὄμμα ξύλον δείκνυσιν, ὃ προσέταξεν ἀράμενον
εἰς τὰς πηγὰς καθεῖναι, τάχα μὲν κατεσκευασμένον ἐκ φύσεως ποιοῦν δύναμιν, ἣ τάχα ἠγνόητο, τάχα δὲ καὶ τότε πρῶτον ποιηθὲν εἰς ⁷⁶ ἣν ἔμελλεν ὑπηρετεῖν χρείαν.

[186] γενομένου δὲ τοῦ κελευσθέντος, αἱ μὲν πηγαὶ γλυκαίνονται μεταβαλοῦσαι πρὸς τὸ πότιμον, ὡς μηδ’ εἰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐγένοντό ποτε πικραὶ δύνασθαι διαγνῶναι, διὰ τὸ μηδὲ ἴχνος ἢ ζώπυρον τῆς ἀρχαίας κακίας εἰς μνήμην ὑπολελεῖφθαι.

[187] 34 τὸ δὲ
δίψος ἀκεσάμενοι μεθ’ ἡδονῆς διπλασίας, ἐπειδὴ τῆς ἀπολαύσεως τὸ παρ’ ἐλπίδα συμβεβηκὸς ἀγαθὸν εὐφραίνει μᾶλλον, ἔτι καὶ τὰς ὑδρίας πληρώσαντες ἀνεζεύγνυσαν, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ θοίνης καὶ ἱλαρᾶς εὐωχίας ἑστιαθέντες καὶ μεθύοντες οὐ τὴν ἐν οἴνῳ μέθην ἀλλὰ τὴν νηφάλιον, ἣν ἠκρατίσαντο τὰς προπόσεις λαβόντες παρὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας τοῦ προεστῶτος
ἄρχοντος.

[188] ἀφικνοῦνται δ’ εἰς σταθμὸν δεύτερον, εὔυδρόν τε καὶ εὔδενδρον — Αἰλεὶμ ὠνομάζετο (Exod. 15,27) —, πηγαῖς καταρρεόμενον δώδεκα, παρ’ αἷς στελέχη νέα φοινίκων εὐερνέστατα ἦν τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἑβδομήκοντα, τοῖς ὀξὺ τῇ p. 111 M. διανοίᾳ βλέπειν δυναμένοις ἀγαθῶν τῶν ἐθνικῶν ἐναργῆ σημεῖα καὶ δείγματα·

[189] φυλαί τε γάρ εἰσι τοῦ ἔθνους
δώδεκα, ὧν ἑκάστη πηγῆς ἕξει λόγον εὐσεβοῦσα, χορηγούσης εὐσεβείας ἀενάους καὶ ἀνελλιπεῖς καλὰς πράξεις, γενάρχαι δὲ τοῦ σύμπαντος ἔθνους ἑβδομήκοντα γεγόνασι φοίνικι τῷ τῶν δένδρων ἀρίστῳ προσηκόντως παρεικασθέντες, ὃ καὶ ὀφθῆναι καὶ καρπὸν ἐνεγκεῖν ἐστι κάλλιστον, ὅπερ ⁷⁷⁷⁸ καὶ τὴν ζωτικὴν ἔχει δύναμιν οὐκ ἐν ῥίζαις ὥσπερ τὰ ἄλλα κατορωρυγμένην ἀλλ’ ἀνώφοιτον, καρδίας τρόπον ἐν τῷ μεσαιτάτῳ τῶν ἀκρεμόνων ἱδρυμένην, ὑφ’ ὧν οἷα ἡγεμονὶς ὄντως ἐν κύκλῳ δορυφορεῖται.

[190] τοιαύτην δ’ ἔχει φύσιν καὶ ἡ διάνοια τῶν γευσαμένων ὁσιότητος· ἄνω γὰρ μεμάθηκε βλέπειν τε καὶ φοιτᾶν καὶ μετεωροπολοῦσα ἀεὶ καὶ τὰ θεῖα διερευνωμένη
κάλλη χλεύην τίθεται τὰ ἐπίγεια, ταῦτα μὲν παιδιάν, ἐκεῖνα δὲ σπουδὴν ὡς ἀληθῶς νομίζουσα.

[191] 35 Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτ’ οὐ πολὺς διῆλθε χρόνος καὶ ἀπορίᾳ σιτίων ἐλίμωττον, ὥσπερ ἐκ διαδοχῆς ἀντεπιτιθεμένων τῶν ἀναγκαίων· δέσποιναι γὰρ χαλεπαὶ καὶ βαρεῖαι, πεῖνα καὶ δίψα, διακληρωσάμεναι τὰς κακώσεις
ἐν μέρει προσέκειντο καὶ συνέβαινε κατὰ τὴν τῆς ἑτέρας ἄνεσιν ἐπιγίνεσθαι τὴν ἑτέραν, ὅπερ ἦν τοῖς πάσχουσιν ἀφορητότατον, εἴ γε πρὸ μικροῦ δόξαντες ἀπαλλαγῆναι δίψους ἐφεδρεῦον κακὸν πεῖναν εὕρισκον.

[192] ἦν δ’ οὐ μόνον ἡ παροῦσα σπάνις χαλεπόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸν μέλλοντα χρόνον τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἀπόγνωσις· ὁρῶντες γὰρ βαθεῖαν καὶ πολλὴν
ἔρημον καὶ καρπῶν ἀγονωτάτην σφόδρα ἠθύμουν· πάντα γὰρ ἦσαν ἢ τραχεῖαι καὶ ἀπορρῶγες πέτραι ἢ ἁλμυρόγεως πεδιὰς ἢ ὄρη λιθωδέστατα ἢ ψάμμοι βαθεῖαι πρὸς ἠλίβατον ὕψος ἀνατείνουσαι, καὶ προσέτι ποταμὸς οὐδείς, οὐκ αὐθιγενής, οὐ χειμάρρους, οὐδεμία πηγή, σπαρτὸν οὐδὲν οὐδὲ δένδρον, οὐχ ἥμερον, οὐ τῆς ἀγρίας ὕλης, οὐ ζῷον πτηνὸν ἢ χερσαῖον,
ὅτι μὴ τῶν ἑρπετῶν τὰ ἰοβόλα πρὸς ὄλεθρον ἀνθρώπων, ὄφεις καὶ σκορπίοι.

[193] εἶθ’ ὑπομιμνῃσκόμενοι τῆς κατ’ Αἴγυπτον εὐθηνίας καὶ εὐετηρίας καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐκεῖ πάντων ἀφθονίαν ἀντιτιθέντες τῇ πάντων ἐνταῦθα ἐνδείᾳ χαλεπῶς ἔφερον καὶ πρὸς ἑτέρους ἕτεροι τοιαῦτ’ ἐλογοποίουν· ⁷⁹⁸⁰ „ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίας ἐλπίδι μεταναστάντες οὐδὲ τοῦ ζῆν ἄδειαν ἔχομεν οἱ ταῖς μὲν ὑποσχέσεσι τοῦ ἡγεμόνος εὐδαίμονες, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις ἀνθρώπων ἁπάντων κακοδαιμονέστατοι.

[194] τί τέλος ἔσται τῆς p. 112 M. ἀνηνύτου καὶ μακρᾶς οὕτως ὁδοῦ; πᾶσι καὶ τοῖς πλέουσι καὶ τοῖς πεζεύουσιν ὅρος εἰς ὃν ἀφίξονται
πρόκειται, τοῖς μὲν ἐμπόρια καὶ λιμένες, τοῖς δὲ πόλις τις ἢ χώρα, μόνοις δ’ ἡμῖν ἄβατος ἐρημία καὶ δυσοδία καὶ χαλεπαὶ δυσελπιστίαι· προϊόντων γάρ, ὥσπερ ἀχανὲς καὶ βαθὺ πέλαγος ἀπόρευτον ἀναφαίνεται καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν εὐρυνόμενον.

[195] μετεωρίσας καὶ φυσήσας ἡμᾶς τῷ λόγῳ καὶ κενῶν ἐλπίδων τὰ ὦτα πληρώσας παρατείνει λιμῷ
τὰς γαστέρας οὐδὲ τὰς ἀναγκαίας ἐκπορίζων τροφάς· ἀποικίας ὀνόματι τοσαύτην πληθὺν ἠπάτησεν ἐξ οἰκουμένης τὸ πρῶτον εἰς ἀοίκητον ἀγαγών, εἶτα καὶ εἰς ᾅδου προπέμπων, τὴν τοῦ βίου τελευταίαν ὁδόν.“ 36

[196] τοιαῦτ’ ὀνειδιζόμενος οὐχ οὕτως ἐπὶ ταῖς εἰς αὑτὸν κακηγορίαις ἐδυσχέραινεν, ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ τῆς γνώμης αὐτῶν ἀνιδρύτῳ· πεπειραμένοι γὰρ
μυρίων ὅσων ἐκ τοῦ παραλόγου συμβεβηκότων πραγμάτων παρὰ τὸ καθεστὸς ἔθος ὤφειλον ὑπὸ μηδενὸς ἔτι τῶν εὐλόγων καὶ πιθανῶν ἄγεσθαι, πεπιστευκέναι δ’ αὐτῷ λαβόντες ἀποδείξεις ἐναργεστάτας τοῦ περὶ ἁπάντων ἀψευδεῖν.

[197] πάλιν δ’ ὅτε εἰς ἔννοιαν ἦλθε τῆς ἐνδείας, ἧς μεῖζον οὐδὲν κακὸν ἀνθρώποις ἐστί, συνεγίνωσκεν ὄχλον εἰδὼς ἀβέβαιον
φύσει πρᾶγμα καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν χερσὶ διακινούμενον, ἃ λήθην μὲν τῶν προγεγονότων ἐργάζεται, δυσελπιστίαν δ’ εἰς τὰ μέλλοντα.

[198] πάντων οὖν ἐν ἀσχέτοις ὄντων ἀνίαις καὶ τὰς ἀνωτάτω προσδοκώντων συμφοράς, ἃς ἐνόμιζον ἐφεδρεύειν καὶ ἐγγυτάτω παρεῖναι, τοῦτο μὲν διὰ τὴν σύμφυτον ἐπιείκειαν καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν, τοῦτο δὲ βουλόμενος ὃν ἐχειροτόνησεν
ἡγεμόνα τιμῆσαι καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ὡς εὐσεβείας ἔχει καὶ ὁσιότητος ἔν τε τοῖς φανεροῖς κἀν τοῖς ἀδήλοις ἅπασι διασυστῆσαι ὁ θεὸς ἐλεήσας τὸ ⁸¹ πάθος ἰᾶται.

[199] ξένας οὖν εὐεργεσίας ἐκαινοτόμει, τρανοτέραις ὅπως ἐμφάσεσι παιδευθῶσιν ἤδη μὴ δυσανασχετεῖν, εἴ τι μὴ κατὰ γνώμην εὐθὺς ἀποβαίη, τλητικῶς δ’ ὑπομένειν χρηστὰ περὶ τῶν μελλόντων προσδοκῶντες.

[200] τί οὖν συνέβη; τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ περὶ τὴν ἕω δρόσος βαθεῖα καὶ πολλὴ περὶ σύμπαν ἦν ἐν κύκλῳ τὸ στρατόπεδον, ἣν ἐπένιφεν ἡσυχῇ,
ἀήθη ὑετὸν καὶ παρηλλαγμένον, οὐχ ὕδωρ, οὐ χάλαζαν, οὐ χιόνα, οὐ κρύσταλλον — ταῦτα γὰρ αἱ τῶν νεφῶν ἀπεργάζονται μεταβολαὶ ταῖς χειμεριναῖς τροπαῖς —, ἀλλὰ κέγχρον βραχυτάτην καὶ λευκοτάτην, ἣ διὰ τὴν ἐπάλληλον φορὰν σωρηδὸν προὐκέχυτο τῶν σκηνῶν, ἄπιστος ὄψις· ἣν καταπλαγέντες ἐπυνθάνοντο τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, τίς τε ὁ ὑετὸς οὗτός
ἐστιν, ὃν οὐδείς πω πρότερον εἶδεν p. 113 Μ. ἀνθρώπων, καὶ πρὸς τί γέγονεν.

[201] ὁ δὲ καταπνευσθεὶς ἔνθους γίνεται καὶ θεσπίζει τάδε· „θνητοῖς μὲν ἀνεῖται πεδιὰς ἡ βαθύγειος, ἣν ἀνατεμόντες εἰς αὔλακας ἀροῦσι καὶ σπείρουσι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ κατὰ γεωργίαν δρῶσι καρποὺς ἐτησίους ἐκπορίζοντες εἰς ἀφθονίαν τῶν ἀναγκαίων· θεῷ δ’ οὐ μία μοῖρα τοῦ παντὸς ἀλλ’ ὁ
σύμπας κόσμος ὑποβέβληται καὶ τὰ τούτου μέρη πρὸς ἅπασαν χρείαν ὧν ἂν θέλῃ ὡς δεσπότῃ δοῦλα ὑπηρετήσοντα.

[202] νῦν οὖν ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ, τὸν ἀέρα τροφὴν ἐνεγκεῖν ἀνθ’ ὕδατος, ἐπεὶ καὶ γῆ πολλάκις ὑετὸν ἤνεγκεν· ὁ γὰρ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ποταμὸς καθ’ ἕκαστον ἐνιαυτὸν ταῖς ἐπιβάσεσι πλημμυρῶν ὅταν ἄρδῃ τὰς ἀρούρας, τί ἕτερον ἢ ὑετός ἐστι κάτωθεν ἐπινίφων;“
παράδοξον μὲν δὴ τὸ ἔργον, εἰ καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔστη·

[203] νυνὶ δὲ καὶ παραδοξοτέροις ἄλλοις ἐθαυματουργεῖτο. ἐπενεγκάμενοι γὰρ ἄλλος ἀλλαχόθεν ⁸² ἀγγεῖα συνεκόμιζον, οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τῶν ὤμων ἐπηχθισμένοι, προνοίᾳ τοῦ πρὸς πλείω χρόνον ταμιεύεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.

[204] ἦν δ’ ἄρα ἀταμίευτα καὶ ἀθησαύριστα, δωρεὰς ἀεὶ νέας ἐγνωκότος τοῦ θεοῦ χαρίζεσθαι· τὰ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὴν τότε χρῆσιν αὐτάρκη σκευάσαντες
μεθ’ ἡδονῆς προσηνέγκαντο, τῶν δ’ ἀπολειφθέντων εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν οὐδὲν ἔτι σῷον εὕρισκον, ἀλλὰ μεταβεβληκότα καὶ δυσώδη καὶ μεστὰ τοιουτοτρόπων ζῴων, ἃ κατὰ σῆψιν εἴωθε γεννᾶσθαι· ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀπερρίπτουν κατὰ τὸ εἰκός, ἑτέρας δ’ εὐτρεπεῖς τροφὰς ἀνεύρισκον, ἃς ἅμα τῇ δρόσῳ καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν συνέβαινε νίφεσθαι.

[205] γέρας δ’ ἐξαίρετον
ἡ ἱερὰ ἑβδομὰς εἶχεν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐφεῖται δρᾶν ἐν αὐτῇ, πάντων δὲ μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων ἔργων ἀνέχειν διείρηται, συγκομίζειν οὐ δυναμένοις τότε τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πρὸ μιᾶς ὁ θεὸς ὕει διπλᾶ καὶ κελεύει φέρειν εἰς δύο ἡμέρας αὐτάρκη τροφὴν ἐσομένην· τὰ δὲ συγκομισθέντα σῷα διέμενεν, οὐδενὸς ᾗ πρότερον φθαρέντος τὸ παράπαν.

[206] 37 λέξω
δὲ καὶ τὸ ἔτι τούτου θαυμασιώτερον· ἐπὶ γὰρ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα, τοσοῦτον μῆκος αἰῶνος, ὁδοιποροῦσιν αὐτοῖς αἱ χορηγίαι τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐν τάξεσι ταῖς εἰρημέναις ἐγίνοντο καθάπερ ἐν σιταρχίαις μεμετρημέναις πρὸς τὰς ἐπιβαλλούσας ἑκάστοις διανομάς.

[207] ἅμα μέντοι καὶ τὴν τριπόθητον ἡμέραν ἀνεδιδάσκοντο — ζητοῦντες γὰρ ἐκ πολλοῦ, τίς ἄρ’ ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ κόσμου
γενέθλιος, ἐν ᾗ τόδε τὸ πᾶν ἀπετελέσθη, καὶ παρὰ πατέρων καὶ προγόνων τὴν ζήτησιν ἄλυτον διαδεξάμενοι μόλις ἐδυνήθησαν εὑρεῖν — οὐ μόνον p. 114 Μ. χρησμοῖς ἀναδιδαχθέντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τεκμηρίῳ πάνυ σαφεῖ· ⁸³ τοῦ γὰρ πλεονάζοντος ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις ἡμέραις, ὡς ἐλέχθη, φθειρομένου, τὸ πρὸ τῆς ἑβδόμης ὑόμενον οὐ μόνον οὐ μετέβαλεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέτρον εἶχε διπλάσιον.

[208] ἡ δὲ χρῆσις ἦν τοιάδε· συλλέγοντες ἅμα τῇ ἕῳ τὸ νιφόμενον ἤλουν ἢ ἔτριβον, εἶθ’ ἕψοντες ἡδεῖαν πάνυ τροφὴν οἷα μελίπηκτον προσεφέροντο μὴ δεόμενοι σιτοπόνων περιεργίας.

[209] ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ
τῶν εἰς ἁβροδίαιτον βίον οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν εὐπόρουν, ὅσαπερ ἐν οἰκουμένῃ χώρᾳ καὶ εὐδαίμονι βουληθέντος τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ πολλὴν περιουσίαν ἄφθονα χορηγεῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ· ταῖς γὰρ ἑσπέραις ὀρτυγομητρῶν νέφος συνεχὲς ἐκ θαλάττης ἐπιφερόμενον ἅπαν τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐπεσκίαζε τὰς πτήσεις προσγειοτάτας ποιουμένων εἰς τὸ εὔθηρον· συλλαμβάνοντες οὖν
καὶ σκευάζοντες ὡς φίλον ἑκάστοις κρεῶν ἀπέλαυον ἡδίστων ἅμα καὶ τὴν τροφὴν παρηγοροῦντες ἀναγκαίῳ προσοψήματι.

[210] 38 Τούτων μὲν οὖν πολλὴν ἦγον ἀφθονίαν οὐκ ἐπιλειπόντων, ὕδατος δὲ καὶ πάλιν πιέσασα δεινὴ σπάνις ἐπιγίνεται· καὶ πρὸς ἀπόγνωσιν ἤδη τραπομένων σωτηρίας, λαβὼν Μωυσῆς τὴν ἱερὰν βακτηρίαν
ἐκείνην, δι’ ἧς τὰ κατ’ Αἴγυπτον ἀπετέλεσε σημεῖα, θεοφορηθεὶς τὴν ἀκρότομον πέτραν παίει.

[211] ἡ δ’, εἴτε προϋποκειμένης πηγῆς φλέβα καίριον διακοπεῖσα εἴτε καὶ τότε πρῶτον ὕδατος ἀφανέσιν ὑπονόμοις ⁸⁴ εἰς αὐτὴν ἀθρόου συρρυέντος καὶ σφόδρα ἐκθλιβέντος, ἀναστομωθεῖσα τῇ βίᾳ τῆς φορᾶς κρουνηδὸν ἐκχεῖται, ὡς μὴ τότε μόνον παρασχεῖν ἄκος δίψους ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς πλείω χρόνον τοσαύταις μυριάσιν ἀφθονίαν ποτοῦ· τὰ γὰρ ὑδρία πάντ’ ἐπλήρωσαν, ὡς καὶ πρότερον ἐκ τῶν πηγῶν, αἳ
πικραὶ μὲν ἦσαν φύσει, μετέβαλον δ’ ἐπιφροσύνῃ θείᾳ πρὸς τὸ γλύκιον.

[212] εἰ δέ τις τούτοις ἀπιστεῖ, θεὸν οὔτ’ οἶδεν οὔτ’ ἐζήτησέ ποτε· ἔγνω γὰρ ἂν εὐθέως, ἔγνω παγίως καταλαβών, ὅτι τὰ παράδοξα δὴ ταῦτα καὶ παράλογα θεοῦ παίγνιά ἐστιν, ἀπιδὼν εἰς τὰ τῷ ὄντι μεγάλα καὶ σπουδῆς ἄξια, γένεσιν οὐρανοῦ καὶ πλανήτων καὶ ἀπλανῶν ἀστέρων
χορείας καὶ φωτὸς ἀνάλαμψιν, ἡμέρας μὲν ἡλιακοῦ, νύκτωρ δὲ τοῦ διὰ σελήνης, καὶ γῆς ἵδρυσιν ἐν τῷ μεσαιτάτῳ τοῦ παντός, ἠπείρων τε καὶ νήσων ὑπερβάλλοντα μεγέθη καὶ ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν ἀμυθήτους ἰδέας, ἔτι δὲ πελαγῶν ἀναχύσεις, ποταμῶν αὐθιγενῶν καὶ χειμάρρων φοράς, ἀενάων ῥεῖθρα πηγῶν, ὧν αἱ p. 115 Μ. μὲν ψυχρὸν αἱ δὲ θερμὸν ὕδωρ ἀνομβροῦσιν,
ἀέρος παντοίας τροπάς, ἐτησίων ὡρῶν διακρίσεις, ἄλλα κάλλη μυρία.

[213] ἐπιλίποι ἂν ὁ βίος τοῦ βουλομένου διηγεῖσθαι τὰ καθ’ ἕκαστα, μᾶλλον δ’ ἕν τι τῶν ὁλοσχερεστέρων τοῦ κόσμου μερῶν, κἂν εἰ μέλλοι πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔσεσθαι μακροβιώτατος. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὄντα θαυμάσια καταπεφρόνηται τῷ συνήθει· τὰ δὲ μὴ ἐν ἔθει,
κἂν μικρὰ ᾖ, ξέναις φαντασίαις ἐνδιδόντες καταπληττόμεθα τῷ φιλοκαίνῳ.

[214] 39 Ἤδη δὲ πολλὴν καὶ ἀπόρευτον διεξεληλυθότων, ὅροι τινὲς ἀνεφαίνοντο γῆς οἰκουμένης καὶ προάστεια χώρας, εἰς ἣν μεθωρμίζοντο· νέμονται δ’ αὐτὴν Φοίνικες. ἐλπίσαντες δὲ βίον εὔδιον καὶ γαληνὸν αὑτοῖς ἀπαντήσεσθαι γνώμης ἐσφάλησαν.

[215] ὁ γὰρ προκαθήμενος βασιλεὺς ⁸⁵⁸⁶ πόρθησιν εὐλαβηθείς, ἀναστήσας τὴν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων νεότητα, μάλιστα μὲν ἀνείρξων ὑπηντίαζεν, εἰ δὲ βιάζοιντο, διὰ χειρῶν ἀμυνούμενος ἀκμῆσι καὶ ἄρτι πρῶτον καθισταμένοις εἰς ἀγῶνα κεκμηκότας ὁδοιπορίαις καὶ ἐνδείαις σιτίων καὶ ποτῶν, ἃ κατὰ μέρος ἀντεπετίθετο.

[216] Μωυσῆς δὲ παρὰ τῶν σκοπῶν γνοὺς οὐ μακρὰν διεστηκότα τὸν ἐχθρὸν στρατόν,
καταλέξας τοὺς ἡβῶντας καὶ στρατηγὸν ἑλόμενος ἕνα τῶν ὑπάρχων Ἰησοῦν, πρὸς τὴν μείζονα συμμαχίαν αὐτὸς ἠπείγετο· περιρρανάμενος γὰρ τοῖς εἰωθόσι καθαρμοῖς ἐπὶ κολωνὸν τὸν πλησίον μετὰ σπουδῆς ἀναδραμὼν ἱκέτευε τὸν θεὸν ὑπερασπίσαι καὶ νίκην καὶ κράτος περιποιῆσαι τοῖς Ἑβραίοις, οὓς ἐκ χαλεπωτέρων πολέμων καὶ κακῶν ἄλλων
ἐρρύσατο μὴ μόνον τὰς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἐπικρεμασθείσας συμφορὰς ἀποσκεδάσας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσας ὅ τε τῶν στοιχείων νεωτερισμὸς ἐκαινούργησε κατ’ Αἴγυπτον καὶ ὁ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις ἀνήνυτος λιμός.

[217] ἤδη δὲ μελλόντων εἰς μάχην καθίστασθαι, τερατωδέστατόν τι συμβαίνει πάθος περὶ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ· κουφόταται γὰρ ἐγίνοντο ἐν μέρει καὶ βαρύταται·
εἶθ’ ὁπότε μὲν ἐπελαφρίζοιντο πρὸς ὕψος αἰρόμεναι, τὸ συμμαχικὸν ἐρρώννυτο καὶ ἀνδραγαθιζόμενον ἐπικυδέστερον ἐγίνετο, ὁπότε δὲ κάτω βρίσειαν, ἴσχυον οἱ ἀντίπαλοι, μηνύοντος διὰ συμβόλων τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι τῶν μέν ἐστι γῆ καὶ αἱ τοῦ παντὸς ἐσχατιαὶ κλῆρος οἰκεῖος, τῶν δ’ αἰθὴρ ὁ ἱερώτατος, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ παντὶ βασιλεύει καὶ κρατεῖ γῆς
οὐρανός, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ἔθνος περιέσται τῶν ἀντιπολεμούντων.

[218] ἄχρι μὲν οὖν τινος αἱ χεῖρες οἷα πλάστιγγες ἐν μέρει μὲν p. 116 Μ. ἐπεκουφίζοντο, ἐν μέρει δ’ ἐπέρρεπον, τηνικαῦτα καὶ ὁ ἀγὼν ἀμφήριστος ἦν· ἐξαπιναίως δ’ ἀβαρεῖς γενόμεναι, δακτύλοις ἀντὶ ταρσῶν χρώμεναι, μετέωροι πρὸς ⁸⁷ ὕψος ἤρθησαν, καθάπερ αἱ πτηναὶ φύσεις ἀεροποροῦσαι, καὶ διέμενον ἀνώφοιτοι μέχρι τοῦ τὴν νίκην Ἑβραίους ἀνανταγώνιστον ἄρασθαι, τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡβηδὸν ἀναιρεθέντων ἅπερ τε διαθεῖναι παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον ἐσπούδαζον παθόντων μετὰ δίκης.

[219] τότε καὶ Μωυσῆς ἱδρύεται βωμόν, ὃν
ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ὠνόμασε „θεοῦ καταφυγήν“ (Exod. 17, 15), ἐφ’ οὗ τὰ ἐπινίκια ἔθυε χαριστηρίους εὐχὰς ἀποδιδούς.

[220] 40 Μετὰ τὴν μάχην ταύτην ἔγνω δεῖν τὴν χώραν, εἰς ἣν ἀπῳκίζετο τὸ ἔθνος, κατασκέψασθαι — δεύτερον δ’ ὁδοιποροῦσιν ἔτος ἐνειστήκει — βουλόμενος μή, οἷα φιλεῖ, γνωσιμαχεῖν οὐκ εἰδότας, ἀλλ’
ἀκοῇ προμαθόντας αὐτήν, ἐπιστήμῃ τῶν ἐκεῖ βεβαίᾳ χρωμένους, τὸ πρακτέον ἐκλογίζεσθαι.

[221] δώδεκα δ’ ἰσαρίθμους ταῖς φυλαῖς ἄνδρας, ἐξ ἑκάστης ἕνα φύλαρχον, αἱρεῖται τοὺς δοκιμωτάτους ἀριστίνδην προκρίνας, ἵνα μηδεμία μοῖρα πλέον ἢ ἔλαττον ἐνεγκαμένη διαφέρηται, πᾶσαι δ’ ἐξ ἴσου διὰ τῶν ἐν τέλει τὰ παρὰ τοῖς κατοίκοις, εἰ βουληθεῖεν οἱ
πεμφθέντες ἀψευδεῖν, ἐπιγνῶσιν.

[222] ἑλόμενος δ’ αὐτούς φησι τάδε· „τῶν ἀγώνων καὶ κινδύνων, οὓς ὑπέστημεν καὶ μέχρι νῦν ὑπομένομεν, ἆθλόν εἰσιν αἱ κληρουχίαι, ὧν τῆς ἐλπίδος μὴ διαμάρτοιμεν ἔθνος πολυανθρωπότατον εἰς ἀποικίαν παραπέμποντες. ἔστι δ’ ὠφελιμώτατον ἡ τόπων καὶ ἀνθρώπων καὶ πραγμάτων ἐπιστήμη, ὥσπερ ἡ ἄγνοια βλαβερόν.

[223]
ὑμᾶς οὖν ἐχειροτονήσαμεν, ἵνα ταῖς ὑμετέραις ὄψεσί τε καὶ διανοίαις ⁸⁸⁸⁹ τἀκεῖ θεασώμεθα· γίνεσθε δὴ τῶν τοσούτων μυριάδων ὦτα καὶ ὀφθαλμοὶ πρὸς τὴν ὧν ἀναγκαῖον εἰδέναι σαφῆ κατάληψιν.

[224] ἃ δὲ γνῶναι ποθοῦμεν, τρία ταῦτ’ ἐστίν· οἰκητόρων πλῆθός τε καὶ δύναμιν, πόλεων τὴν ἐν εὐκαιρίᾳ θέσιν καὶ ἐν οἰκοδομίαις ἐχυρότητα ἢ τοὐναντίον, χώραν εἰ βαθύγειός ἐστι καὶ πίων, ἀγαθὴ παντοίους καρποὺς ἐνεγκεῖν σπαρτῶν
τε καὶ δένδρων, ἢ λεπτόγεως ἔμπαλιν, ἵνα πρὸς μὲν ἰσχὺν καὶ πλῆθος οἰκητόρων ἰσορρόποις δυνάμεσι φραξώμεθα, πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐρυμνότητα μηχανήμασι καὶ ταῖς ἑλεπόλεσιν· ἀναγκαῖον δὲ καὶ τὴν χώραν εἰδέναι, εἰ ἀρετῶσα ἢ μή· περὶ γὰρ λυπρᾶς ἑκουσίους κινδύνους ὑπομένειν ἠλιθιότητος.

[225] τὰ δ’ ὅπλα καὶ μηχανήματα ἡμῶν καὶ πᾶσα ἡ
δύναμις ἐν μόνῳ τῷ πιστεύειν θεῷ κεῖται· ταύτην ἔχοντες τὴν παρασκευὴν οὐδενὶ τῶν φοβερῶν εἴξομεν· ἱκανὴ γὰρ ἀμάχους ῥώμας εὐεξίαις, τόλμαις, ἐμπειρίαις, πλήθεσιν ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ p. 117 M. περιόντος κατακρατεῖν, δι’ ἣν καὶ ἐν ἐρήμῃ βαθείᾳ χορηγίαι πάντων εἰσὶν ὅσα ἐν εὐετηρίᾳ πόλεων.

[226] ὁ δὲ καιρός, ἐν ᾧ μάλιστα χώρας ἀρετὴν δοκιμάζεσθαι συμβέβηκεν,
ἔαρ ἐστίν, ὃ νῦν ἐφέστηκεν· ὥρᾳ γὰρ ἔαρος τὰ μὲν σπαρέντα τελεσφορεῖται γένη, αἱ δὲ τῶν δένδρων φύσεις ἀρχὴν λαμβάνουσιν. ἄμεινον δ’ ἂν εἴη καὶ ἐπιμεῖναι μέχρι θέρους ἀκμάζοντος καὶ διακομίσαι καρποὺς οἱονεὶ δείγματα χώρας εὐδαίμονος.“

[227] 41 ταῦτ’ ἀκούσαντες ἐπὶ τὴν κατασκοπὴν ἐξῄεσαν ὑπὸ παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους προπεμπόμενοι
δεδιότος, μὴ συλληφθέντες ἀπόλωνται καὶ συμβῇ δύο τὰ χαλεπώτατα, ⁹⁰⁹¹ ἀνδρῶν τε, οἳ φυλῆς ἑκάστης ὄψις ἦσαν, σφαγαὶ καὶ ἄγνοια τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἐφεδρεύουσιν ἐχθροῖς ὧν ὠφέλιμος ἡ ἐπιστήμη.

[228] παραλαβόντες δ’ ὀπτῆρας καὶ ἡγεμόνας τῆς ὁδοῦ προερχομένοις ἐφείποντο· καὶ γενόμενοι πλησίον, ἐφ’ ὑψηλότατον ὄρος τῶν περὶ τὸν τόπον ἀναδραμόντες,
κατεθεῶντο τὴν χώραν, ἧς πεδιὰς μὲν ἦν πολλὴ κριθοφόρος, πυροφόρος, εὔχορτος, ὀρεινὴ δ’ οὐκ ἔλαττον ἀμπέλων καὶ στελεχῶν ἄλλων κατάπλεως, εὔδενδρος ἅπασα, λάσιος, ποταμοῖς καὶ πηγαῖς διεζωσμένη πρὸς ἄφθονον ὑδρείαν, ὡς ἐκ τῶν προπόδων ἄχρι τῶν κορυφῶν ὅλα τῶν ὀρῶν τὰ κλίματα δένδρεσι κατασκίοις συνυφάνθαι, διαφερόντως δὲ τοὺς
αὐχένας καὶ ὅσαι βαθεῖαι διαφύσεις.

[229] κατεθεῶντο δὲ καὶ τὰς πόλεις ἐρυμνοτάτας διχόθεν, ἔκ τε τοπικῆς περὶ τὴν θέσιν εὐκαιρίας καὶ περιβόλων ἐχυρότητος. ἐξετάζοντες δὲ καὶ τοὺς οἰκήτορας ἑώρων ἀπείρους τὸ πλῆθος, περιμηκεστάτους γίγαντας ἢ γιγαντώδεις τὰς τῶν σωμάτων ὑπερβολὰς ἔν τε μεγέθεσι καὶ ῥώμαις.

[230] ταῦτα κατιδόντες εἰς ἀκριβεστέραν
κατάληψιν ἐπέμενον — ὀλισθηρὸν γὰρ αἱ πρῶται φαντασίαι χρόνῳ μόλις ἐνσφραγιζόμεναι — καὶ ἅμα σπουδὴν ἐποιοῦντο δρεψάμενοι τῶν ἀκροδρύων, μὴ ἄρτι πρῶτον στεριφουμένων ἀλλ’ ἤδη ὑποπερκαζόντων, ἐπιδείξασθαι παντὶ τῷ πλήθει τὰ μὴ ῥᾳδίως φθαρησόμενα.

[231] μάλιστα δ’ αὐτοὺς κατέπληττεν ὁ τῆς ἀμπέλου καρπός· οἱ γὰρ βότρυες ὑπερμεγέθεις
ἦσαν, ἀντιπαρεκτεινόμενοι ταῖς κληματίσι καὶ μοσχεύμασιν, ἄπιστος θέα· ἕνα γοῦν ἐκτεμόντες καὶ δοκίδος ἐκ μέσων ἀπαιωρήσαντες, ⁹²⁹³ ἧς τὰς ἀρχὰς δυσὶ νέοις, τῷ μὲν ἔνθεν τῷ δ’ ἔνθεν, ἐπετίθεσαν, ἐκ διαδοχῆς, πιεζομένων αἰεὶ τῶν προτέρων—βαρύτατον γὰρ ἦν ἄχθος

[232] —, ἐκόμιζον, περὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων οὐχ ὁμοφρονοῦντες. 42 ἐγένοντο μὲν οὖν αὐτοῖς ἅμιλλαι μυρίαι καὶ πρὶν ἐπανήκειν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἀλλὰ κουφότεραι, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ γνωσιμαχούντων μηδ’ p. 118 Μ. ἄλλα ἄλλων ἀπαγγελλόντων στάσιν ἐν τῷ πλήθει γενέσθαι, χαλεπώτεραι δὲ μετὰ τὴν
ἐπάνοδον.

[233] οἱ μὲν γὰρ περὶ τῆς τῶν πόλεων ἐχυρότητος καὶ ὡς ἑκάστη πολυάνθρωπός ἐστι διεξιόντες καὶ πάντα αἴροντες τῷ λόγῳ πρὸς τὸ μεγαλεῖον φόβον ἐνειργάζοντο τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, οἱ δὲ τὸν ἁπάντων ὧν εἶδον ὑφαιροῦντες ὄγκον παρεκάλουν μὴ ἀναπίπτειν, ἀλλ’ ἔχεσθαι τῆς
ἀποικίας ὡς αὐτοβοεὶ περιεσομένους· οὐδεμίαν γὰρ ἀνθέξειν πόλιν πρὸς τοσαύτης δυνάμεως ἔφοδον ἀθρόως ἐπιστάσης, ἀλλὰ τῷ βάρει πιεσθεῖσαν πίπτειν· προσετίθεσαν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων παθῶν ἑκάτεροι ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν ἀκουόντων, οἱ μὲν ἄνανδροι δειλίαν, οἱ δ’ ἀκατάπληκτοι θάρσος μετ’ εὐελπιστίας.

[234] ἀλλ’ οὗτοι μὲν πέμπτη μοῖρα τῶν ἀποδεδειλιακότων
ἦσαν, οἱ δ’ ἔμπαλιν τῶν γενναίων πενταπλάσιοι· τὸ δ’ ὀλίγον θάρσος ἀτολμίας ἐναφανίζεται περιουσίᾳ, ὃ δὴ καὶ τότε φασὶ συμβῆναι· τῶν γὰρ τὰ βέλτιστα διεξιόντων δυοῖν οἱ τἀναντία φάσκοντες δέκα περιῆσαν οὕτως, ὥστε καὶ σύμπασαν ὑπηγάγοντο τὴν πληθὺν ἐκείνων μὲν ἀλλοτριώσαντες, ἑαυτοῖς δ’ οἰκειωσάμενοι.

[235] περὶ δὲ τῆς χώρας ταὐτὰ πάντες
⁹⁴⁹⁵ ἀπεφαίνοντο γνώμῃ μιᾷ τὸ κάλλος καὶ τῆς πεδιάδος καὶ τῆς ὀρεινῆς ἐκδιηγούμενοι· „τί δ’ ὄφελος“ εὐθὺς ἀνεβόησαν „ἡμῖν ἀλλοτρίων ἀγαθῶν καὶ ταῦτα πεφρουρημένων κραταιᾷ χειρὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀναφαίρετον;“ καὶ τοῖς δυσὶν ἐπιδραμόντες μικροῦ καταλεύουσιν αὐτοὺς ἡδονὴν ἀκοῆς τοῦ συμφέροντος
καὶ ἀπάτην ἀληθείας προκρίναντες.

[236] ἐφ’ οἷς ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἠγανάκτει καὶ ἅμα ηὐλαβεῖτο, μή τι θεήλατον κατασκήψῃ κακὸν οὕτως ἐκθύμως ἀπιστοῦσι τοῖς χρησμοῖς· ὅπερ καὶ ἐγένετο· τῶν γὰρ κατασκόπων οἱ μὲν δειλοὶ δέκα λοιμώδει νόσῳ διαφθείρονται μετὰ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους συναπονοηθέντων, μόνοι δ’ οἱ συμβουλεύσαντες δύο μὴ ὀρρωδεῖν ἀλλ’
ἐφίεσθαι τῆς ἀποικίας ἐσώθησαν, ὅτι καταπειθεῖς ἐγένοντο τοῖς λογίοις, γέρας ἐξαίρετον λαβόντες τὸ μὴ παραπολέσθαι.

[237] 43 Τοῦτ’ αἴτιον ἐγένετο τοῦ μὴ θᾶττον ἥκειν εἰς ἣν ἀπῳκίζοντο γῆν. δυνάμενοι γὰρ ἔτει δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου μετανάστασιν τὰς ἐν Συρίᾳ πόλεις καὶ τὰς κληρουχίας ἐννέμεσθαι, τὴν ἄγουσαν καὶ
ἐπίτομον ἐκτραπόμενοι ὁδὸν ἐπλάζοντο, δυσαναπορεύτους καὶ μακρὰς ἀνοδίας ἄλλας ἐπ’ ἄλλαις ἀνευρίσκοντες εἰς ἀνήνυτον ψυχῆς τε καὶ σώματος κάματον, δίκας ἀναγκαίας τῆς ἄγαν ἀσεβείας ὑπομένοντες.

[238] ὀκτὼ γοῦν ἐνιαυτοὺς πρὸς τοῖς τριάκοντα δίχα τοῦ p. 119 Μ. παρεληλυθότος χρόνου, γενεᾶς βίον ἀνθρωπίνης, ἄνω κάτω τριβόμενοι καὶ τὰς ἀβάτους
ἐρημίας ἀναμετροῦντες ἔτει τεσσαρακοστῷ μόλις ἐπὶ τοὺς τῆς χώρας ὅρους παρεγένοντο, ἐφ’ οὓς καὶ πρότερον ἦλθον.

[239] πρὸς δὲ ταῖς εἰσβολαῖς ᾤκουν ἕτεροί τε καὶ δὴ καὶ συγγενεῖς αὐτῶν, οὓς ᾤοντο μάλιστα μὲν συνεκπολεμήσειν τὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἀστυγείτονας πόλεμον καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀποικίαν ἅπαντα συμπράξειν, εἰ δ’ ἀποκνοῖεν, μετὰ μηδετέρων γοῦν
τετάξεσθαι χεῖρας ἀνέχοντας.

[240] οἱ γὰρ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐθνῶν πρόγονοι, ⁹⁶⁹⁷ τοῦ τε Ἑβραϊκοῦ καὶ τοῦ τὰ προάστεια κατοικοῦντος, ἀδελφοὶ δύο ἦσαν ὁμοπάτριοι καὶ ὁμομήτριοι, πρὸς δὲ καὶ δίδυμοι, ἀφ’ ὧν εἰς πολυπαιδίαν ἐπιδιδόντων καὶ τῶν ἀπογόνων εὐφορίᾳ τινὶ χρωμένων εἰς μέγα καὶ πολυάνθρωπον ἔθνος ἑκατέρα τῶν οἰκιῶν ἀνεχύθη· ἀλλ’ ἡ μὲν ἐφιλοχώρησεν, ἡ δ’, ὡς ἐλέχθη πρότερον, εἰς Αἴγυπτον μεταναστᾶσα διὰ
λιμὸν χρόνοις ὕστερον ἐπανῄει.

[241] τὴν δ’ οἰκειότητα ἡ μὲν διεφύλαττε, καίτοι πολὺν χρόνον διαζευχθεῖσα, πρὸς τοὺς μηδὲν ἔτι τῶν πατρίων φυλάττοντας, ἀλλὰ πάντα τὰ τῆς ἀρχαίας πολιτείας ἐκδεδιῃτημένους, ὑπολαβοῦσα τοῖς ἡμέροις τὰς φύσεις ἁρμόττον εἶναι διδόναι τι καὶ χαρίζεσθαι συγγενείας ὀνόματι·

[242] ἡ δ’ ἔμπαλιν τὰ φιλικὰ πάντα ἔτρεψεν ἤθεσι
καὶ λόγοις βουλαῖς τε καὶ πράξεσιν ἀσπόνδοις καὶ ἀσυμβάτοις χρωμένη, πατρικὴν ἔχθραν ζωπυροῦσα—ὁ γὰρ τοῦ ἔθνους ἀρχηγέτης αὐτὸς ἀποδόμενος τῷ ἀδελφῷ τὰ πρεσβεῖα μικρὸν ὕστερον ὧν ἐξέστη μετεποιεῖτο παραβαίνων τὰς ὁμολογίας καὶ ἐφόνα θάνατον ἀπειλῶν, εἰ μὴ ἀποδοίη—· ταύτην τὴν παλαιὰν ἀνδρὸς ἑνὸς πρὸς ἕνα ἔχθραν ἔθνος τοσαύταις ὕστερον
γενεαῖς ἐκαίνωσεν.

[243] ὁ μὲν οὖν ἡγεμὼν τῶν Ἑβραίων Μωυσῆς, καίτοι γ’ αὐτοβοεὶ δυνάμενος ἑλεῖν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς, οὐκ ἐδικαίωσε διὰ τὴν εἰρημένην συγγένειαν, ἀλλ’ ὁδῷ χρήσασθαι μόνον ἠξίου τῇ διὰ τῆς χώρας πάνθ’ ὑπισχνούμενος πράξειν τὰ ἔνσπονδα, μὴ τεμεῖν χωρίον, μὴ θρέμματα, μὴ λείαν ἀπάξειν, ὕδατος, εἰ ποτοῦ γένοιτο σπάνις, τιμὴν παρέξειν καὶ
τῶν ἄλλων τοῖς ἀχορηγήτοις ὠνίων· οἱ δ’ εἰρηνικαῖς οὕτω προκλήσεσιν ἀνὰ κράτος ἠναντιοῦντο πόλεμον ἀπειλοῦντες, εἰ τῶν ὅρων ἐπιβάντας ⁹⁸ ἢ ψαύσαντας αὐτὸ μόνον αἴσθοιντο.

[244] 44 χαλεπῶς δὲ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἐνηνοχότων καὶ ἤδη πρὸς ἄμυναν ὁρμώντων, ἐν ἐπηκόῳ στὰς „ἄνδρες“ εἶπεν, „ἡ μὲν ἀγανάκτησις ὑμῶν εὔλογος καὶ δικαία· χρηστὰ γὰρ ἀφ’ ἡμέρου γνώμης προτειναμένων, πονηρὰ ἀπὸ διανοίας ἀπεκρίναντο κακοήθους.

[245] ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὅτι p. 120 M. τῆς ὠμότητος ἐκεῖνοι δίκας ἐπάξιοι τίνειν εἰσί,
διὰ τοῦθ’ ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τὰς κατ’ αὐτῶν τιμωρίας ἁρμόττον ἵεσθαι, ἕνεκα τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος τιμῆς, ἵνα καὶ ταύτῃ μοχθηρῶν ἀγαθοὶ διαφέρωμεν, ἐξετάζοντες οὐ μόνον, εἰ κολαστέοι τινές εἰσιν, ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν ἐπιτήδειοι τοῦτο πάσχειν.“

[246] εἶτ’ ἐκτραπόμενος ἦγε δι’ ἑτέρας τὴν πληθύν,
ἐπειδὴ τὰς κατὰ τὴν χώραν ὁδοὺς ἁπάσας φρουραῖς διεζωσμένας εἶδεν ὑπὸ τῶν βλάβην μὲν οὐδεμίαν ἐνδεξομένων, φθόνῳ δὲ καὶ βασκανίᾳ τὴν ἐπίτομον οὐκ ἐώντων προέρχεσθαι.

[247] ταῦτα δὲ σαφεστάτη πίστις ἦν ἀνίας, ἣν ἐπὶ τῷ τὸ ἔθνος ἐλευθερίας τυχεῖν ἠνιῶντο, δηλονότι χαίροντες, ἡνίκα τὴν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πικρὰν δουλείαν ὑπέμενον· ἀνάγκη γὰρ
οἷς φέρει λύπην τἀγαθὰ τῶν πλησίον ἐπὶ τοῖς τούτων εὐφραίνεσθαι κακοῖς, κἂν μὴ ὁμολογῶσιν.

[248] ἔτυχον γὰρ ὡς πρὸς ὁμογνώμονας καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ βουλομένους ἀνενεγκόντες τὰ συμβάντα λυπηρά τε αὖ καὶ ὅσα καθ’ ἡδονήν, οὐκ εἰδότες ὅτι πόρρω προεληλύθασι μοχθηρίας καὶ ἐθελέχθρως καὶ φιλαπεχθημόνως ἔχοντες στένειν μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς, ἥδεσθαι δὲ
ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἔμελλον.

[249] τῆς δὲ κακονοίας ἀνακαλυφθείσης ἐκείνων, ἐκωλύθησαν εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ προεστῶτος ἐπιδειξαμένου δύο τὰ κάλλιστα, φρόνησιν ἐν ταὐτῷ καὶ χρηστότητα· τὸ μὲν γὰρ μηδὲν παθεῖν φυλάξασθαι συνέσεως, τὸ δὲ μηδ’ ἀμύνασθαι συγγενεῖς ὄντας ἐθελῆσαι φιλανθρωπίας ἔργον.

⁹⁹

[250] 45 Τὰς μὲν οὖν τούτων πόλεις παρημείψατο. βασιλεὺς δέ τις τῆς ὁμόρου Χανάνης ὄνομα, τῶν σκοπῶν ἀπαγγειλάντων τὸν ὁδοιποροῦντα στρατὸν οὐ πάνυ μακρὰν ἀφεστηκότα, νομίσας ἀσύντακτόν τε εἶναι καὶ ῥᾳδίως εἰ προεπίθοιτο νικήσειν, ἄρας μετὰ τῆς οἰκείας νεότητος εὐοπλούσης ἐπεξέθει καὶ τοὺς πρώτους ὑπαντιάσαντας ἅτε μὴ
παρεσκευασμένους εἰς μάχην τρέπεται· καὶ λαβὼν αἰχμαλώτους ἐπὶ τῷ παρ’ ἐλπίδα εὐημερήματι φυσηθεὶς προῄει, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας χειρώσεσθαι νομίζων.

[251] οἱ δὲ — οὐ γὰρ ἐγνάμφθησαν ἥττῃ τῆς προερχομένης τάξεως — ἀλλ’ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον σπάσαντες εὐτολμίας καὶ τὴν ἔνδειαν τῶν ἑαλωκότων ἐκπλῆσαι ταῖς προθυμίαις ἐπειγόμενοι συνεκρότουν ἄλλος
ἄλλον μὴ ἀποκάμνειν „ἀνεγειρώμεθα„ λέγοντες, „ἄρτι τῆς χώρας ἐπιβαίνομεν· ἀκατάπληκτοι μετὰ τῆς ἐν τῷ θαρρεῖν ἐχυρότητος γινώμεθα· τὰ τέλη ταῖς ἀρχαῖς πολλάκις κρίνεται· ἐπὶ τῶν εἰσβολῶν ὄντες καταπληξώμεθα τοὺς οἰκήτορας, ὡς ἔχοντες μὲν τὴν ἐκ τῶν πόλεων εὐετηρίαν, p. 121 Μ. ἀντιδεδωκότες δ’ ἣν ἐκ τῆς ἐρημίας ἐπαγόμεθα σπάνιν τῶν ἀναγκαίων.„

[252] καὶ ἅμα διὰ τούτων προτρέποντες αὑτοὺς ηὔξαντο τῆς χώρας
ἀπαρχὰς ἀναθήσειν τῷ θεῷ τὰς πόλεις τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τοὺς ἐν ἑκάστῃ πολίτας· ὁ δ’ ἐπινεύει ταῖς εὐχαῖς καὶ θάρσος ἐμπνεύσας τοῖς Ἑβραίοις τὴν ἀντίπαλον στρατιὰν ἁλῶναι παρεσκεύασεν.

[253] οἱ δ’ ἀνὰ κράτος ἑλόντες τὰς χαριστηρίους ὁμολογίας ἐπετέλουν, οὐδὲν ἐκ τῆς λείας νοσφισάμενοι,
τὰς δὲ πόλεις αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσι καὶ κειμηλίοις ἀνιερώσαντες, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ¹⁰⁰¹⁰¹ συμβεβηκότος ὅλην τὴν βασιλείαν ὠνόμασαν „ἀνάθεμα“.

[254] καθάπερ γὰρ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν εὐσεβούντων ἀπὸ τῶν ἐτησίων ἀπάρχεται καρπῶν, οὓς ἂν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων συγκομίζῃ κτημάτων, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος μεγάλης χώρας, εἰς ἣν μετανίστατο, μέγα τμῆμα, τὴν εὐθὺς
αἱρεθεῖσαν βασιλείαν, ἀνέθηκεν ἀπαρχήν τινα τῆς ἀποικίας· οὐ γὰρ ἐνόμιζεν ὅσιον εἶναι διανείμασθαι γῆν ἢ πόλεις κατοικῆσαι, πρὶν καὶ τῆς χώρας καὶ τῶν πόλεων ἀπάρξασθαι.

[255] 46 Μικρὸν δ’ ὕστερον καὶ πηγὴν εὔυδρον ἀνευρόντες, ἣ παντὶ τῷ πλήθει ποτὸν ἐχορήγησεν—ἐν φρέατι δ’ ἦν ἡ πηγὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν
τῆς χώρας ὅρων —, ὥσπερ οὐχ ὕδατος ἀλλ’ ἀκράτου σπάσαντες τὰς ψυχὰς ἀνεχύθησαν· ὑπό τε εὐφροσύνης καὶ χαρᾶς ᾆσμα καινὸν οἱ θεοφιλεῖς χοροὺς περὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἐν κύκλῳ στήσαντες ᾖδον εἰς τὸν κληροῦχον θεὸν καὶ τὸν ἀληθῶς ἡγεμόνα τῆς ἀποικίας, ὅτι πρῶτον ἐπιβάντες ἐξ ἐρημίας μακρᾶς τῆς οἰκουμένης καὶ ἣν ἔμελλον καθέξειν ποτὸν ἄφθονον
ἀνεῦρον, ἁρμόττον ἡγησάμενοι μὴ ἀσημείωτον τὴν πηγὴν παρελθεῖν.

[256] καὶ γὰρ ἔτυχεν οὐ χερσὶν ἰδιωτῶν ἀλλὰ βασιλέων ἀνατετμῆσθαι φιλοτιμηθέντων, ὡς λόγος, οὐ μόνον περὶ τὴν εὕρεσιν τοῦ ὕδατος ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὴν τοῦ φρέατος κατασκευήν, ἵν’ ἐκ τῆς πολυτελείας βασιλικὸν φαίνηται τὸ ἔργον καὶ ἡ τῶν κατασκευασάντων ἀρχὴ καὶ μεγαλόνοια.

[257]
γεγηθὼς δ’ ἐπὶ τοῖς αἰεὶ συμβαίνουσιν ἀπροσδοκήτοις ἀγαθοῖς ὁ Μωυσῆς ἐχώρει προσωτέρω, τὴν μὲν νεότητα διανείμας εἴς τε πρωτοστάτας καὶ ὀπισθοφύλακας, γηραιοὺς δὲ καὶ γύναια καὶ παῖδας ἐν μέσοις τάξας, ἵνα διὰ τῶν παρ’ ἑκάτερα φρουρὰν ἔχωσιν, ἐάν τε ἀντικρὺ ἐάν τε κατόπιν ἐχθρὸς ὅμιλος ἐπίῃ.

¹⁰²¹⁰³

[258] 47 Ὀλίγαις δ’ ὕστερον ἡμέραις εἰς τὴν τῶν Ἀμορραίων χώραν ἐμβαλὼν πρέσβεις ἐξέπεμπε πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα—Σηὼν δ’ ὠνομάζετο— προτρέπων ἐφ’ ἃ καὶ τὸν συγγενῆ πρότερον· ὁ δ’ οὐ μόνον πρὸς ὕβριν ἀπεκρίνατο τοῖς ἥκουσι μικροῦ καὶ ἀνελὼν αὐτούς, εἰ μὴ νόμος ὁ πρεσβευτικὸς ἐμποδὼν ἐγένετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντα τὸν στρατὸν συναγαγὼν
ἐφώρμα p. 122 Μ. νομίζων αὐτίκα τῷ πολέμῳ περιέσεσθαι.

[259] συμπλακεὶς δὲ οὐ πρὸς ἀμελετήτους καὶ ἀνασκήτους ἔγνω τὴν μάχην οὖσαν ἀλλ’ ἀθλητὰς τῷ ὄντι πολέμων ἀηττήτους, οἳ πρὸ μικροῦ πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα ἠνδραγαθίσαντο σωμάτων ἀλκὴν καὶ φρόνημα διανοίας καὶ ἀρετῆς ὕψος ἐπιδειξάμενοι, δι’ ὧν τοὺς μὲν ἐναντιωθέντας ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος
εἷλον, ἔψαυσαν δὲ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς λείας οὐδενὸς τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἄθλων ἀναθεῖναι τῷ θεῷ σπουδάσαντες·

[260] οἳ καὶ τότε φραξάμενοι καρτερῶς ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν βουλευμάτων καὶ παρασκευῶν ἀντεφώρμησαν ἅμα καὶ τῇ ἀκαθαιρέτῳ τοῦ δικαίου χρώμενοι συμμαχίᾳ, δι’ ἣν εὐτολμότεροί τε ἦσαν καὶ ἀγωνισταὶ πρόθυμοι.

[261] σαφὴς δὲ πίστις· δευτέρας οὐκ ἐδέησε
μάχης, ἀλλ’ ἡ πρώτη καὶ μόνη ἐγένετο, καθ’ ἣν πᾶσα ἡ ἀντίπαλος ἐκλίθη δύναμις καὶ ἀνατραπεῖσα ἡβηδὸν αὐτίκα ἠφανίσθη.

[262] αἱ δὲ πόλεις ὑπὸ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον κεναί τε καὶ πλήρεις ἐγεγένηντο, κεναὶ μὲν τῶν ἀρχαίων οἰκητόρων, πλήρεις δὲ τῶν κεκρατηκότων· τὸν αὐτὸν μέντοι τρόπον καὶ αἱ κατ’ ἀγροὺς ἐπαύλεις ἐρημωθεῖσαι τῶν ἐν αὐταῖς ἀντέλαβον
ἄνδρας βελτίους τὰ πάντα.

[263] 48 Οὗτος ὁ πόλεμος ἅπασι μὲν τοῖς Ἀσιανοῖς ἔθνεσι φοβερὸν δέος ἐνειργάσατο, διαφερόντως δὲ τοῖς ὁμόροις, ὅσῳ καὶ τὰ δεινὰ ἐγγυτέρω προσεδοκᾶτο. εἷς δὲ δὴ ἐκ τῶν ἀστυγειτόνων βασιλέων ὄνομα ¹⁰⁴¹⁰⁵ Βαλάκης, μεγάλην καὶ πολυάνθρωπον τῆς ἑῴας μοῖραν ὑπηγμένος, πρὶν εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν ἀπειπών, ἄντικρυς μὲν ὑπαντᾶν οὐκ ἐδοκίμαζε τὸν ἐκπορθήσεως δι’ ὅπλων ἐλεύθερον πόλεμον διαδιδράσκων, ἐπ’ οἰωνοὺς δὲ καὶ μαντείας ἐτράπετο νομίζων ἀραῖς τισι δυνήσεσθαι τὴν ἄμαχον
ῥώμην τῶν Ἑβραίων καθελεῖν.

[264] ἀνὴρ δ’ ἦν κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον ἐπὶ μαντείᾳ περιβόητος Μεσοποταμίαν οἰκῶν, ὃς ἅπαντα μὲν ἐμεμύητο τὰ μαντικῆς εἴδη, οἰωνοσκοπίαν δ’ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα συγκεκροτηκὼς ἐθαυμάζετο, πολλοῖς καὶ πολλάκις ἐπιδειξάμενος ἄπιστα καὶ μεγάλα.

[265] προεῖπε γὰρ τοῖς μὲν ἐπομβρίας θέρους ἀκμάζοντος, τοῖς δ’ αὐχμόν
τε καὶ φλογμὸν ἐν μέσῳ χειμῶνι, τοῖς δ’ ἐξ εὐετηρίας ἀφορίαν καὶ ἔμπαλιν ἐκ λιμοῦ φοράν, ἐνίοις δὲ πλημμύρας ποταμῶν καὶ κενώσεις καὶ θεραπείας λοιμικῶν νοσημάτων καὶ ἄλλων μυρίων, ὧν ἕκαστον ὁ προθεσπίζειν δοκῶν ὀνομαστότατος ἦν ἐπὶ μέγα εὐκλείας προερχόμενος διὰ τὴν ἐπιβαίνουσιν ἀεὶ καὶ φθάνουσαν πανταχόσε φήμην.

[266] ἐπὶ τοῦτον
ἐξέπεμπε τῶν ἑταίρων τινὰς παρακαλῶν ἥκειν καὶ δωρεὰς τὰς μὲν ἤδη παρεῖχε, τὰς δὲ δώσειν ὡμολόγει τὴν χρείαν ἧς ἕνεκα μεταπέμποιτο δηλῶν· ὁ δ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ φρονήματος εὐγενοῦς καὶ βεβαίου, p. 123 M. ἀλλὰ τὸ πλέον ἀστεϊζόμενος ὡς δὴ τῶν ἐλλογίμων προφητῶν γεγονὼς καὶ μηδὲν ἄνευ χρησμῶν εἰωθὼς πράττειν τὸ παράπαν, ὑπανεδύετο λέγων οὐκ ἐπιτρέπειν
αὐτῷ βαδίζειν τὸ θεῖον.

[267] καὶ οἱ μὲν ἥκοντες ἐπανῄεσαν ἄπρακτοι πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, ἕτεροι δ’ εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν χρείαν ἐχειροτονοῦντο τῶν δοκιμωτέρων, πλείω μὲν ἐπιφερόμενοι χρήματα, περιττοτέρας δὲ δωρεὰς ὑπισχνούμενοι.

[268] δελεασθεὶς δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἤδη προτεινομένοις καὶ ταῖς μελλούσαις ἐλπίσι καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα τῶν παρακαλούντων καταιδεσθεὶς ¹⁰⁶ ἐνεδίδου, πάλιν προφασιζόμενος τὸ θεῖον οὐκ ἐφ’ ὑγιεῖ· τῇ γοῦν ὑστεραίᾳ παρεσκευάζετο τὴν ἔξοδον ὀνείρατα διηγούμενος, ὑφ’ ὧν ἔλεγε πληχθεὶς ἐναργέσι φαντασίαις ἀναγκάζεσθαι μηκέτι μένειν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς

[269] πρέσβεσιν ἀκολουθεῖν. 49 ἤδη δὲ αὐτῷ προερχομένῳ γίνεται κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σημεῖον ἀρίδηλον περὶ τοῦ τὴν χρείαν ἐφ’ ἣν συνέτεινεν εἶναι
παλίμφημον· τὸ γὰρ ὑποζύγιον, ᾧ συνέβαινεν αὐτὸν ἐποχεῖσθαι, προερχόμενον ἐπ’ εὐθείας ἐξαπιναίως ἵσταται τὸ πρῶτον·

[270] εἶθ’, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἐναντίας βίᾳ τινὸς ἀνωθοῦντος ἢ ἀναχαιτίζοντος, ὑπὸ πόδας ἐχώρει καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ δεξιὰ καὶ εὐώνυμα ἐπιφερόμενον καὶ ὧδε κἀκεῖσε πλαζόμενον οὐκ ἠρέμει, καθάπερ ἐν οἴνῳ καὶ μέθῃ καρηβαροῦν, καὶ πολλάκις τυπτόμενον
ἠλόγει τῶν πληγῶν, ὥστε καὶ τὸν ἐποχούμενον μικροῦ καταβαλεῖν καὶ καθεζόμενον ὅμως ἀντιλυπῆσαι.

[271] τῶν γὰρ παρ’ ἑκάτερα χωρίων ἦσαν αἱμασιαὶ καὶ φραγμοὶ πλησίον· ὁπότ’ οὖν τούτοις προσηράχθη φερόμενον, γόνυ καὶ κνήμας καὶ πόδας ὁ δεσπότης θλιβόμενος καὶ πιεζόμενος ἀπεδρύπτετο.

[272] ἦν δ’, ὡς ἔοικε, θεία τις ὄψις, ἣν τὸ μὲν ζῷον ἐπιφοιτῶσαν ἐκ πολλοῦ θεασάμενον
ὑπέπτηξεν, ὁ δ’ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ εἶδεν, εἰς ἔλεγχον ἀναισθησίας· ὑπὸ γὰρ ἀλόγου ζῴου παρευημερεῖτο τὰς ὄψεις ὁ μὴ μόνον τὸν κόσμον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν κοσμοποιὸν αὐχῶν ὁρᾶν.

[273] μόλις γοῦν τὸν ἀνθεστηκότα ἰδὼν ἄγγελον, οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τοιαύτης θέας ἦν ἄξιος, ἀλλ’ ἵνα τὴν ἀτιμίαν καὶ οὐδένειαν ἑαυτοῦ καταλάβῃ, πρὸς ἱκεσίας καὶ λιτὰς ἐτράπετο συγγνῶναι δεόμενος ὑπ’
ἀγνοίας ἀλλ’ οὐ καθ’ ἑκούσιον γνώμην ἁμαρτόντι.

[274] τότε μὲν οὖν ὑποστρέφειν δέον, ἐπυνθάνετο τῆς φανείσης ὄψεως, εἰ ἀνακάμπτοι πάλιν τὴν ἐπ’ οἴκου· ἡ δὲ συνιδοῦσα τὴν εἰρωνείαν καὶ σχετλιάσασα—τί ¹⁰⁷ γὰρ ἔδει πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ πράγματος οὕτως ἐμφανοῦς, ὃ τὰς ἀποδείξεις εἶχεν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ μὴ δεόμενον τῆς ἐκ λόγων πίστεως, εἰ μὴ p. 124 M. ἄρα ὀφθαλμῶν ὦτα ἀληθέστερα καὶ πραγμάτων ῥήματα; — „βάδιζε“ εἶπεν „ἐφ’ ἣν σπεύδεις ὁδόν· ὀνήσεις γὰρ οὐδέν, ἐμοῦ τὰ λεκτέα ὑπηχοῦντος ἄνευ
τῆς σῆς διανοίας καὶ τὰ φωνῆς ὄργανα τρέποντος, ᾗ δίκαιον καὶ συμφέρον· ἡνιοχήσω γὰρ ἐγὼ τὸν λόγον θεσπίζων ἕκαστα διὰ τῆς σῆς γλώττης οὐ συνιέντος.“

[275] 50 ἀκούσας δ’ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐγγὺς ἤδη γεγονότα μετὰ τῶν δορυφόρων ὑπαντησόμενος ἐξῄει, καὶ ἐντυχόντων, οἷα εἰκός, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἦσαν φιλοφροσύναι καὶ δεξιώσεις, εἶτα βραχεῖα κατάμεμψις
περὶ τῆς βραδυτῆτος καὶ τοῦ μὴ ἑτοιμότερον ἥκειν· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτ’ εὐωχίαι ἦσαν καὶ πολυτελεῖς ἑστιάσεις καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν ξένων ἔθος εὐτρεπίζεσθαι, φιλοτιμίαις βασιλικαῖς πάντα πρὸς τὸ μεγαλειότερον ἐπιδιδόντα καὶ σεμνότερον ὄγκον.

[276] τῇ δ’ ὑστεραίᾳ ἅμα τῇ ἕῳ τὸν μάντιν ὁ Βαλάκης παραλαβὼν ἐπὶ γεώλοφον ἀνήγαγεν, ἔνθα καὶ στήλην συνέβαινεν
ἱδρῦσθαι δαιμονίου τινός, ἣν οἱ ἐγχώριοι προσεκύνουν· μέρος δ’ ἐνθένδε καθεωρᾶτο τῆς τῶν Ἑβραίων στρατοπεδείας, ὃ καθάπερ ἀπὸ σκοπιᾶς ἐπεδείκνυτο τῷ μάγῳ.

[277] ὁ δὲ θεασάμενός φησι· „σὺ μέν, ὦ βασιλεῦ, βωμοὺς ἑπτὰ δειμάμενος μόσχον ἐφ’ ἑκάστου καὶ κριὸν ἱέρευσον· ἐγὼ δ’ ἐκτραπόμενος πεύσομαι τοῦ θεοῦ, τί λεκτέον.“ ἔξω
δὲ προελθὼν ἔνθους αὐτίκα γίνεται, προφητικοῦ πνεύματος ἐπιφοιτήσαντος, ὃ πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἔντεχνον μαντικὴν ὑπερόριον τῆς ¹⁰⁸¹⁰⁹ ψυχῆς ἤλασε· θέμις γὰρ οὐκ ἦν ἱερωτάτῃ κατοκωχῇ συνδιαιτᾶσθαι μαγικὴν σοφιστείαν. εἶθ’ ὑποστρέψας καὶ τάς τε θυσίας ἰδὼν καὶ τοὺς βωμοὺς φλέγοντας ὥσπερ ἑρμηνεὺς ὑποβάλλοντος ἑτέρου θεσπίζει τάδε·

[278] „ἐκ Μεσοποταμίας μετεπέμψατό με Βαλάκης μακρὰν τὴν ἀπ’ ἀνατολῶν στειλάμενον ἀποδημίαν, ἵνα τίσηται τοὺς Ἑβραίους ἀραῖς. ἐγὼ δὲ τίνα τρόπον ἀράσομαι
τοῖς μὴ καταράτοις ὑπὸ θεοῦ; θεάσομαι μὲν αὐτοὺς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἀφ’ ὑψηλοτάτων ὀρῶν καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ καταλήψομαι, βλάψαι δ’ οὐκ ἂν δυναίμην λαόν, ὃς μόνος κατοικήσει, μὴ συναριθμούμενος ἑτέροις ἔθνεσιν, οὐ κατὰ τόπων ἀποκλήρωσιν καὶ χώρας ἀποτομήν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἐξαιρέτων ἐθῶν ἰδιότητα, μὴ συναναμιγνύμενος ἄλλοις εἰς τὴν τῶν πατρίων ἐκδιαίτησιν.

[279] τίς ἐπ’ ἀκριβείας εὗρε τὴν πρώτην καταβολὴν τῆς τούτων γενέσεως; τὰ μὲν σώματ’ αὐτοῖς ἐξ ἀνθρωπίνων διεπλάσθη σπερμάτων, ἐκ δὲ θείων ἔφυσαν αἱ ψυχαί· διὸ καὶ γεγόνασιν ἀγχίσποροι θεοῦ. ἀποθάνοι μου ἡ ψυχὴ τὸν p. 125 M. σωματικὸν βίον, ἵν’ ἐν ψυχαῖς δικαίων καταριθμηθῇ, οἵας εἶναι συμβέβηκε τὰς τούτων.“

[280] 51 Ταῦτ’ ἀκούων ὁ Βαλάκης ὤδινεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ. παυσαμένου δέ, τὸ πάθος οὐ χωρήσας „ἐπὶ κατάραις“ εἶπεν „ἐχθρῶν μετακληθεὶς εὐχὰς τιθέμενος ἐκείνοις οὐκ ἐρυθριᾷς; ἐλελήθειν ἄρ’ ἐμαυτὸν ἀπατῶν ὡς ἐπὶ φίλῳ σοι τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν πολεμίων ἀφανῶς τεταγμένῳ τάξιν, ἣ νῦν γέγονε δήλη. μήποτε καὶ τὰς ὑπερθέσεις τῆς ἐνθάδε ἀφίξεως
ἐποιοῦ διὰ τὴν ὑποικουροῦσαν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ πρὸς μὲν ἐκείνους οἰκειότητα πρὸς δ’ ἐμὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἀλλοτρίωσιν· πίστις γάρ, ὡς ὁ παλαιὸς ¹¹⁰¹¹¹ λόγος, τῶν ἀδήλων τὰ ἐμφανῆ.“

[281] ὁ δὲ τῆς κατοκωχῆς ἀνεθεὶς „ἀδικωτάτην“ εἶπεν „αἰτίαν ὑπομένω συκοφαντούμενος· λέγω γὰρ ἴδιον οὐδέν, ἀλλ’ ἅττ’ ἂν ὑπηχήσῃ τὸ θεῖον, ὅπερ οὐχὶ νῦν πρῶτον ἐγὼ μὲν εἶπον, σὺ δ’ ἤκουσας, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρόσθεν, ἡνίκα τοὺς πρέσβεις ἔπεμψας, οἷς
ἀπεκρινάμην ταὐτά.“

[282] νομίσας δ’ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἢ τὸν μάντιν ἀπατᾶν ἢ τὸ θεῖον τρέπεσθαι καὶ ταῖς τῶν τόπων μεταβολαῖς τὸ τῆς γνώμης ἐχυρὸν ἀλλάττειν, εἰς ἕτερον ἀπαγαγὼν χωρίον ἐκ λόφου πάνυ περιμήκους ἐπεδείκνυτο μέρος τι τῆς ἀντιπάλου στρατιᾶς· εἶτα πάλιν ἑπτὰ βωμοὺς ἱδρυσάμενος καὶ τὰ ἴσα τοῖς πρόσθεν ἱερεῖα καταθύσας ἐξέπεμπε
τὸν μάντιν ἐπ’ οἰωνοὺς καὶ φήμας αἰσίους.

[283] ὁ δὲ μονωθεὶς ἐξαίφνης θεοφορεῖται καὶ μηδὲν συνιείς, ὥσπερ μετανισταμένου τοῦ λογισμοῦ, τὰ ὑποβαλλόμενα ἐξελάλει προφητεύων τάδε· "ἀναστὰς ἄκουε, βασιλεῦ, τὰ ὦτα ἐπουρίσας. οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεὸς διαψευσθῆναι δύναται οὐδ’ ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου μετανοεῖ καὶ ἅπαξ εἰπὼν οὐκ ἐμμένει. φθέγξεται
τὸ παράπαν οὐδέν, ὃ μὴ τελειωθήσεται βεβαίως, ἐπεὶ ὁ λόγος ἔργον ἐστὶν αὐτῷ. παρελήφθην δ’ ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις, οὐ κατάραις, ἐγώ.

[284] οὐκ ἔσται πόνος ἢ μόχθος ἐν Ἑβραίοις. ὁ θεὸς αὐτῶν προασπίζει περιφανῶς, ὃς καὶ τὴν τῶν Αἰγυπτιακῶν ῥύμην κακῶν ἀπεσκέδασεν ὡς ἕνα ἄνδρα τὰς τοσαύτας μυριάδας ἀναγαγών. τοιγαροῦν οἰωνῶν ἀλογοῦσι
καὶ πάντων τῶν κατὰ μαντικὴν ἑνὶ τῷ τοῦ κόσμου ἡγεμόνι πιστεύοντες. ὁρῶ λαὸν ὡς σκύμνον ἀνιστάμενον καὶ ὡς λέοντα γαυρούμενον. ¹¹²¹¹³ εὐωχηθήσεται θήρας καὶ ποτῷ χρήσεται τραυματιῶν αἵματι καὶ κορεσθεὶς οὐ τρέψεται πρὸς ὕπνον, ἀλλ’ p. 126 Μ. ἐγρηγορὼς τὸν ἐπινίκιον ᾄσεται ὕμνον.“

[285] 52 Χαλεπῶς δ’ ἐνεγκὼν ἐπὶ τῷ παρ’ ἐλπίδας αὐτῷ τὰ τῆς μαντικῆς ἀπαντᾶσθαι „ἄνθρωπε“ εἶπε, „μήτε ἀρὰς τίθεσο μήτ’ εὐχὰς ποιοῦ· βελτίων γὰρ τῶν μὴ καθ’ ἡδονὴν λόγων ἡ ἀκίνδυνος ἡσυχία.“
καὶ ταῦτ’ εἰπὼν ὥσπερ ἐκλαθόμενος ὧν εἶπε διὰ τὸ τῆς γνώμης ἀβέβαιον εἰς ἄλλον τόπον ἀπῆγε τὸν μάντιν, ἀφ’ οὗ δείξας μέρος τι τῆς Ἑβραϊκῆς στρατιᾶς καταρᾶσθαι παρεκάλει.

[286] ὁ δ’ ἅτε χείρων ἐκείνου, καίτοι πρὸς τὰς ἐπιφερομένας κατηγορίας ἀπολογίᾳ μιᾷ χρώμενος ἀληθεῖ, ὡς οὐδὲν ἴδιον λέγοι, κατεχόμενος δὲ καὶ ἐνθουσιῶν διερμηνεύοι
τὰ ἑτέρου, δέον μηκέτ’ ἐπακολουθεῖν ἀλλ’ οἴκαδε ἀπαίρειν, ἑτοιμότερον τοῦ παραπέμποντος προεξέτρεχεν, ἅμα μὲν οἰήσει, κακῷ μεγάλῳ, πεπιεσμένος, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ καταρᾶσθαι γλιχόμενος, εἰ καὶ τῇ φωνῇ διεκωλύετο.

[287] παραγενόμενος δ’ εἰς ὄρος μεῖζον τῶν προτέρων ἄχρι πολλοῦ κατατεῖνον κελεύει μὲν τὴν αὐτὴν ἐπιτελεῖν θυσίαν βωμοὺς πάλιν
ἑπτὰ κατασκευάσαντας καὶ ἱερεῖα τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα προσαγαγόντας ἑκάστῳ βωμῷ δύο, μόσχον τε καὶ κριόν. αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκέτι κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἐπὶ κληδόνας καὶ οἰωνοὺς ἵετο πολλὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ τέχνην κακίσας ὡς χρόνῳ καθάπερ γραφὴν ἐξίτηλον γενομένην καὶ τοὺς εὐθυβόλους στοχασμοὺς ἐξαμαυρωθεῖσαν· ἄλλως δὲ καὶ μόλις ἐνενόησεν, ὅτι οὐ συνᾴδει τῷ τοῦ
¹¹⁴ θεοῦ βουλήματι ἡ τοῦ μισθωσαμένου προαίρεσις αὐτὸν βασιλέως.

[288] τραπόμενος οὖν κατὰ τὴν ἐρήμην ὁρᾷ κατὰ φυλὰς ἐστρατοπεδευκότας Ἑβραίους καὶ τό τε πλῆθος καὶ τὴν τάξιν ὡς πόλεως ἀλλ’ οὐ στρατοπέδου καταπλαγεὶς ἔνθους γενόμενος ἀναφθέγγεται τάδε·

[289] „φησὶν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ
ἀληθινῶς ὁρῶν, ὅστις καθ’ ὕπνον ἐναργῆ φαντασίαν εἶδε θεοῦ τοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀκοιμήτοις ὄμμασιν. ὡς καλοί σου οἱ οἶκοι, στρατιὰ Ἑβραίων, αἱ σκηναί σου ὡς νάπαι σκιάζουσαι, ὡς παράδεισος ἐπὶ ποταμοῦ, ὡς κέδρος παρ’ ὕδατα.

[290] ἐξελεύσεταί ποτε ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν καὶ ἐπικρατήσει πολλῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ ἐπιβαίνουσα ἡ τοῦδε βασιλεία καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν
πρὸς ὕψος ἀρθήσεται. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος ἡγεμόνι τῆς ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου πάσης ὁδοῦ κέχρηται θεῷ καθ’ ἓν κέρας ἄγοντι τὴν πληθύν.

[291] τοιγαροῦν ἔδεται p. 127 Μ. ἔθνη πολλὰ ἐχθρῶν καὶ ὅσον ἐν αὐτοῖς πῖον ἄχρι μυελοῦ λήψεται καὶ ταῖς ἑκηβολίαις ἀπολεῖ τοὺς δυσμενεῖς. ἀναπαύσεται κατακλινεὶς ὡς λέων ἢ σκύμνος λέοντος, μάλα καταφρονητικῶς δεδιὼς οὐδένα, φόβον
τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐνειργασμένος· ἄθλιος ὃς ἂν αὐτὸν παρακινήσας ἐγείρῃ. οἱ μὲν εὐλογοῦντές σε εὐφημίας ἄξιοι, κατάρας δ’ οἱ καταρώμενοι.“

[292] 53 Σφόδρα δ’ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀγανακτήσας ὁ βασιλεὺς „ἐπ’ ἀραῖς“ εἶπεν „ἐχθρῶν μετακληθεὶς εὐχὰς ἤδη τρεῖς τὰς ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων πεποίησαι· φεῦγε δὴ θᾶττον—ὀξὺ πάθος ἐστὶ θυμός —, μή τι καὶ νεώτερον
ἐργάσασθαι βιασθῶ.

[293] πόσον πλῆθος χρημάτων, ἀνοητότατε, καὶ δωρεῶν, πόσην δ’ εὐφημίαν καὶ δόξαν ἀφῄρησαι σεαυτὸν φρενοβλαβὴς ὤν· ἐπανελεύσῃ φέρων ἀπὸ τῆς ξένης εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀγαθὸν μὲν οὐδέν, ¹¹⁵¹¹⁶ ὀνείδη δὲ καὶ πολλὴν ὡς ἔοικεν αἰσχύνην, οὕτως σοι τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιστήμην, ἐφ’ οἷς πρότερον ἐσεμνύνου, γελασθέντων.“

[294] ὁ δὲ „τὰ μὲν πρότερα“ εἶπε „πάντ’ ἐστὶ λόγια καὶ χρησμοί, τὰ δὲ μέλλοντα λέγεσθαι γνώμης τῆς ἐμῆς εἰκασίαι.“ καὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς λαβόμενος μόνος μόνῳ συνεβούλευε, δι’ ὧν, ὡς ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ, φυλάξεται τὸν ἀντίπαλον στρατόν, ἀσέβημα
κατηγορῶν αὑτοῦ μέγιστον· τί γάρ, εἴποι τις ἄν, ἰδιάζεις καὶ συμβουλεύεις τὰ ἐναντία τοῖς χρησμοῖς ὑποτιθέμενος, εἰ μὴ ἄρα τῶν λογίων

[295] αἱ σαὶ βουλαὶ δυνατώτεραι; 54 φέρε δ’ οὖν καὶ τὰς καλὰς αὐτοῦ παραινέσεις ἐξετάσωμεν, ὡς τετεχνιτευμέναι πρὸς ὁμολογουμένην ἧτταν τῶν ἀεὶ νικᾶν δυναμένων. εἰδὼς γὰρ Ἑβραίοις μίαν ὁδὸν ἁλώσεως
παρανομίαν, διὰ λαγνείας καὶ ἀκολασίας, μεγάλου κακοῦ, πρὸς μεῖζον κακόν, ἀσέβειαν, ἄγειν αὐτοὺς ἐσπούδασεν ἡδονὴν δέλεαρ προθείς.

[296] „εἰσὶ“ γὰρ εἶπεν „αἱ ἐγχώριοι γυναῖκες, ὦ βασιλεῦ, διαφέρουσαι τὴν ὄψιν ἑτέρων· ἀνὴρ δ’ οὐδενὶ μᾶλλον εὐάλωτος ἢ γυναικὸς εὐμορφίᾳ. ταῖς οὖν περικαλλεστάταις ἐὰν ἐπιτρέψῃς μισθαρνεῖν καὶ δημοσιεύειν, ἀγκιστρεύσονται
τὴν νεότητα τῶν ἀντιπάλων.

[297] ὑφηγητέον δὲ αὐταῖς, μὴ εὐθὺς ἐμπαρέχεσθαι τοῖς ἐθέλουσι τὴν ὥραν· ὁ γὰρ ἀκκισμὸς ὑποκνίζων τὰς ὁρμὰς ἐπεγείρει μᾶλλον καὶ τοὺς ἔρωτας ἀναφλέγει· τραχηλιζόμενοι δὲ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις πάνθ’ ὑπομενοῦσι δρᾶν τε καὶ πάσχειν.

[298] πρὸς δὲ τὸν οὕτω διακείμενον ἐραστὴν λεγέτω p. 128 M. φρυαττομένη τις τῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θήραν ἀλειφομένων· „„οὐ θέμις ὁμιλίας σοι τῆς ἐμῆς ἀπολαῦσαι, πρὶν ἂν
¹¹⁷¹¹⁸ ἐκδιαιτηθῇς μὲν τὰ πάτρια, μεταβαλὼν δὲ τιμήσῃς ἅπερ ἐγώ. πίστις δέ μοι τῆς βεβαίου μεταβολῆς γένοιτ’ ἂν ἀρίδηλος, ἢν ἐθελήσῃς μετασχεῖν τῶν αὐτῶν σπονδῶν τε καὶ θυσιῶν, ἃς ἀγάλμασι καὶ ξοάνοις καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἀφιδρύμασιν ἐπιτελοῦμεν.““

[299] ὁ δ’ ἅτε σαγηνευθεὶς πάγαις
πολυειδέσι, κάλλει καὶ στωμυλίας χειραγωγίαις, οὐδὲν ἀντειπών, ἐξηγκωνισμένος τὸν λογισμόν, ἄθλιος ὑπηρετήσει τοῖς προσταττομένοις, ἀναγραφεὶς τοῦ πάθους δοῦλος.“

[300] 55 Ὁ μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα συνεβούλευεν. ὁ δ’ οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ νομίσας εἶναι τὰ λεχθέντα, τὸν κατὰ μοιχῶν νόμον παρακαλυψάμενος
καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ φθορᾷ καὶ πορνείᾳ κειμένους ἀνελών, ὡς εἰ μηδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐγράφησαν, ἀνέδην ἐπιτρέπει ταῖς γυναιξὶ τὰς ὁμιλίας πρὸς οὓς ἂν ἐθέλωσι ποιεῖσθαι.

[301] δοθείσης δὲ ἀδείας, τὴν πληθὺν τῶν μειρακίων ἐπήγοντο πολὺ πρότερον τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν ἀπατῶσαι καὶ τρέπουσαι ταῖς γοητείαις πρὸς ἀσέβειαν, ἕως υἱὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως Φινεὲς ἐπὶ τοῖς
γινομένοις σφόδρα χαλεπήνας—δεινότατον γὰρ αὐτῷ κατεφαίνετο, εἰ ὑφ’ ἕνα καιρὸν ἄμφω τά τε σώματα καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἐπιδεδώκασι, τὰ μὲν ἡδοναῖς, τὰς δὲ τῷ παρανομεῖν καὶ ἀνοσιουργεῖν—ἐνεανιεύσατο νεανείαν ἀνδρὶ καλῷ καὶ ἀγαθῷ προσήκουσαν.

[302] ἰδὼν γάρ τινα τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους θύοντα καὶ εἰσιόντα πρὸς πόρνην, μήτε κεκυφότα εἰς τοὔδαφος
μήτε λανθάνειν τοὺς πολλοὺς πειρώμενον μήθ’ οἷα φιλεῖ κλέπτοντα ¹¹⁹¹²⁰ τὴν εἴσοδον, ἀλλὰ μετ’ ἀναισχύντου θράσους τὴν ἀκοσμίαν ἐπιδεικνύμενον καὶ φρυαττόμενον ὡς ἐπὶ σεμνῷ πράγματι τῷ καταγελάστῳ, πάνυ πικρανθεὶς καὶ πληρωθεὶς ὀργῆς δικαίας ἐπεισδραμὼν ἔτι κατ’ εὐνὴν κειμένους ἀμφοτέρους τόν τ’ ἐραστὴν καὶ τὴν ἑταίραν ἀναιρεῖ προσανατεμὼν καὶ τὰ γεννητικά, διότι σποραῖς ὑπηρέτησαν ἐκθέσμοις.

[303] τοῦτο
θεασάμενοί τινες τὸ παράδειγμα τῶν τὴν ἐγκράτειαν καὶ θεοσέβειαν ἐζηλωκότων προστάξαντος Μωυσέως ἐμιμήσαντο καὶ πάντας τοὺς τελεσθέντας τοῖς χειροποιήτοις συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους ἡβηδὸν ἀνελόντες τὸ μὲν μίασμα τοῦ ἔθνους ἐκκαθαίρουσι διὰ τῆς τῶν προηδικηκότων ἀπαραιτήτου τιμωρίας, τοὺς δ’ ἄλλους παρασχόντας ἀπολογίαν ἐναργεστάτην ὑπὲρ
τῆς αὑτῶν εὐσεβείας περιεποιήσαντο, μηδένα τῶν ἀφ’ αἵματος κατακρίτων οἰκτισάμενοι μηδ’ ἐλέῳ τἀδικήματα αὐτῶν παρελθόντες, ἀλλὰ καθαροὺς νομίσαντες τοὺς αὐτόχειρας· ὅθεν οὐδενὶ παρεχώρησαν τὴν ἐπέξοδον φέρουσαν τοῖς δρῶσιν ἀψευδέστατον ἔπαινον.

[304] τετρακισχιλίους δέ φασι πρὸς τοῖς δισμυρίοις p. 129 M. ἀναιρεθῆναι μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ, συναναιρεθέντος εὐθὺς τοῦ κοινοῦ μιάσματος, ὃ πᾶσαν τὴν στρατιὰν ἐκηλίδου. τῶν δὲ
καθαρσίων ἐπιτελεσθέντων, ὡς ἀριστεῖ γέρας ἐπάξιον τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, ὃς πρῶτος ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμυναν ὥρμησεν, ἐζήτει παρασχεῖν Μωυσῆς· φθάνει δὲ χρησμοῖς δωρησάμενος ὁ θεὸς Φινεεῖ τὸ μέγιστον ἀγαθόν, εἰρήνην, ὃ μηδεὶς ἱκανὸς ἀνθρώπων παρασχεῖν, πρὸς δὲ τῇ εἰρήνῃ καὶ
παγκρατησίαν ἱερωσύνης, αὐτῷ καὶ γένει κλῆρον ἀναφαίρετον.

¹²¹¹²²

[305] 56 Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν ἐμφυλίων οὐδὲν ἔτ’ ἦν ὑπόλοιπον κακῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσοι πρὸς αὐτομολίαν ἢ προδοσίαν ὑπωπτεύοντο πάντες ἀπωλώλεσαν, ἔδοξεν εἶναι καιρὸς ἐπιτηδειότατος τῆς ἐπὶ τὸν Βαλάκην στρατείας, ἄνδρα μυρία καὶ βεβουλευμένον ἐργάσασθαι κακὰ καὶ δεδρακότα, βεβουλευμένον
μὲν διὰ τοῦ μάντεως, ὃν ἤλπισεν ἀραῖς τισι δυνήσεσθαι καθελεῖν τὴν δύναμιν τῶν Ἑβραίων, δεδρακότα δὲ διὰ τῆς τῶν γυναικῶν ἀσελγείας καὶ ἀκολασίας, αἳ τὰ μὲν σώματα λαγνείαις τὰς δὲ ψυχὰς ἀσεβείᾳ τῶν χρωμένων διέφθειραν.

[306] παντὶ μὲν οὖν τῷ στρατῷ πολεμεῖν οὐκ ἐδοκίμαζεν, εἰδὼς τὰ ὑπέρογκα πλήθη πταίοντα περὶ αὑτοῖς καὶ ἅμα λυσιτελὲς
ἡγούμενος ἐφεδρείας εἶναι συμμάχων τοῖς προκαμοῦσι βοηθούς, ἀριστίνδην δὲ τοὺς ἡβῶντας ἐπιλέξας, χιλίους ἐκ φυλῆς ἑκάστης, δώδεκα χιλιάδας— τοσαῦται γὰρ ἦσαν αἱ φυλαί—καὶ στρατηγὸν ἑλόμενος τοῦ πολέμου Φινεὲς πεῖραν ἤδη δεδωκότα στρατηγικῆς εὐτολμίας ἐπὶ καλοῖς ἱερείοις ἐξέπεμπε τοὺς ὁπλίτας καὶ θαρσύνων τοιάδε διεξῄει· „οὐχ

[307] ὑπὲρ κράτους
ἀρχῆς ὁ παρὼν ἀγών ἐστιν οὐδ’ ὑπὲρ τοῦ κτήσασθαι τὰ ἑτέρων, περὶ ὧν ἢ μόνων ἢ μάλιστα οἱ πόλεμοι, ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας καὶ ὁσιότητος, ὧν τοὺς ἡμετέρους συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους ἠλλοτρίωσαν οἱ ἐχθροὶ παραίτιοι γενόμενοι τοῖς ὑπαχθεῖσι χαλεπῆς ἀπωλείας.

[308] ἔστιν οὖν ἄτοπον οἰκείων μὲν αὐτόχειρας γεγενῆσθαι παρανομησάντων, ἐχθρῶν δὲ χαλεπώτερα
ἠδικηκότων ἀποσχέσθαι, καὶ τοὺς μὲν μαθόντας ἀδικεῖν ἀνῃρηκέναι, τοὺς δὲ βιασαμένους καὶ διδάξαντας ἀτιμωρήτους καταλιπεῖν, οὓς ¹²³¹²⁴ ἁπάντων αἰτίους εἶναι συμβέβηκεν, ὧν ἢ δεδράκασιν ἢ πεπόνθασιν ἐκεῖνοι.“

[309] 57 νευρωθέντες οὖν ταῖς παραινέσεσιν ἐκεῖνοι καὶ ὅσον ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς προϋπῆρχε γενναιότητος ζωπυρήσαντες ὡς ἐφ’ ὁμολογουμένῃ νίκῃ πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα ἵεντο φρονήμασιν ἀηττήτοις· καὶ συμπλακέντες τοσαύτῃ περιουσίᾳ ῥώμης καὶ τόλμης ἐχρήσαντο, ὡς ἱερεῦσαι μὲν τοὺς
ἀντιπάλους, αὐτοὶ δὲ πάντες σῷοι ἐπανελθεῖν, οὐδενὸς ἀποθανόντος ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τρωθέντος.

[310] p. 130 M. ὑπέλαβεν ἄν τις τῶν ἀγνοούντων τὸ συμβεβηκὸς ἰδὼν αὐτοὺς ἐπανιόντας οὐκ ἀπὸ πολέμου καὶ παρατάξεως ἀφικνεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ὁπλοσκοπίαις ἐπιδείξεων, ἃς ἔθος ἐν εἰρήνῃ ποιεῖσθαι, γυμνάσματα δ’ εἰσὶ καὶ μελέται συγκροτουμένων τὰ κατ’ ἐχθρῶν ἐν
φίλοις.

[311] τὰς μὲν οὖν πόλεις ἢ κατασκάπτοντες ἢ ἐμπιπράντες ἠφάνισαν, ὡς μηδ’ εἰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ᾠκίσθησαν εἰπεῖν ἔχειν· αἰχμαλώτων δὲ σωμάτων ἀπερίληπτον ἀριθμὸν ἀπαγαγόντες ἄνδρας μὲν καὶ γυναῖκας κτείνειν ἐδικαίωσαν, τοὺς μὲν ὅτι βουλευμάτων καὶ χειρῶν ἦρξαν ἀδίκων, τὰς δ’ ἐπεὶ κατεγοήτευσαν τὴν Ἑβραίων νεότητα, παραιτίας γενομένας
αὐτοῖς ἀκολασίας καὶ ἀσεβείας καὶ τὰ τελευταῖα θανάτου· νέοις δὲ κομιδῇ παισὶ καὶ παρθένοις συνέγνωσαν, ἀμνηστίαν τῆς ἡλικίας ἐφελκομένης.

[312] λείας δὲ πολλῆς ἄγαν εὐπορήσαντες ἔκ τε τῶν βασιλείων κἀκ τῶν ἰδιωτικῶν οἰκιῶν, ἔτι δὲ τῶν κατ’ ἀγροὺς ἐπαύλεων—ἦν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς χωρίοις οὐκ ἐλάττων τῆς ἐν τοῖς ἄστεσιν —,
ἧκον εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐπηχθισμένοι τὸν παρὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πάντα πλοῦτον.

[313] ἐπαινέσας δὲ Μωυσῆς τόν τε στρατηγὸν Φινεὲς καὶ τοὺς ¹²⁵¹²⁶ παραταξαμένους ἐπί τε τοῖς κατορθώμασι καὶ ὅτι ταῖς ὠφελείαις οὐκ ἐπέδραμον τὴν λείαν μόνοι σφετερίσασθαι διανοηθέντες, ἀλλ’ εἰς μέσον προὔθεσαν, ἵνα καὶ οἱ καταμείναντες ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς μετάσχωσι, προστάττει τοὺς μὲν ἔξω τοῦ στρατοπέδου καταμένειν τινὰς ἡμέρας, τῷ
δὲ μεγάλῳ ἱερεῖ καθᾶραι τοῦ φόνου τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς παρατάξεως ἥκοντας τῶν συμμάχων.

[314] καὶ γὰρ εἰ νόμιμοι αἱ κατ’ ἐχθρῶν σφαγαί, ἀλλ’ ὅ γε κτείνων ἄνθρωπον, εἰ καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀμυνόμενος καὶ βιασθείς, ὑπαίτιος εἶναι δοκεῖ διὰ τὴν ἀνωτάτω καὶ κοινὴν συγγένειαν· οὗ χάριν καθαρσίων ἐδέησε τοῖς κτείνασι πρὸς ἀπαλλαγὴν τοῦ νομισθέντος ἄγους
γεγενῆσθαι.

[315] 58 μετ’ οὐ πολὺν μέντοι χρόνον καὶ τὴν λείαν διένειμε, τοῖς μὲν στρατευσαμένοις—ὀλίγος δ’ ἀριθμὸς ἦσαν παρὰ τοὺς ἡσυχάσαντας —διδοὺς ἥμισυ μέρος, θάτερον δὲ τοῖς καταμείνασιν ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ· δίκαιον γὰρ ὑπέλαβεν εἶναι καὶ τούτοις μεταδοῦναι τῆς ὠφελείας, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῖς σώμασι, ταῖς γοῦν ψυχαῖς διαγωνισαμένοις·
οἱ γὰρ ἔφεδροι τῶν ἀγωνιστῶν οὐκ ἐλαττούμενοι ταῖς προθυμίαις χρόνῳ καὶ τῷ φθασθῆναι μόνον ὑστερίζουσι.

[316] λαβόντων δὲ τῶν μὲν ὀλίγων πλείω διὰ τὸ προκινδυνεῦσαι, τῶν δὲ πλειόνων ἐλάττω διὰ p. 131 M. τὴν ἔνδον μονήν, ἔδοξεν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πάσης τῆς λείας τὰς ἀπαρχὰς καθιερῶσαι· τὸ μὲν οὖν πεντηκοστὸν οἱ ἐφεδρεύσαντες, πεντακοσιοστὴν δὲ μοῖραν οἱ
προπολεμήσαντες εἰσήνεγκαν· τῶν δ’ ἀπαρχῶν τὰς μὲν παρὰ τῶν στρατευσαμένων τῷ μεγάλῳ ἱερεῖ προστάττει δοθῆναι, τὰς δὲ παρὰ τῶν ¹²⁷¹²⁸ καταμεινάντων ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τοῖς νεωκόροις, οἷς ὄνομα Λευῖται.

[317] χιλίαρχοι δὲ καὶ ἑκατόνταρχοι καὶ ὁ ἄλλος ὅμιλος λοχαγῶν καὶ ταξιαρχῶν ὑπέρ τε τῆς αὑτῶν σωτηρίας καὶ τῶν συστρατευσαμένων καὶ τῆς παντὸς λόγου κρείττονος νίκης ἐθελονταὶ κομίζουσιν ἐξαιρέτους ἀπαρχάς, κόσμον τε χρυσοῦν ὅσον ἕκαστος ἐκ τῆς λείας ἀνεῦρε καὶ
σκεύη πολυτελέστατα, ὧν πάλιν ὕλη χρυσὸς ἦν· ἃ Μωυσῆς λαβὼν καὶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν τῶν φερόντων ἀγάμενος ἀνατίθησιν ἐν τῇ καθιερωμένῃ σκηνῇ τῆς εὐχαριστίας τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὑπόμνημα.

[318] παγκάλη δὲ ἡ διανομὴ τῶν ἀπαρχῶν· τὰς μὲν τῶν μὴ πεπολεμηκότων, ἡμίσειαν ἀρετῆς τὴν χωρὶς ἔργου προθυμίαν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐπιδειξαμένων, τοῖς νεωκόροις
ἀπένειμε, τὰς δὲ τῶν ἀγωνισαμένων, οἳ σώμασι καὶ ψυχαῖς ἐκινδύνευσαν ὁλόκληρον ἀνδραγαθίαν παρασχόμενοι, τῷ προεστηκότι τῶν νεωκόρων ἱερεῖ τῷ μεγάλῳ, τὰς δὲ τῶν ταξιαρχῶν ἅτε ἡγεμονικὰς τῷ συμπάντων ἡγεμόνι θεῷ.

[319] 59 Πάντες οὗτοι διεπολεμήθησαν οἱ πόλεμοι, μήπω διαβεβηκότων
Ἰορδάνην τὸν ἐγχώριον ποταμόν, πρὸς τοὺς τῆς ἀντιπέρας γῆς οἰκήτορας εὐδαίμονος καὶ βαθείας, ἐν ᾗ πολλὴ πεδιὰς σιτοφόρος καὶ χιλὸν κτήνεσιν ἐνεγκεῖν ἀγαθή.

[320] ταύτην ὡς ἐθεάσαντο τὴν χώραν αἱ κτηνοτρόφοι δύο φυλαί, μοῖρα τοῦ σύμπαντος ἕκτη στρατοῦ, Μωυσῆν ἱκέτευον ἐπιτρέψαι τὰς κληρουχίας ἐνταυθοῖ λαβεῖν αὐτὰς ἤδη ποτὲ ἱδρυθείσας· ἐπιτηδειότατον
γὰρ ἔφασκον εἶναι τὸν τόπον ἐννέμεσθαί τε καὶ ἐμβόσκεσθαι θρέμμασιν εὔυδρον ὄντα καὶ εὔχορτον καὶ προβατευσίμην ἄφθονον πόαν ἀπαυτοματίζοντα.

[321] ὁ δὲ νομίσας αὐτοὺς ἢ προεδρίᾳ τὴν διανομὴν τά τε γέρα ¹²⁹¹³⁰ πρὸ καιροῦ λαμβάνειν ἀξιοῦν ἢ πρὸς τοὺς μέλλοντας πολέμους ἀποκνεῖν, ἐφεδρευόντων ἔτι πλειόνων βασιλέων, οἳ τὴν εἴσω τοῦ ποταμοῦ χώραν διεκεκλήρωντο, πάνυ δυσχεράνας πρὸς ὀργὴν ἀποκρίνεται καί φησιν·

[322] „ὑμεῖς μὲν οὖν ἐνταυθοῖ καθεδεῖσθε σχολὴν ἐν οὐ δέοντι καὶ ἀργίαν
ἕξοντες, τοὺς δ’ ὑμετέρους συγγενεῖς καὶ φίλους οἱ λειπόμενοι τραχηλιοῦσι πόλεμοι, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἆθλα μόνοις ὑμῖν ὡς ἐπὶ κατωρθωμένοις πᾶσι δοθήσεται, μάχαι δὲ καὶ πόνοι καὶ p. 132 M. ταλαιπωρίαι καὶ οἱ ἀνωτάτω κίνδυνοι ἑτέρους ἀναμενοῦσιν;

[323] ἀλλ’ οὐ δίκαιον ὑμᾶς μὲν εἰρήνην καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῆς εἰρήνης ἀγαθὰ καρποῦσθαι, τοὺς δ’ ἄλλους πολέμοις καὶ κακοῖς
ἀμυθήτοις ἐναθλεῖν, οὐδὲ προσθήκην τὸ ὅλον μέρους εἶναι· τοὐναντίον γὰρ ἕνεκα τῶν ὅλων τὰ μέρη κληρονομίας ἀξιοῦται.

[324] πάντες ἐστὲ ἰσότιμοι, γένος ἕν, οἱ αὐτοὶ πατέρες, οἰκία μία, ἔθη τὰ αὐτά, κοινωνία νόμων, ἄλλα μυρία, ὧν ἕκαστον τὴν οἰκειότητα συνδεῖ καὶ πρὸς εὔνοιαν ἁρμόζεται. διὰ τί δὴ τῶν ἴσων ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις καὶ ἀναγκαιοτάτοις
ἀξιωθέντες ἐν ταῖς διανομαῖς πλεονεκτήσετε, ὡς ἢ ἄρχοντες ὑπηκόων ἢ δεσπόται δούλων καταφρονήσαντες;

[325] ἔδει μὲν ὑμᾶς ταῖς ἑτέρων πληγαῖς πεπαιδεῦσθαι· φρονίμων γὰρ ἀνδρῶν μὴ ἀναμένειν, ἄχρις ἂν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ἔλθῃ τὰ δεινά· νυνὶ δὲ παραδείγματ’ ἔχοντες οἰκεῖα τοὺς πατέρας, οἳ κατεσκέψαντο τήνδε τὴν χώραν, καὶ τὰς ἐκείνων συμφορὰς καὶ τῶν
συναπονοηθέντων—ἅπαντες γὰρ ἔξω δυοῖν ἀπώλοντο —, δέον μηδενὶ τῶν ὁμοίων συνεπιγράφεσθαι, δειλίαν, ὦ κενοὶ φρενῶν, ζηλοῦτε ὡς οὐκ εὐαλωτότεροι γενησόμενοι καὶ τὰς προθυμίας ὑποσκελίζετε τῶν ἀνδραγαθίζεσθαι προαιρουμένων ἐκλύοντες καὶ παριέντες αὐτῶν τὰ φρονήματα. ¹³¹ τοιγάρτοι σπεύδοντες ἁμαρτάνειν σπεύσετε καὶ πρὸς τιμωρίας·

[326] ἡ γὰρ δίκη μόλις μὲν εἴωθε κινεῖσθαι, κινηθεῖσα δ’ ἅπαξ φθάνει προκαταλαμβάνουσα τοὺς ἀποδιδράσκοντας.

[327] ὅταν οὖν ἅπαντες μὲν οἱ ἐχθροὶ καθαιρεθῶσιν, ἔφεδρος δὲ μηδεὶς ἔτι προσδοκᾶται πόλεμος, ἐν δὲ ταῖς εὐθύναις ἀνεπίληπτοι δοκιμασθῶσιν οἱ σύμμαχοι, μὴ λιποτάξιον,
μὴ λιποστράτιον, μηδὲν ἄλλο τῶν ἐφ’ ἥττῃ διαπεπραγμένοι, παραμεμενηκότες δ’ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους φαίνωνται καὶ τοῖς σώμασι καὶ ταῖς προθυμίαις, ἐρημωθῇ δὲ πᾶσα ἡ χώρα τῶν προενῳκηκότων, τηνικαῦτα δοθήσεται τὰ γέρα καὶ τὰ ἀριστεῖα ταῖς φυλαῖς ἐξ ἴσου.“

[328] 60 τὴν δὲ νουθεσίαν πρᾴως ἐνεγκόντες ὡς υἱοὶ γνήσιοι σφόδρα εὔνου
πατρὸς—ᾔδεσαν γὰρ αὐτὸν οὐ καταλαζονευόμενον ἀρχῆς ἐξουσίᾳ, προκηδόμενον δὲ πάντων καὶ δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἰσότητα τιμῶντα καὶ τὸ μισοπόνηρον οὐκ ἐπ’ ὀνείδει σωφρονισμῷ δὲ τῶν βελτιοῦσθαι δυναμένων αἰεὶ ποιούμενον—„εἰκότως μὲν“ ἔφασαν „ἀγανακτεῖς, εἰ τοῦθ’ ὑπείληφας, ὅτι τὴν συμμαχίαν ἀπολιπόντες πρὸ καιροῦ τὰς λήξεις λαβεῖν
ἐπειγόμεθα.

[329] χρὴ δὲ σαφῶς εἰδέναι, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἡμᾶς φοβεῖ τῶν σὺν ἀρετῇ, κἂν ἐπιπονώτατον τυγχάνῃ. κρίνομεν δ’ ἀρετῆς ἔργα, πειθαρχεῖν τέ p. 133 M. σοι τοιῷδε ἡγεμόνι καὶ τῶν δεινῶν μὴ ὑστερίζειν καὶ ἐν ἁπάσαις ἐξετάζεσθαι ταῖς μελλούσαις στρατείαις, ἄχρις ἂν τὰ πράγματα λάβῃ τέλος αἴσιον.

[330] ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν καθὰ καὶ πρότερον συνταξάμενοι διαβησόμεθα
τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἐν ταῖς παντευχίαις, οὐδενὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν πρόφασιν παρασχόντες μονῆς· υἱοὶ δὲ κομιδῇ νήπιοι καὶ θυγατέρες καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν βοσκημάτων, ἐὰν ἐπιτρέπῃς, ὑπολελείψονται, παισὶ μὲν καὶ γυναιξὶν οἰκίας ἐπαύλεις δὲ θρέμμασι κατασκευασάντων ἡμῶν, ¹³² ἵνα μηδὲν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς δεινὸν πάθωσιν ἐν ἀτειχίστοις καὶ ἀφρουρήτοις προκαταληφθέντες.“

[331] ὁ δ’ ἵλεῳ τῷ βλέμματι καὶ πρᾳοτέρᾳ τῇ φωνῇ „ἀψευδοῦσιν ὑμῖν“ ἔφη „βέβαιοι μενοῦσιν ἃς ᾐτήσασθε λήξεις. ὑπολείπεσθε μὲν ὡς ἀξιοῦτε γυναῖκας καὶ παῖδας καὶ βοσκήματα, κατὰ λόχους
δ’ αὐτοὶ διαβαίνετε μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ὡπλισμένοι καὶ ἐκτεταγμένοι πρὸς μάχην ὡς αὐτίκα, ἢν δέῃ, πολεμήσοντες.

[332] αὖθις δ’ ὅταν ἅπαντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ καθαιρεθῶσι καὶ γενομένης εἰρήνης τὴν χώραν οἱ κεκρατηκότες διανείμωνται, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπανελεύσεσθε πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους τῶν ἐπιβαλλόντων ἀπολαύσοντες ἀγαθῶν καὶ καρπωσόμενοι ἣν εἵλεσθε μοῖραν.“

[333]
ταῦτ’ εἰπόντος καὶ ὑποσχομένου, πληρωθέντες εὐθυμίας καὶ χαρᾶς τοὺς μὲν οἰκείους μετὰ τῶν θρεμμάτων ἀσφαλῶς ἐν ἐρύμασι δυσαλώτοις, ὧν τὰ πλεῖστα χειροποίητα ἦν, ἱδρύονται, τὰ δ’ ὅπλα ἀναλαβόντες ἐξέθεον τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων προθυμότερον ὡς ἢ μόνοι πολεμήσοντες ἢ προαγωνιούμενοι πάντων· ὁ γὰρ προλαβών τινα δωρεὰν προθυμότερος
εἰς συμμαχίαν, ἀποτίνειν ἀναγκαῖον ὄφλημα νομίζων, οὐ χαρίζεσθαι.

[334] τὰ μὲν δὴ κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν πεπραγμένα αὐτῷ μεμήνυται· λεκτέον δ’ ἑξῆς καὶ ὅσα διὰ τῆς ἀρχιερωσύνης καὶ νομοθετικῆς κατώρθωσε· καὶ γὰρ ταύτας περιεποιήσατο τὰς δυνάμεις ὡς ἁρμοττούσας μάλιστα βασιλείᾳ.

¹³³

De Vita Mosis (Lib. I-II). Philo Judaeus. ed. Leopold Cohn. Germany. 2014.

Funding provided by European Social Fund Saxony.

Current edition First1KGreek

De Vita Mosis (Lib. I-II) (Greek) (Philo Judaeus. Opera quae supersunt, Volume 4. Cohn, Leonard, editor. Berlin: Reimer, 1902.)

Translations (1)

On the Life of Moses: Books 1-3 First1KGreek (The works of Philo Judaeus, the contemporary of Josephus, volume 3. Yonge, C. D., translator. London: Henry G. Bohn, 1855.) — 1 focus

[1] 1 I have conceived the idea of writing the life of Moses, who, according to the account of some persons, was the lawgiver of the Jews, but according to others only an interpreter of the sacred laws, the greatest and most perfect man that ever lived, having a desire to make his character fully known to those who ought not to remain in ignorance respecting him,

[2] for the glory of the laws which he left behind him has reached over the whole world, and has penetrated to the very furthest limits of the universe; and those who do really and truly understand him are not many, perhaps partly out of envy, or else from the disposition so common to many persons of resisting the commands which are delivered by lawgivers in different states, since the historians who have flourished among the Greeks have not chosen to think him worthy of mention,

[3] the greater part of whom have both in their poems and also in their prose writings, disparaged or defaced the powers which they have received through education, composing comedies and works full of Sybaritish profligacy and licentiousness to their everlasting shame, while they ought rather to have employed their natural endowments and abilities in preserving a record of virtuous men and praiseworthy lives, so that honourable actions, whether ancient or modern, might not be buried in silence, and thus have all recollection of them lost, while they might shine gloriously if duly celebrated; and that they might not themselves have seemed to pass by more appropriate subjects, and to prefer such as were unworthy of being mentioned at all, while they were eager to give a specious appearance to infamous actions, so as to secure notoriety for disgraceful deeds.

[4] But I disregard the envious disposition of these men, and shall proceed to narrate the events which befell him, having learnt them both from those sacred scriptures which he has left as marvellous memorials of his wisdom, and having also heard many things from the elders of my nation, for I have continually connected together what I have heard with what I have read, and in this way I look upon it that I am acquainted with the history of his life more accurately than other people.

And I will begin first with that with which it is necessary to begin. Moses was by birth a Hebrew, but he was born, and brought up, and educated in Egypt, his ancestors having migrated into Egypt with all their families on account of the long famine which oppressed Babylon and all the adjacent countries; for they were in search of food, and Egypt was a champaign country blessed with a rich soil, and very productive of every thing which the nature of man requires, and especially of corn and wheat,

[6] for the river of that country at the height of summer, when they say that all other rivers which are derived from winter torrents and from springs in the ground are smaller, rises and increases, and overflows so as to irrigate all the lands, and make them one vast lake. And so the land, without having any need of rain, supplies every year an unlimited abundance of every kind of good food, unless sometimes the anger of God interrupts this abundance by reason of the excessive impiety of the inhabitants.

[7] And his father and mother were among the most excellent persons of their time, and though they were of the same time, still they were induced to unite themselves together more from an unanimity of feeling than because they were related in blood; and Moses is the seventh generation in succession from the original settler in the country who was the founder of the whole race of the Jews.

And he was thought worthy of being bred up in the royal palace, the cause of which circumstance was as follows. The king of the country, inasmuch as the nation of the Hebrews kept continually increasing in numbers, fearing lest gradually the settlers should become more numerous than the original inhabitants, and being more powerful should set upon them and subdue them by force, and make themselves their masters, conceived the idea of destroying their strength by impious devices, and ordered that of all the children that were born the females only should be brought up (since a woman, by reason of the weakness of her nature, is disinclined to and unfitted for war), and that all the male children should be destroyed, that the population of their cities might not be increased, since a power which consists of a number of men is a fortress difficult to take and difficult to destroy. ¹

[9] Accordingly as the child Moses, as soon as he was born, displayed a more beautiful and noble form than usual, his parents resolved, as far as was in their power, to disregard the proclamations of the tyrant. Accordingly they say that for three months continuously they kept him at home, feeding him on milk, without its coming to the knowledge of the multitude;

[10] but when, as is commonly the case in monarchies, some persons discovered what was kept secret and in darkness, of those persons who are always eager to bring any new report to the king, his parents being afraid lest while seeking to secure the safety of one individual, they who were many might become involved in his destruction, with many tears exposed their child on the banks of the river, and departed groaning and lamenting, pitying themselves for the necessity which had fallen upon them, and calling themselves the slayers and murderers of their child, and commiserating the infant too for his destruction, which they had hoped to avert.

[11] Then, as was natural for people involved in a miserable misfortune, they accused themselves as having brought a heavier affliction on themselves than they need have done. "For why," said they, "did we not expose him at the first moment of his birth?" For people in general do not look upon one who has not lived long enough to partake of salutary food as a human being at all. "But we, in our superfluous affection, have nourished him these three entire months, causing ourselves by such conduct more abundant grief, and inflicting upon him a heavier punishment, in order that he, having at last attained to a great capacity for feeling pleasures and pains, should at last perish in the perception of the most grievous evils."

And so they departed in ignorance of the future, being wholly overwhelmed with sad misery; but the sister of the ² infant who was thus exposed, being still a maiden, out of the vehemence of her fraternal affection, stood a little way off watching to see what would happen, and all the events which concerned him appear to me to have taken place in accordance with the providence of God, who watched over the infant.

[13] Now the king of the country had an only daughter, whom he tenderly loved, and they say that she, although she had been married a long time, had never had any children, and therefore, as was natural, was very desirous of children, and especially of male offspring, which should succeed to the noble inheritance of her father’s prosperity and imperial authority, which was otherwise in danger of being lost, since the king had no other grandsons.

[14] And as she was always desponding and lamenting, so especially on that particular day was she overcome by the weight of her anxiety, that, though it was her ordinary custom to stay in doors and never to pass over the threshold of her house, yet now she went forth with her handmaidens down to the river, where the infant was lying. And there, as she was about to indulge in a bath and purification in the thickest part of the marsh, she beheld the child, and commanded her handmaidens to bring him to her.

[15] Then, after she had surveyed him from head to foot, and admired his elegant form and healthy vigorous appearance, and saw that he was crying, she had compassion on him, her soul being already moved within her by maternal feelings of affection as if he had been her own child. And when she knew that the infant belonged to one of the Hebrews who was afraid because of the commandment of the king, she herself conceived the idea of rearing him up, and took counsel with herself on the subject, thinking that it was not safe to bring him at once into the palace;

[16] and while she was still hesitating, the sister of the infant, who was still looking out, conjecturing her hesitation from what she beheld, ran up and asked her whether she would like that the child should be brought up at the breast by some one of the Hebrew women who had been lately delivered;

[17] and as she said that she wished that she would do so, the maiden went and fetched her own mother and that of the infant, as if she had been a stranger, who with great readiness and willingness cheerfully promised to take the child and bring him up, pretending to be tempted by the reward to be paid, the providence of God thus making the original bringing up of the child to accord with the genuine course of nature. Then she gave him a name, calling him Moses with great propriety, because she had received him out of the water, for the Egyptians call water "mos."

But when the child began to grow and increase, he was weaned, not in accordance with the time of his age, but earlier than usual; and then his mother, who was also his nurse, came to bring him back to the princess who had given him to her, inasmuch as he no longer required to be fed on milk, and as he was now a fine and noble child to look upon.

[19] And when the king’s daughter saw that he was more perfect than could have been expected at his age, and when from his appearance she conceived greater good will than ever towards him, she adopted him as her son, having first put in practise all sorts of contrivances to increase the apparent bulk of her belly, so that he might be looked upon as her own genuine child, and not as a supposititious one; but God easily brings to pass whatever he is inclined to effect, however difficult it may be to bring to a successful issue.

[20] Therefore the child being now thought worthy of a royal education and a royal attendance, was not, like a mere child, long delighted with toys and objects of laughter and amusement, even though those who had undertaken the care of him allowed him holidays and times for relaxation, and never behaved in any stern or morose way to him; but he himself exhibited a modest and dignified deportment in all his words and gestures, attending diligently to every lesson of every kind which could tend to the improvement of his mind.

[21] And immediately he had all kinds of masters, one after another, some coming of their own accord from the neighbouring countries and the different districts of Egypt, and some being even procured from Greece by the temptation of large presents. But in a short time he surpassed all their knowledge, anticipating all their lessons by the excellent natural endowments of his own genius; so that everything in his case appeared to be a ecollecting rather than a learning, while he himself also, without any teacher, comprehended by his instinctive genius many difficult subjects;

[22] for great abilities cut out for themselves many new roads to knowledge. And just as vigorous and healthy bodies which are active and quick in motion in all their parts, release their trainers from much care, giving them little or no trouble and anxiety, and as trees which are of a good sort, and which have a natural good growth, give no trouble to their cultivators, but grow finely and improve of themselves, so in the same manner the well disposed soul, going forward to meet the lessons which are imparted to it, is improved in reality by itself rather than by its teachers, and taking hold of some beginning or principle of knowledge, bounds, as the proverb has it, like a horse over the plain.

[23] Accordingly he speedily learnt arithmetic, and geometry, and the whole science of rhythm and harmony and metre, and the whole of music, by means of the use of musical instruments, and by lectures on the different arts, and by explanations of each topic; and lessons on these subjects were given him by Egyptian philosophers, who also taught him the philosophy which is contained in symbols, which they exhibit in those sacred characters of hieroglyphics, as they are called, and also that philosophy which is conversant about that respect which they pay to animals which they invest with the honours due to God. And all the other branches of the encyclical education he learnt from Greeks; and the philosophers from the adjacent countries taught him Assyrian literature and the knowledge of the heavenly bodies so much studied by the Chaldaeans.

[24] And this knowledge he derived also from the Egyptians, who study mathematics above all things, and he learnt with great accuracy the state of that art among both the Chaldaeans and Egyptians, making himself acquainted with the points in which they agree with and differ from each other—making himself master of all their disputes without encouraging any disputatious disposition in himself—but seeking the plain truth, since his mind was unable to admit any falsehood, as those are accustomed to do who contend violently for one particular side of a question; and who advocate any doctrine which is set before them, whatever it may be, not inquiring whether it deserves to be supported, but acting in the same manner as those lawyers who defend a cause for pay, and are wholly indifferent to the justice of their cause.

And when he had passed the boundaries of the age of infancy he began to exercise his intellect; not, as some people do, letting his youthful passions roam at large without restraint, although in him they had ten thousand incentives by reason of the abundant means for the gratification of them which royal places supply; but he behaved with temperance and fortitude, as though he had bound them with reins, and thus he restrained their onward impetuosity by force.

[26] And he tamed, and appeased, and brought under due command every one of the other passions which are naturally and as far as they are themselves concerned frantic, and violent, and unmanageable. And if any one of them at all excited itself and endeavoured to get free from restraint he administered severe punishment to it, reproving it with severity of language; and, in short, he repressed all the principal impulses and most violent affections of the soul, and kept guard over them as over a restive horse, fearing lest they might break all bounds and get beyond the power of reason which ought to be their guide to restrain them, and so throw everything everywhere into confusion. For these passions are the causes of all good and of all evil; of good when they submit to the authority of dominant reason, and of evil when they break out of bounds and scorn all government and restraint.

[27] Very naturally, therefore, those who associated with him and every one who was acquainted with him marvelled at him, being astonished as at a novel spectacle, and inquiring what kind of mind it was that had its abode in his body, and that was set up in it like an image in a shrine; whether it was a human mind or a divine intellect, or something combined of the two; because he had nothing in him resembling the many, but had gone beyond them all and was elevated to a more sublime height.

[28] For he never provided his stomach with any luxuries beyond those necessary tributes which nature has appointed to be paid to it, and as to the pleasures of the organs below the stomach he paid no attention to them at all, except as far as the object of having legitimate children was concerned.

[29] And being in a most eminent degree a practiser of abstinence and self-denial, and being above all men inclined to ridicule a life of effeminacy and luxury (for he desired to live for his soul alone, and not for his body), he exhibited the doctrines of philosophy in all his daily actions, saying precisely what he thought, and performing such actions only as were consistent with his words, so as to exhibit a perfect harmony between his language and his life, so that as his words were such also was his life, and as his life was such likewise was his language, like people who are playing together in tune on a musical instrument.

[30] Therefore men in general, even if the slightest breeze of prosperity does only blow their way for a moment, become puffed up and give themselves great airs, becoming insolent to all those who are in a lower condition than themselves, and calling them dregs of the earth, and annoyances, and sources of trouble, and burdens of the earth, and all sorts of names of that kind, as if they had been thoroughly able to establish the undeviating character of their prosperity on a solid foundation, though, very likely, they will not remain in the same condition even till tomorrow,

[31] for there is nothing more inconstant than fortune, which tosses human affairs up and down like dice. Often has a single day thrown down the man who was previously placed on an eminence, and raised the lowly man on high. And while men see these events continually taking place, and though they are well assured of the fact, still they overlook their relations and friends, and transgress the laws according to which they were born and brought up; and they overturn their national hereditary customs to which no just blame whatever is attached, dwelling in a foreign land, and by reason of their cordial reception of the customs among which they are living, no longer remembering a single one of their ancient usages.

But Moses, having now reached the very highest point of human good fortune, and being looked upon as the grandson of this mighty king, and being almost considered in the expectations of all men as the future inheritor of his grandfather’s kingdom, and being always addressed as the young prince, still felt a desire for and admiration of the education of his kinsmen and ancestors, considering all the things which were thought good among those who had adopted him as spurious, even though they might, in consequence of the present state of affairs, have a brilliant appearance; and those things which were thought good by his natural parents, even though they might be for a short time somewhat obscure, at all events akin to himself and genuine good things.

[33] Accordingly, like an uncorrupt judge both of his real parents and of those who had adopted him, he cherished towards the one a good will and an ardent affection, and he displayed gratitude towards the others in requital of the kindness which he had received at their hands, and he would have displayed the same throughout his whole life if he had not beheld a great and novel iniquity wrought in the country by the king;

[34] for, as I have said before, the Jews were strangers in Egypt, the founders of their race having migrated from Babylon and the upper satrapies in the time of the famine, by reason of their want of food, and come and settled in Egypt, and having in a manner taken refuge like suppliants in the country as in a sacred asylum, fleeing for protection to the good faith of the king and the compassion of the inhabitants;

[35] for strangers, in my opinion, should be looked upon as refugees, and as the suppliants of those who receive them in their country; and, besides, being suppliants, these men were likewise sojourners in the land, and friends desiring to be admitted to equal honours with the citizens, and neighbours differing but little in their character from original natives.

[36] The men, therefore, who had left their homes and come into Egypt, as if they were to dwell in that land as in a second country in perfect security, the king of the country reduced to slavery, and, as if he had taken them prisoners by the laws of war, or had bought them from masters in whose house they had been bred, he oppressed them and treated them as slaves, though they were not only free men, but also strangers, and suppliants, and sojourners, having no respect for nor any awe of God, who presides over the rights of free men, and of strangers, and of suppliants, and of hospitality, and who beholds all such actions as his.

[37] Then he laid commands on them beyond their power to fulfil, imposing on them labour after labour; and, when they fainted from weakness, the sword came upon them. He appointed overseers over their works, the most pitiless and inhuman of men, who pardoned and made allowance for no one, and whom they from the circumstances and from their behaviour called persecutors of work.

[38] And they wrought with clay, some of them fashioning it into bricks, and others collecting straw from all quarters, for straw is the bond which binds bricks together; while others, again, had the task allotted to them of building up houses, and walls, and gates, and cutting trenches, bearing wood themselves day and night without interruption, having no rest or respite, and not even being allowed time so much as to sleep, but being compelled to perform all the works not only of workmen but also of journeymen, so that in a short time their bodies failed them, their souls having already fainted beneath their afflictions.

[39] And so they died, one after another, as if smitten by a pestilential destruction, and then their taskmasters threw their bodies away unburied beyond the borders of the land, not suffering their kinsmen or their friends to sprinkle even a little dust on their corpses, nor to weep over those who had thus miserably perished; but, like impious men as they were, they threatened to extend their despotism over the passions of the soul (that cannot be enslaved, and which are nearly the only things which nature has made completely free), oppressing them with the intolerable weight of a necessity beyond their powers.

At all these events Moses was greatly grieved and indignant, not being able either to chastise the unjust oppressors of his people nor to assist those who were oppressed, but he gave them all the assistance that was in his power, by words, recommending their overseers to treat them with moderation, and to relax and abate somewhat of the oppressive nature of their commands, and exhorting the oppressed who were labouring thus to bear their present distresses with a noble spirit and to be men in their minds, and not to let their souls faint as well as their bodies, but to hope for good fortune after their present adversity;

[41] for that all things in this world have a tendency to change to the opposite, cloudy weather to fine, violent gales to calm and absence of wind, storms and heavy billows at sea to fair weather and an unruffled surface of the water; and much more are human affairs likely to change, inasmuch as they are more unstable than anything.

[42] By using these charms, as it were, like a good physician, he thought he should be able to alleviate their afflictions, although they were most grievous. But whenever their distress abated, then again their taskmasters returned and oppressed them with increased severity, always after the respite adding some new evil which should be even more intolerable than their previous sufferings;

[43] for some of their overseers were very savage and furious men, being, as to their cruelty, not at all different from poisonous serpents or carnivorous beasts—wild beasts in human form—being clothed with the form of a human body so as to give an appearance of gentleness in order to deceive and catch their victim, but in reality being harder than iron or adamant.

[44] One of these men, then, the most violent of them, when, in addition to yielding nothing of his purpose, he was even exasperated at the exhortations of Moses and rendered more savage by them, beating those who did not labour with energy and unremittingly at the work which was imposed upon them, and insulting them and subjecting them to every kind of ill-treatment, so as even to be the death of many, Moses slew, thinking the deed a pious action; and, indeed, it was a pious action to destroy one who only lived for the destruction of others.

[45] When the king heard of this action he was very indignant, thinking it an intolerable thing, not for one man to be dead, or for another to have killed him, whether justly or unjustly, but for his grandson not to agree with him, and not to look upon his friends or his enemies as his own, but to hate persons whom the king loved, and to love persons whom the king looked upon as outcasts, and to pity those whom he regarded with unchangeable and implacable aversion.

But when the Egyptian authorities had once got an opportunity of attacking the young man, having already reason for looking upon him with suspicion (for they well knew that he would hereafter bear them ill-will for their evil practises, and would revenge himself on them when he had an opportunity) they poured in, at all times and from all quarters, thousands and thousands of calumnies into the willing ears of his grandfather, so that they even implanted in his mind an apprehension that Moses was plotting to deprive him of his kingdom, saying to him: "He will strip you of your crown. He has no humble designs or notions. He is continually seeking to busy himself in what does not concern him, and to acquire some additional power. He is eager for the kingdom before his time. He caresses some people; he threatens others; he kills others without a trial; he hates all those who are the best affected towards you. Why do you delay? Why do you not cut short all his designs and machinations? Delay on the part of those against whom they are plotting is of the greatest advantage to those who wish to attack them."

[47] As they urged these arguments to the king he retreated to the contiguous country of Arabia, where it was safe to abide, entreating God that he would deliver his countrymen from inextricable calamities, and would worthily chastise their oppressors who omitted no circumstance of insolence and tyranny, and would double his joy by allowing him to behold the accomplishment of both these prayers. And God heard his prayers, looking favourably on his disposition, so devoted to what is good, and so hostile to what is evil, and not long after he pronounced his decision upon the affairs of that land as became a God.

[48] But while he was preparing to display the decision which he was about to pronounce, Moses was devoting himself to all the labours of virtue, having a teacher within himself, virtuous reason, by whom he had been trained to the most virtuous pursuits of life, and had learnt to apply himself to the contemplation and practise of virtue and to the continual study of the doctrines of philosophy, which he easily and thoroughly comprehended in his soul, and committed to memory in such a manner as never to forget them; and, moreover, he made all his own actions, which were intrinsically praiseworthy, to harmonise with them, desiring not to seem wise and good, but in truth and reality to be so, because he made the right reason of nature his only aim; which is, in fact, the only first principle and fountain of all the virtues.

[49] Any one else, perhaps, fleeing from the implacable fury of the king, and coming now for the first time into a foreign land, when he had not as yet associated with or learnt the customs of the natives, and not knowing with any accuracy the objects in which they delighted or which they regarded with aversion, would have been desirous to enjoy tranquillity and to live in obscurity, escaping the notice of men in general; or else, if he had wished to come forward in public, he would have endeavoured by all means to propitiate the powerful men and those in the highest authority in the country by persevering attentions, as men from whom some advantage or assistance might be expected, if any pursuers should come after him and endeavour to drag him away by force.

[50] But this man proceeded by the path which was the exact opposite of that which was the probable one for him to take, following the healthy impulses of his soul, and not allowing any one of them to be impeded in its progress. On which account, at times, with the fervour of youth, he attempted things beyond his existing strength; looking upon justice as an irresistible power, by which he was encouraged so as to go spontaneously to the assistance of the weaker side.

I will also mention one action which was done by him at that time, even although it may be but a trifling one in appearance, but still it proceeded from a lofty spirit. The Arabs are great breeders of cattle, and they all feed their flocks together, not merely men, but also women, and youths, and maidens with them, and this, too, not merely in the obscurer classes and lower ranks of life, but also among the most eminent persons of the nation.

[52] Now there were seven damsels, whose father was the priest, and they all came to a certain fountain leading their flocks, and having loosened their vessels and let them down by thongs they succeeded one another in drawing up the water, so as for them all to have an equal share in the work; and in this way they cheerfully and rapidly filled the troughs which were at hand.

[53] And when other shepherds came up they disregarded the weakness of the damsels and endeavoured to drive them away with their flocks, and then brought their own herds to the drink that was prepared, desiring to reap the fruits of the labour of others.

[54] But Moses, seeing what was done, for he was at no great distance, hastened and ran up; and, when he had come near to them, he said: "Will not you desist from behaving thus unjustly, thinking this solitary place a fitting field for the exercise of your covetousness? Are you not ashamed to have such cowardly arms and hands? You are long-haired people, female flesh, and not men. The damsels behave like vigorous youths, hesitating about nothing that they ought to do; but you, young men, are now behaving lazily, like girls.

[55] Will you not depart? Will you not be off and give place to those who arrived first, to whom the water belongs, and who are entitled to it; when you ought rather to have drawn water for them, that so they might have had it in greater abundance? And are you, on the contrary, endeavouring to take away from them what they themselves have got ready?

"But I swear, by the celestial eye of justice, which sees what is done even in the most solitary places, that you shall not take it from them.

[56] And at all events, now justice has sent me and appointed me to bring them assistance who never expected such an officer; for I am an ally to these damsels who are thus injured by violence, and I come with a might which you evil-doers and covetous people cannot face, but you shall feel it wounding you in an invisible manner, if you do not change your ways."

[57] He said this; and they, being alarmed at his words, since while he was speaking he appeared inspired, and his appearance became changed, so that he looked like a prophet, and fearing lest he might be uttering divine oracles and predictions, they obeyed and became submissive, and brought back the flock of the maidens to the troughs, first of all removing their own cattle.

So the damsels went home exceedingly delighted, and they related all that had happened to them beyond their hopes, so that they wished their father with an earnest desire to see the stranger. At all events he blamed them for their ingratitude, speaking as follows: "What were ye about, that ye let him go, when you ought at once to have brought him hither, and to have entreated him to come if he declined? Or when did you see any inhospitality in me? Or do you expect never again to fall into difficulties? Those who are forgetful of services must needs lack defenders, but nevertheless hasten after him, for as yet the error which you have committed may be repaired; and go with haste and invite him first of all to a hospitable reception, and then endeavour to requite his service, for great thanks are due to him."

[59] So they made haste, and went after him, and overtook him at no great distance from the fountain; and when they had delivered their father’s message to him, they persuaded him to return home with them. And their father was at once greatly struck by his appearance, and soon afterwards he learnt to admire his wisdom, for great natures are very easily discovered, and do not require a length of time to be appreciated, and so he gave him the most beautiful of his daughters to be his wife, conjecturing by that one action of his how completely good and excellent he was, and testifying that what is good is the only thing which deserves to be loved, and that it does not require any external recommendation, but bears in itself proofs by which it may be known and understood.

[60] And after his marriage, Moses took his father-in-law’s herds and tended them, being thus instructed in the lessons proper to qualify him for becoming the leader of a people, for the business of a shepherd is a preparation for the office of a king to any one who is destined to preside over that most manageable of all flocks, mankind, just as hunting is a good training-school for men of warlike dispositions; for they who are practising with a view to learning the management of an army, previously study the science of hunting, brute animals being as some raw material exposed to their attacks in order for them to practise the art of commanding on each occasion of war or of peace,

[61] for the pursuit of wild beasts is a training-school of strategy to be developed against enemies, and the care and management of tame animals is a royal training for the government of subjects; for which reason kings are called shepherds of their people, not by way of reproach, but as a most especial and preeminent honour.

[62] And it appears to me, who have examined the matter not with any reference to the opinions of the many, but solely with regard to truth (and he may laugh who pleases), that that man alone can be a perfect king who is well skilled in the art of the shepherd, being thus instructed as to more important matters by experience of the inferior animals; for it is impossible for great things to be brought to perfection before small ones.

Therefore Moses, having become the most skilful herdsman of his time, and the most prudent provider of all the necessary things for his flock, and of all things which tended to their advantage, because he never delayed or hesitated, but exerted a voluntary and spontaneous cheerfulness in all things necessary for the animals under his charge,

[64] saw his flocks increase with great joy and guileless good faith, so that he soon incurred the envy of the other herdsmen, who saw nothing in their own flocks resembling the condition of his; but they thought themselves well off if they continued as before, while the flock of Moses would have been thought to be falling off if it had not improved, every day, by reason of the vast augmentations that it was in the habit of receiving in beauty from its high condition and fatness, and in number from the prolific character of the females, and the wholesome way in which it was fed and managed.

[65] And when Moses was leading his flock into a situation full of good water and good grass, where there was also a great deal of herbage especially suitable for sheep, he came upon a certain grove in a valley, where he saw a most marvellous sight. There was a bush or briar, a very thorny plant, and very weak and supple. This bush was on a sudden set in a blaze without any one applying any fire to it, and being entirely enveloped from the root to the topmost branch by the abundant flame, as though it had proceeded from some fountain showering fire over it, it nevertheless remained whole without being consumed, like some impassible essence, and not as if it were itself the natural fuel for fire, but rather as if it were taking the fire for its own fuel.

[66] And in the middle of the flame there was seen a certain very beautiful form, not resembling any visible thing, a most Godlike image, emitting a light more brilliant than fire, which any one might have imagined to be the image of the living God. But let it be called an angel, because it merely related ( διηγέλλετο) the events which were about to happen in a silence more distinct than any voice by reason of the marvellous sight which was thus exhibited.

[67] For the burning bush was a symbol of the oppressed people, and the burning fire was a symbol of the oppressors; and the circumstance of the burning bush not being consumed was an emblem of the fact that the people thus oppressed would not be destroyed by those who were attacking them, but that their hostility would be unsuccessful and fruitless to the one party, and the fact of their being plotted against would fail to be injurious to the others. The angel, again, was the emblem of the providence of God, who mitigates circumstances which appear very formidable, so as to produce from them great tranquillity beyond the hopes or expectation of any one.

But we must now accurately investigate the comparison here made. The briar, as has been already said, is a most weak and supple plant, yet it is not without thorns, so that it wounds one if one only touches it. Nor was it consumed by fire, which is naturally destructive, but on the contrary it was preserved by it, and in addition to not being consumed, it continued just as it was before, and without undergoing any change whatever itself, acquired additional brilliancy.

[69] All these circumstances are an allegory to intimate the suggestions given by the other notions which at that time prevailed, almost crying out in plain words to persons in affliction, "Do not faint; your weakness is your strength, which shall pierce and wound innumerable hosts. You shall be saved rather than destroyed, by those who are desirous to destroy your whole race against their will, so that you shall not be overwhelmed by the evils with which they will afflict you, but when your enemies think most surely that they are destroying you, then you shall most brilliantly shine out in glory."

[70] Again, the fire, which is a destructive essence, convicting the men of cruel dispositions, says, Be not elated so as to rely on your own strength; be admonished rather when you see irresistible powers destroyed. The consuming power of flame is itself consumed like firewood, and the wood, which is by its intrinsic nature capable of being burnt, burns other things visibly like fire.

God, having shown this prodigious and miraculous sight to Moses, gave him, in this way, a most visible lesson as to the events which are about to be accomplished; and he begins to exhort him, by divine admonitions and predictions, to apply himself to the government of his nation, as one who was to be not only the author of its freedom, but also its leader in its migration from Egypt, which should take place at no distant period; promising to be present with him as his coadjutor in every thing.

[72] For says God, "I myself have had compassion for a long time on them while ill-treated and subjected to insolence hard to be borne, while there was no man to lighten their sufferings, nor to pity their calamities; for I have seen them all, each individual privately and the whole nation, with one accord turning to address supplications and prayers to me, and hoping for assistance from me. And I am by nature merciful, and propitious to all sincere suppliants.

[73] But go thou to the king of the country, without fearing any thing whatever; for the former king is dead from whom you fled for fear of his plotting against thee. And another king now governs the land, who has no ill-will against thee on account of any thing, and who has taken the elders of the nation into his council; tell him that the whole nation is called forth by me, by my divine oracle, that in accordance with the customs of their ancestors they may depart three days’ journey out of the country, and there may sacrifice unto me."

[74] But Moses, not being ignorant that even his own countrymen would distrust his word, and also that every one else would do so, said, "If then they ask what is the name of him who sent thee, and if I know not what to reply to them, shall I not seem to be deceiving them?"

[75] And God said, "At first say unto them, I am that I am, that when they have learnt that there is a difference between him that is and him that is not, they may be further taught that there is no name whatever that can properly be assigned to me, who am the only being to whom existence belongs.

[76] And if, inasmuch as they are weak in their natural abilities, they shall inquire further about my appellation, tell them not only this one fact that I am God, but also that I am the God of those men who have derived their names from virtue, that I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, one of whom is the rule of that wisdom which is derived from teaching, another of natural wisdom, and the third of that which is derived from practise. And if they are still distrustful they shall be taught by these tokens, and then they shall change their dispositions, seeing such signs as no man has hitherto either seen or heard."

[77] Now the tokens were as follows. The rod which Moses held in his hand God ordered him to throw down on the ground; and immediately it received life, and crawled along, and speedily became the most powerful of all the animals which want feet, namely an immense serpent, complete in all its parts. And when Moses retreated from the beast, and out of fear was on the point of taking to flight, he was called back again; and when God laid his commands upon him, and inspired him with courage, he laid hold of it by the tail;

[78] and the serpent, though still crawling onwards, stopped at his touch, and being stretched out at its full length again returned to its original elements and became the same rod as before, so that Moses marvelled at both the changes, not knowing which was the most wonderful; as he was unable to decide between them, his soul being overwhelmed with these appearances of equal strangeness.

[79] This now was the first sign. The second miraculous token was afforded to him at no great distance of time. God commanded him to put one of his hands in his bosom and hide it there, and a moment afterwards to draw it out again. And when he had done what he was commanded, his hand in a moment appeared whiter than snow. Again, when he had put his hand a second time into his bosom, and had a second time drawn it forth, it returned to its original complexion, and resumed its proper appearance.

[80] These two lessons he was taught in solitude, when he was alone with God, like a pupil alone with his master, and having about him the instruments with which these wonders were worked, namely, his hand and his rod, with which indeed he walked along the road.

[81] But the third he could not carry about with him, nor could he be instructed as to that beforehand; but it was destined to astonish him not less than the others, deriving the origin of its existence from Egypt. And this was its character. God said, "The water of the river, as much as you can take up in your hand and pour upon the ground shall be dark blood, being both in colour and in power transformed with a complete transformation."

[82] And, as was natural, this also appeared credible to Moses, not merely by reason of the truth-telling nature of the speaker, but also because of the marvels that had already been shown to him, with respect to his hand and to his rod.

[83] But though he believed the words of God, nevertheless he tried to avoid the office to which God was appointing him, urging that he was a man of a weak voice, and slow of speech, and not eloquent, and especially so ever since he had heard God himself speaking. For judging the greatest human eloquence to be mere speechlessness in comparison with the truth, and being also prudent and cautious by nature, he shrunk from the undertaking, thinking such great matters proper for proud and bold men and not for him. And he entreated God to choose some one else who would be able easily to accomplish all the commands which he thus laid upon him.

[84] But he approved of his modesty, and said, "Art thou ignorant who it is that giveth to man a mouth, and who has formed his windpipe and his tongue, and all the apparatus of the articulate voice? I am he. Therefore, fear thou nothing. For when I approve, every thing will become articulate and clear, and will change for the better, and improve; so that no one shall hinder thee, but the stream of thy words shall flow forth in a rapid and smooth current as if from a pure fountain. And if there is any need of an interpreter, thou shalt have thy brother, who will be a subordinate mouthpiece for thee, that he may utter to the multitude the words which he receives from thee, while thou utterest to him the words that thou receivest from God."

Having heard these things (for it was not at all safe or free from danger to oppose the commands of God), he departed and proceeded with his wife and children by the road leading to Egypt, on which he met with his brother and persuaded him to accompany him, announcing to him the oracular commands which he had received from God. And his brother’s soul was already wrought up to obedience by divine providence, so that he, without hesitation, agreed to his proposal and readily followed him.

[86] And when they thus arrived in Egypt with one mind and soul, they first of all collected together the elders of the nation in a secret place, and there they laid the commands of God before them, and told them how God had conceived pity and compassion for them, promised them freedom and a departure from thence to a better country, promising also that he himself would be their guide on their road.

[87] And after these events, they take courage now to converse with the king with respect to sending forth their people from his territories that they might sacrifice to God; for they said, "That it was necessary that their national sacrifices should be accomplished in the wilderness, inasmuch as they were not performed in the same manner as the sacred rites of other nations, but according to a system and law removed from the ordinary course, on account of the special peculiarities of their habits."

[88] But the monarch, who from his cradle had had his soul filled with all the arrogance of his ancestors, and who had no notion in the world of any God appreciable only by the intellect apart from those objects which are visible to the sight, answered them with insolence, saying, "Who is it whom I am to obey? I know not this new Lord of whom you are speaking. I will not let the nation go to be disobedient and headstrong under pretence of fasts and sacrifices."

[89] And then, like a man of cruel and passionate disposition and implacable in his anger, he commanded the overseers of the works to oppress them still more, because they had previously given them some relaxation and leisure, saying that, it was from this relaxation and leisure that their forming designs of feasting and sacrifice had arisen; for that men who were in great straits did not think of these things, but only those whose life had been spent in much ease and luxury.

[90] Therefore the Jews had now to endure more terrible afflictions than before, and were indignant at Moses and his brother as deceivers, and accused them, sometimes secretly and sometimes openly, and charged them with impiety in appearing to have spoken falsely against God; and accordingly Moses began to exhibit the marvellous wonders which he had been previously taught, thinking that thus he should be able to bring over those who saw them from their former incredulity to believe all that he said.

[91] And this exhibition of prodigies was carefully displayed before the king and magistrates of the Egyptians. 16 Therefore, when all the powerful men of the state were assembled round the king, the brother of Moses taking his rod, and shaking it in a very remarkable and demonstrative manner, threw it on the ground, and it immediately became a serpent. And all those who were standing around saw it, and marvelled, and, in alarm and terror, withdrew, and fled.

[92] But all the sophists and magicians who were present said, "Why are you thus alarmed? we also are not unpractised in such tricks as these, and we are skilled in an art which can produce similar effects." And then each of them threw down the rod which he held in his hand, and so there was a multitude of serpents which went crawling about that rod which had first been changed.

[93] And that serpent, with the excess of his power, raised himself up on high, and dilated his chest, and opened his mouth, and with the violent impulse of an attractive drawing in of his breath, drew them all towards him as if he had surrounded a large cast of fishes in a net cast around them, and then, when he had swallowed them all, he returned to his original nature of a stick.

[94] So now the marvellous sight thus exhibited to them wrought a fear in the soul of every one of these wicked and malicious men, so that they no longer fancied that what was done was the trick or artifice of men, devised merely for deceit; but they saw that it was a more divine power which was the cause of these things, to which all things are easy.

[95] But when by the evident might of what was done they were compelled to confess this, they still were not the less audacious, clinging to their original inhumanity and impiety as to some inalienable virtue, and not pitying those who were unjustly enslaved, nor doing any such things as they were commanded by the word of God. And though God himself had declared his will to them by demonstrations clearer than any verbal commands, namely, by signs and wonders, still they required a yet more severe impression to be made upon them, and it was necessary for him to rise up against them with still greater power; and accordingly, those foolish men, whom reason and command could not influence, are corrected by a series of afflictions: and ten punishments were inflicted on the land;

[96] so that the number of the chastisements might be complete which was inflicted upon those who had completed their sins; and the punishment far transcended all ordinary visitations. 17 For the elements of the universe, earth, water, air, and fire, of which the world was made, were all by the command of God, brought into a state of hostility against them, so that the country of those impious men was destroyed, in order to exhibit the height of the authority which God wielded, who had also fashioned those same elements at the creation of the universe, so as to secure its safety, and who could change them all whenever he pleased, to effect the destruction of impious men.

[97] And he divided his punishments, entrusting three, those which proceeded from those elements which are composed of more solid parts, namely, earth and water, from which all the corporeal distinctive realities are perfected, to the brother of Moses. An equal number, those which proceeded from the elements which are the most prolific of life, namely, air and fire, he committed to Moses himself alone. One, the seventh, he entrusted to both in common; the other three, to make up the whole number of ten, he reserved for himself.

[98] And first of all he began to bring on the plagues derived from water; for as the Egyptians used to honour the water in an especial degree, thinking that it was the first principle of the creation of the universe, he thought it fitting to summon that first to the affliction and correction of those who thus honoured it.

[99] What then happened no long time after the events I have already mentioned? The brother of Moses, by the divine command, smote with his rod upon the river, and immediately, throughout its whole course, from Ethiopia down to the sea, it is changed into blood; and simultaneously with its change, all the lakes, and ditches, and fountains, and wells, and springs, and every particle of water in all Egypt, was changed into blood, so that, for want of drink, they digged round about the banks of the river, but the streams that came up were like veins of the body in a hoemorrhage, and spirted up channels of blood like springs, no transparent water being seen anywhere.

[100] And all the different kinds of fish died, inasmuch as all the vivifying power of the river was changed to a destructive power, so that everything was everywhere filled with foetid odours, from such s of bodies putrifying all together. Moreover, a great number of men perished from thirst, and their bodies lay in heaps in the roads, since their relations had not strength to convey those who had died to the tombs;

[101] for this evil lasted seven days, until the Egyptians entreated Moses, and Moses entreated God, to show pity on those who were thus perishing. And God, being merciful in his nature, changed the blood back again to wholesome water, restoring to the river its pristine clear and vivifying streams.

But again, after a brief respite, the Egyptians returned to the same cruelty and carelessness as before, as if either justice had been utterly banished from among men, or as if those who had endured one punishment were not wont to be chastised a second time; but when they suffered they were taught like young children, not to despise those who corrected them; for the punishment which followed, on the track of the last, was slow indeed to come, while they were also slow, but when they hastened to do wrong, it ran after them and overtook them.

[103] For again, the brother of Moses, being ordered to do so, stretched out his hand and held his rod over all the canals, and lakes, and marshes; and at the holding forth of his rod, so immense a multitude of frogs came up, that not only the market-place, and all the spots open to the air, were filled with them, but likewise all the stables for cattle, the houses, and all the temples, and every building, public or private, as if nature had designed to send forth one race of aquatic animals into the opposite region of earth, to form a colony there, for the opposite region to water is earth.

[104] Inasmuch then as they could not go out of doors, because all the passages were blocked up, and could not remain in-doors, for the frogs had already occupied all the recesses, and had crawled up to the very highest parts of the houses, they were now in the very greatest distress, and in complete despair of safety.

[105] Again, therefore, they have recourse to the same means of escape by entreating Moses, and the king now promised to permit the Hebrews to depart, and they propitiated God with prayers. And when God consented, some of the frogs at once returned into the river, and there were also heaps of those which died in the roads, and the people also brought loads of them out of their houses, on account of the intolerable stench which proceeded from them, and the smell from their dead carcases, in such numbers, went up to heaven, especially as frogs, even while alive, cause great annoyance to the outward senses.

And when they had a little recovered from this punishment, then, like wrestlers at the games, who have recovered fresh strength after a struggle, that so they may contend again with renewed vigour, they again returned to their original wickedness, forgetting the evils which they had already experienced.

[107] And when God had put an end to the punishments which were to proceed out of the water, he brought up others out of the land, still employing the same minister of punishment; and he now, in obedience to the command which he received, smote the ground with his rod, and an abundance of lice was poured out everywhere, and it extended like a cloud, and covered the whole of Egypt.

[108] And that little animal, even though it is very small, is exceedingly annoying; for not only does it spoil the appearance, creating unseemly and injurious itchings, but it also penetrates into the inmost parts, entering in at the nostrils and ears? And it flies into the eyes and injures the pupils, unless one takes great care; and what care could be taken against so extensive a plague, especially when it was God who was inflicting the punishment?

[109] And perhaps some one may here ask why God punished the land with such insignificant and generally despised animals, omitting bears, and lions, and leopards, and the other races of wild beasts who devour human flesh; and if he did not send these, at least, he might have sent Egyptian asps, the bites of which have naturally the power to cause death instantly.

[110] But if such a man really does not know, let him learn, first of all, that God was desirous rather to admonish the Egyptians than to destroy them: for if he had designed to destroy them utterly once for all, he would not have employed animals to be, as it were, his coadjutors in the work of destruction, but rather such heaven-sent afflictions as famine and pestilence;

[111] and in the second place, let him also learn a lesson which is necessary to be learnt, and applicable to every condition and age of life; and what is the lesson? This; that men, when they make war, seek out the most mighty powers to gain them over to their alliance, such as shall make amends for their own want of power: but God, who is the supreme and mightiest of all powers, having need of no assistant, if ever he desires to use any instruments as it were for the punishments which he desires to inflict, does not choose the most mighty or the greatest things as his ministers, since he takes but little heed of their capacity, but he uses insignificant and small agents, which he renders irresistible and invincible powers, and by their means he chastises those who do wrong, as he does in this instance,

[112] for what can be more insignificant than a louse? And yet it was so powerful that all Egypt fainted under the host of them, and was compelled to cry out, that "this is the anger of God." For all the earth put together, from one end to the other, could not withstand the hand of God, no nor all the universe.

Such then were the chastisements which were inflicted by the agency of the brother of Moses. But those in which Moses himself was the minister, and from what parts of nature they were derived, must be next considered. Now next after the earth and the water, the air and the heaven, which are the purest portions of the essence of the universe, succeeded them as the medium of the correction of the Egyptians: and of this correction Moses was the minister;

[114] and first of all he began to operate upon the air. For Egypt almost alone, if you except those countries which lie to the south of the equator, never is subject to that one of the seasons of the year which is called winter, perhaps, as some say, from the fact of its not being at any great distance from the torrid zone, since the essence of fire flows from that quarter in an invisible manner, and scorches everything all around, or perhaps it is because the river overflows at the time of the summer solstice, and so consumes all the clouds before they can collect for winter;

[115] for the river begins to rise at the beginning of the summer, and to fall towards the end of summer; during which period the etesian gales increase in violence blowing from a direction opposite to the mouths of the Nile, and by which it is prevented from flowing freely into the sea, and by the violence of which winds, the sea itself is also raised to a considerable height, and erects vast waves like a long wall, and so the river is agitated within the country. And then when the two streams meet together, the river descending from its sources above, and the waters which ought to escape abroad being turned back by the beating of the sea, and not being able to extend their breadth, for the banks on each side of the river confine its streams, the river, as is natural, rises to a height, and breaks its bounds;

[116] perhaps also it does so because it was superfluous for winter to occur in Egypt; for the object for which showers of rain are usually serviceable, is in this instance provided for by the river which overflows the fields, and turns them into one vast lake, to make them productive of the annual crops;

[117] but nature does not expend her powers to no purpose when they are not wanted, so as to provide rain for a land which does not require it, but it rejoices in the variety and diversity of scientific operations, and arranges the harmony of the universe from a number of opposite qualities. And for this reason it supplies the benefits which are derivable from water, to some countries, by bestowing it on them from above, namely from heaven, and to others it gives it from below by means of springs and rivers;

[118] though then the land was thus arranged, and enjoyed spring during the winter solstice, and since it is only the parts along the seacoasts that are ever moistened with a few drops of rain, and since the country beyond Memphis, where the palace of the king of Egypt is, does never even see snow at all; now, on the contrary, the air suddenly assumed a new appearance, so that all the things which are seen in the most stormy and wintry countries, come upon it all together; abundance of rain, and torrents of dense and ceaseless hail, and heavy winds met together and beat against one another with violence; and the clouds burst, and there were incessant lightnings, and thunders, and continued roarings, and flashes which made a most wonderful and fearful appearance. For though the lightning and the thunderbolts penetrated and descended through the hail, being quite a contrary substance, still they did not melt it, nor were the flashes extinguished by it, but they remained as they were before, and ran up and down in long lines, and even preserved the hail.

[119] And not only did the excessive violence of the storm drive all the inhabitants to excessive despair, but the unprecedented character of the visitation tended likewise to the same point. For they believed, as was indeed the case, that all these novel and fearful calamities were caused by the divine anger, the air having assumed a novel appearance, such as it had never worn before, to the destruction and overthrow of all trees and fruits, by which also great numbers of animals were destroyed, some in consequence of the exceeding cold, others through the weight of the hail which fell upon them, as if they had been stoned, while some again were destroyed by the fire of the lightning. And some remained half consumed, bearing the marks of the wounds caused by the thunderbolts, for the admonition and warning of all who saw them.

And when this evil had abated, and when the king and his court had again resumed their confidence, Moses stretched forth his rod into the air, at the command of God. And then a south wind of an uncommon violence set in, which increased in intensity and vehemence the whole of that day and night, being of itself a very great affliction; for it is a drying wind, causing headaches, and terrible to bear, calculated to cause grief, and terror, and perplexity in Egypt above all countries, inasmuch as it lies to the south, in which part of the heaven the revolutions of the light-giving stars take place, so that whenever that wind is set in motion, the light of the sun and its fire is driven in that direction and scorches up every thing.

[121] And with this wind a countless number of animals was brought over the land, animals destroying all plants, locusts, which devoured every thing incessantly like a stream, consuming all that the thunderstorms and the hail had left, so that there was not a green shoot seen any longer in all that vast country.

[122] And then at length the men in authority came, though late, to an accurate perception of the evils that had come upon them, and came and said to the king, "How long wilt thou refuse to permit the men to depart? Dost thou not understand, from what has already taken place, that Egypt is destroyed?" And he agreed to all they said, yielding as far as appearances went at least; but again, when the evil was abated at the prayer of Moses, the wind came from the sea side, and took up the locusts and scattered them.

[123] And when they had been completely dispersed, and when the king was again obstinate respecting the allowing the nation to depart, a greater evil than the former ones was descended upon him. For while it was bright daylight, on a sudden, a thick darkness overspread the land, as if an eclipse of the sun more complete than any common one had taken place. And it continued with a long series of clouds and impenetrable density, all the course of the sun’s rays being cut off by the massive thickness of the veil which was interposed, so that day did not at all differ from night. For what indeed did it resemble, but one very long night equal in length to three days and an equal number of nights?

[124] And at this time they say that some persons threw themselves on their beds, and did not venture to rise up, and that some, when any of the necessities of nature overtook them, could only move with difficulty by feeling their way along the walls or whatever else they could lay hold of, like so many blind men; for even the light of the fire lit for necessary uses was either extinguished by the violence of the storm, or else it was made invisible and overwhelmed by the density of the darkness, so that that most indispensable of all the external senses, namely, sight, though unimpaired, was deprived of its office, not being able to discern any thing, and all the other senses were overthrown like subjects, the leader having fallen down.

[125] For neither was any one able to speak or to hear, nor could any one venture to take food, but they lay themselves down in quiet and hunger, not exercising any of the outward senses, but being wholly overwhelmed by the affliction, till Moses again had compassion on them, and besought God in their behalf. And he restored fine weather, and produced light instead of darkness, and day instead of night.

Such, they say, were the punishments inflicted by the agency of Moses alone, the plague, namely, of hail and thunderstorms, the plague of locusts, and the plague of darkness, which rejected every imaginable description of light. Then he himself and his brother brought on one together, which I shall proceed to relate.

[127] At the command of God they both took up ashes from the furnace in their hands, which Moses on his part sprinkled in the air. Then a dust arose on a sudden, and produced a terrible, and most painful, and incurable ulceration over the whole skin both of man and of the brute beasts; and immediately their bodies became swollen with the pustules, having blisters all over them full of matter which any one might have supposed were burning underneath and ready to burst;

[128] and the men were, as was natural, oppressed with pain and excessive agony from the ulceration and inflammation, and they suffered in their souls even more than in their bodies, being wholly exhausted with anguish. For there was one vast uninterrupted sore to be seen from head to foot, those which covered any particular part of any separate limb spreading so as to become confused into one huge ulcer; until again, at the supplication of the lawgiver, which he made on behalf of the sufferers, the disease became more tolerable.

[129] Therefore, in this instance the two brothers afforded the Egyptians this warning in unison, and very properly; the brother of Moses acting by means of the dust which rose up, since to him had been committed the superintendence of the things which proceeded from the earth; and Moses, by means of the air which was thus changed for the affliction of the inhabitants, and his ministrations were assigned to the afflictions to be caused by the air and by the heaven.

The remaining punishments are three in number, and they were inflicted by God himself without any agency or ministration of man, each of which I will now proceed to relate as well I can. The first is that which was inflicted by means of that animal which is the boldest in all nature, namely, the dog-fly ( κυνόμοια) which those persons who invent names have named with great propriety (for they were wise men); combining the name of the appellation of the most impudent of all animals, a fly and a dog, the one being the boldest of all terrestrial, and the other the boldest of all flying, animals. For they approach and run up fearlessly, and if any one drives them away, they still resist and renew their attack, so as never to yield until they are sated with blood and flesh.

[131] And so the dog-fly, having derived boldness from both these animals, is a biting and treacherous creature; for it shoots in from a distance with a whizzing sound like an arrow; and when it has reached its mark it sticks very closely with great force.

[132] But at this time its attack was prompted by God, so that its treachery and hostility were redoubled, since it not only displayed all its own natural covetousness, but also all that eagerness which it derived from the divine providence which sent it forth, and armed it and excited it to acts of valour against the natives.

[133] And after the dog-fly there followed another punishment unconnected with any human agency, namely, the mortality among the cattle; for all the herds of oxen, and flocks of goats, and vast flocks of sheep, and all the beasts of burden, and all other domestic animals of every kind died in one day in a body, as if by some agreement or at some given signal; foreshowing the destruction of human beings which was about to take place a short time afterwards as in a pestilential disease; for the sudden destruction of irrational animals is said to be an ordinary prelude to pestilential diseases.

After which the tenth and last punishment came, exceeding in terror all that had gone before, namely, the death of the Egyptians themselves. Not of them all, for God had not decreed to make the whole country desolate, but only to correct it. Nor even of the greatest number of the men and women of every age all together, but he permitted the rest to live, and only passed sentence of death on all the first-born, beginning with the eldest of the king’s sons, and ceasing with the first-born son of the most obscure grinder at the mill;

[135] for, about midnight, all those children who had been the first to address their fathers and their mothers, and who had also been the first to be addressed by them as their sons, though they were in good health and in full vigour of body, all, without any apparent cause, were suddenly slain in the flower of their youth; and they say that there was not a single house in the whole land which was exempt from the visitation.

[136] But at dawn of day, as was natural, when every one beheld his nearest and dearest relatives unexpectedly dead, with whom up to the evening before they had lived in one home and at one table, being overwhelmed with the most bitter grief, filled every place with lamentation. So that it came to pass, on account of the universality of the calamity, as all men were weeping altogether with one accord, that there was but one universal sound of wailing heard over the whole land from one end to the other.

[137] And, for a while, they remained in their houses, no one being aware of the misfortune which had befallen his neighbour, but lamenting only for his individual loss. But when any one went out of doors and learnt the misfortunes of others also, he at once felt a double sorrow, grieving for the common calamity, in addition to his own private misfortune, a greater and more grievous sorrow being thus added to the lesser and lighter one, so that every one felt deprived of all hope of consolation. For who was likely to comfort another when he himself stood in need of the same consolation?

[138] But, as is usual in such circumstances, men thinking that the present evils were the beginning of greater ones, and being filled with fear lest those who were still living should also be destroyed, ran weeping to the king’s palace, and rent their clothes, and cried out against the sovereign, as the cause of all the terrible evils that had befallen them.

[139] "For if," said they, "immediately when Moses at the beginning first came to him he had allowed his nation to depart, we should never have experienced any one of the miseries that have befallen us at all. But he yielded to his natural obstinacy and haughtiness, and so we have reaped the ready reward of his unreasonable contentiousness." Then one man encouraged another to drive the Jewish people with all speed out of the whole country, and not to allow them to remain one day, or rather one single hour, looking upon every moment that they abode among them as an irremediable calamity.

So they, being now driven out of the land and pursued, coming at last to a proper notion of their own nobility and worth, ventured upon a deed of daring such as became the free to dare, as men who were not forgetful of the iniquitous plots that had been laid against them;

[141] for they carried off abundant booty, which they themselves collected, by means of the hatred in which they were held, and some of it they carried themselves, submitting to heavy burdens, and some they placed upon their beasts of burden, not in order to gratify any love of money, or, as any usurer might say, because they coveted their neighbours’ goods. (How should they do so?) But, first of all, because they were thus receiving the necessary wages from those whom they had served for so long a time; and, secondly, because they had a right to afflict those at whose hands they had suffered wrong with afflictions slighter than, and by no means equal to, what they had endured. For how can the deprivation of money and treasures be equivalent to the loss of liberty? on behalf of which those who are in possession of their senses dare not only to cast away all their property, but even to venture their lives?

[142] So they now prospered in both particulars: whether in that they received wages as if in price, which they now exacted from unwilling paymasters, who for a long period had not paid them at all; and, also, as if they were at war, they looked upon it as fitting to carry off the treasures of the enemy, according to the laws of conquerors; for it was the Egyptians who had set the example of acts of injustice, having, as I said before, enslaved foreigners and suppliants, as if they had been prisoners taken in war. And so they now, when an opportunity offered, avenged themselves without any preparation of arms, justice itself holding a shield over them, and stretching forth its hand to help them.

Such, then, were the afflictions and punishments by which Egypt was corrected; not one of which ever touched the Hebrews, although they were dwelling in the same cities and villages, and even houses, as the Egyptians, and touching the same earth and water, and air and fire, which are all component parts of nature, and which it is impossible to escape from. And this is the most extraordinary and almost incredible thing, that, by the very same events happening in the same place and at the same time, one people was destroyed and the other people was preserved.

[144] The river was changed into blood, but not to the Hebrews; for when these latter went to draw water from it, it underwent another change and became drinkable. Frogs went up from the water upon the land, and filled all the market-places, and stables, and dwelling-houses; but they retreated from before the Hebrews alone, as if they had been able to distinguish between the two nations, and to know which people it was proper should be punished and which should be treated in the opposite manner.

[145] No lice, no dog-flies, no locusts, which greatly injured the plants, and the fruits, and the animals, and the human beings, ever descended upon the Hebrews. Those unceasing storms of rain and hail, and thunder and lightning, which continued so uninterruptedly, never reached them; they never felt, no not even in their dreams, that most terrible ulceration which caused the Egyptians so much suffering; when that most dense darkness descended upon the others, they were living in bright daylight, a brilliancy as of noon-day shining all around them; when, among the Egyptians, all the first-born were slain, not one of the Hebrews died; for it was not likely, since even that destruction of such countless flocks and herds of cattle never carried off or injured a single flock or a single beast belonging to the Hebrews.

[146] And it seems to me that if any one had been present to see all that happened at that time, he would not have conceived any other idea than that the Hebrews were there as spectators of the miseries which the other nation was enduring; and, not only that, but that they were also there for the purpose of being taught that most beautiful and beneficial of all lessons, namely, piety. For a distinction could otherwise have never been made so decidedly between the good and the bad, giving destruction to the one and salvation to the other.

And of those who now went forth out of Egypt and left their abodes in that country, the men of age to bear arms were more than six hundred thousand men, and the other multitude of elders, and children, and women were so great that it was not easy to calculate it. Moreover, there also went forth with them a mixed multitude of promiscuous persons collected from all quarters, and servants, like an illegitimate crowd with a body of genuine citizens. Among these were those who had been born to Hebrew fathers by Egyptian women, and who were enrolled as members of their father’s race. And, also, all those who had admired the decent piety of the men, and therefore joined them; and some, also, who had come over to them, having learnt the right way, by reason of the magnitude and multitude of the incessant punishments which had been inflicted on their own countrymen.

[148] Of all these men, Moses was elected the leader; receiving the authority and sovereignty over them, not having gained it like some men who have forced their way to power and supremacy by force of arms and intrigue, and by armies of cavalry and infantry, and by powerful fleets, but having been appointed for the sake of his virtue and excellence and that benevolence towards all men which he was always feeling and exhibiting; and, also, because God, who loves virtue, and piety, and excellence, gave him his authority as a well-deserved reward.

[149] For, as he had abandoned the chief authority in Egypt, which he might have had as the grandson of the reigning king, on account of the iniquities which were being perpetrated in that country, and by reason of his nobleness of soul and of the greatness of his spirit, and the natural detestation of wickedness, scorning and rejecting all the hopes which he might have conceived from those who had adopted him, it seemed good to the Ruler and Governor of the universe to recompense him with the sovereign authority over a more populous and more powerful nation, which he was about to take to himself out of all other nations and to consecrate to the priesthood, that it might for ever offer up prayers for the whole universal race of mankind, for the sake of averting evil from them and procuring them a participation in blessings.

[150] And when he had received this authority, he did not show anxiety, as some persons do, to increase the power of his own family, and promote his sons (for he had two) to any great dignity, so as to make them at the present time partakers in, and subsequently successors to, his sovereignty; for as he always cherished a pure and guileless disposition in all things both small and great, he now subdued his natural love and affection for his children, like an honest judge, making these feelings subordinate to his own incorruptible reason;

[151] for he kept one most invariable object always steadily before him, namely, that of benefiting those who were subjected to his authority, and of doing everything both in word and deed, with a view to their advantage, never omitting any opportunity of doing anything that might tend to their prosperity.

[152] Therefore he alone of all the persons who have ever enjoyed supreme authority, neither accumulated treasures of silver and gold, nor levied taxes, nor acquired possession of houses, or property, or cattle, or servants of his household, or revenues, or anything else which has reference to magnificence and superfluity, although he might have acquired an unlimited abundance of them all.

[153] But as he thought it a token of poverty of soul to be anxious about material wealth, he despised it as a blind thing, but he honoured the far-sighted wealth of nature, and was as great an admirer as any one in the world of that kind of riches, he showed himself to be in his clothes, and in his food, and in his whole system and manner of life, not indulging in any theatrical affectation of pomp and magnificence, but cultivating the simplicity and unpretending affable plainness of a private individual, but a sumptuousness which was truly royal, in those things which it is becoming for a ruler to desire and to abound in;

[154] and these things are, temperance, and fortitude, and continence, and presence of mind, and acuteness, and knowledge, and industry, and patience under evil, and contempt of pleasure, and justice, and exhortations to virtue and blame, and lawful punishment of offenders, and, on the contrary, praise and honour to those who did well in accordance with law.

Therefore, as he had utterly discarded all desire of gain and of those riches which are held in the highest repute among men, God honoured him, and gave him instead the greatest and most perfect wealth; and this is the wealth ³ of all the earth and sea, and of all the rivers, and of all the other elements, and all combinations whatever; for having judged him deserving of being made a partaker with himself in the portion which he had reserved for himself, he gave him the whole world as a possession suitable for his heir:

[156] therefore, every one of the elements obeyed him as its master, changing the power which it had by nature and submitting to his commands. And perhaps there was nothing wonderful in this; for if it be true according to the proverb, — "That all the property of friends is common;" and if the prophet was truly called the friend of God, then it follows that he would naturally partake of God himself and of all his possessions as far as he had need;

[157] for God possesses everything and is in need of nothing; but the good man has nothing which is properly his own, no, not even himself; but he has a share granted to him of the treasures of God as far as he is able to partake of them. And this is natural enough; for he is a citizen of the world; on which account he is not spoken of as to be enrolled as a citizen of any particular city in the habitable world, since he very appropriately has for his inheritance not a portion of a district, but the whole world.

[158] What more shall I say? Has he not also enjoyed an even ⁴ greater communion with the Father and Creator of the universe, being thought unworthy of being called by the same appellation? For he also was called the god and king of the whole nation, and he is said to have entered into the darkness where God was; that is to say, into the invisible, and shapeless, and incorporeal world, the essence, which is the model of all existing things, where he beheld things invisible to mortal nature; for, having brought himself and his own life into the middle, as an excellently wrought picture, he established himself as a most beautiful and God-like work, to be a model for all those who were inclined to imitate him.

[159] And happy are they who have been able to take, or have even diligently laboured to take, a faithful copy of this excellence in their own souls; for let the mind, above all other parts, take the perfect appearance of virtue, and if that cannot be, at all events let it feel an unhesitating and unvarying desire to acquire that appearance;

[160] for, indeed, there is no one who does not know that men in a lowly condition are imitators of men of high reputation, and that what they see, these last chiefly desire, towards that do they also direct their own inclinations and endeavours. Therefore, when the chief of a nation begins to indulge in luxury and to turn aside to a delicate and effeminate life, then the whole of his subjects, or very nearly the whole, carry their desire for indulging the appetites of the belly and the parts below the belly beyond all reasonable bounds, except that there may be some persons who, through the natural goodness of their disposition, have a soul far removed from treachery, being rather merciful and kind.

[161] If, on the other hand, the chief of a people adopts a more austere and dignified course of life, then even those of his subjects, who are inclined to be very incontinent, change and become temperate, hastening, either out of fear or out of shame, to give him an idea that they are devoted to the same pursuits and inclinations that he is; and, in fact, the lower orders will never, no, nor will mad men even, reject the customs and habits of their superiors:

[162] but, perhaps, since Moses was also destined to be the lawgiver of his nation, he was himself long previously, through the providence of God, a living and reasonable law, since that providence appointed him to be the lawgiver, when as yet he knew nothing of his appointment.

When then he received the supreme authority, with the good will of all his subjects, God himself being the regulator and approver of all his actions, he conducted his people as a colony into Phoenicia, and into the hollow Syria (Coele-syria), and Palestine, which was at that time called the land of the Canaanites, the borders of which country were three days’ journey distant from Egypt.

[164] Then he led them forward, not by the shortest road, partly because he was afraid lest the inhabitants should come out to meet and to resist him in his march, from fear of being overthrown and enslaved by such a multitude, and so, if a war arose, they might be again driven back into Egypt, falling from one enemy to another, and being driven by their new foes upon their ancient tyrants, and so become a sport and a laughing-stock to the Egyptians, and have to endure greater and more grievous hardships than before. He was also desirous, by leading them through a desolate and extensive country, to prove them, and see how obedient they would be when they were not surrounded by any abundance of necessaries, but were but scantily provided and nearly in actual want.

[165] Therefore, turning aside from the direct road he found an oblique path, and thinking that it must extend as far as the Red Sea, he began to march by that road, and, they say, that a most portentous miracle happened at that time, a prodigy of nature, which no one anywhere recollects to have ever happened before;

[166] for a cloud, fashioned into the form of a vast pillar, went before the multitude by day, giving forth a light like that of the sun, but by night it displayed a fiery blaze, in order that the Hebrews might not wander on their journey, but might follow the guidance of their leader along the road, without any deviation. Perhaps, indeed, this was one of the ministers of the mighty King, an unseen messenger, a guide of the way enveloped in this cloud, whom it was not lawful for men to behold with the eyes of the body.

But when the king of Egypt saw them proceeding along a pathless track, as he fancied, and marching through a rough and untrodden wilderness, he was delighted with the blunder they were making respecting their line of march, thinking that now they were hemmed in, having no way of escape whatever. And, as he repented of having let them go, he determined to pursue them, thinking that he should either subdue the multitude by fear, and so reduce them a second time to slavery, or else that if they resisted he should slay them all from the children upwards.

[168] Accordingly, he took all his force of cavalry, and his darters, and his slingers, and his equestrian archers, and all the rest of his light-armed troops, and he gave his commanders six hundred of the finest of his scythe-bearing chariots, that with all becoming dignity and display they might pursue these men, and join in the expedition, and so using all possible speed, he sallied forth after them and hastened and pressed on the march, wishing to come upon them suddenly before they had any expectation of him. For an unexpected evil is at all times more grievous than one which has been looked for, in proportion as that which has been despised finds it easier to make a formidable attack than that which has been regarded with care.

[169] The king, therefore, with these ideas, pursued after the Hebrews, thinking that he should subdue them by the mere shout of battle. And, when he overtook them, they were already encamped along the shore of the Red Sea. And they were just about to go to breakfast, when, at first, a mighty sound reached them, as was natural from such a host of men and beasts of burden all proceeding on with great haste, so that they all ran out of their tents to look round, and stood on tip-toes to see and hear what was the matter. Then, a short time afterwards, the army of the enemy came in sight as it rose over a hill, all in arms, and ready arranged in line of battle.

And the Hebrews, being terrified at this extraordinary and unexpected danger, and not being well prepared for defence, because of a scarcity of defensive armour and of weapons (for they had not marched out for war, but to found a colony), and not being able to escape, for behind was the sea, and in front was the enemy, and on each side a vast and pathless wilderness, reviled against Moses, and, being dismayed at the magnitude of the evils that threatened them, began, as is very common in such calamities, to blame their governors, and said:

[171] "Because there were no graves in Egypt in which we could be buried after we were dead, have you brought us out hither to kill and bury us here? Or, is not even slavery a lighter evil than death? Having allured the multitude with the hope of liberty, you have caused them to incur a still more grievous danger than slavery, namely, the risk of the loss of life.

[172] Did you not know our simplicity, and the bitterness and cruel anger of the Egyptians? Do you not see the magnitude of the evils which surround us, and from which we cannot escape? What are we to do? Are we, unarmed, to fight against men in complete armour? or shall we flee now that we are hemmed in as by nets cast all around us by our pitiless enemies—hemmed in by pathless deserts and impassable seas? Or, even, if the sea was navigable, how are we to get any vessels to cross over it?"

[173] Moses, when he heard these complaints, pardoned his people, but remembered the oracles of God. And, at the same time, he so divided and distributed his mind and his speech, that with the one he associated invisibly with God, in order that God might deliver him from otherwise inextricable calamities; and, with the other, he encouraged and comforted those who cried out to him, saying: "Do not faint and despair. God does not deliver in the same way that man does.

[174] Why do you only trust such means of deliverance as seem probable and likely? God, when he comes as an assistant, stands in need of no adventitious preparations. It is his peculiar attribute to find a path amid inextricable perplexities. What is impossible to every created being is possible and easy to him above."

[175] Thus he spoke to them while yet standing still. But after a short time he became inspired by God, and being full of the divine spirit and under the influence of that spirit which was accustomed to enter into him, he prophesied and animated them thus: "This army which you behold so splendidly equipped with arms, you shall no more see arrayed against you; for it shall fall, utterly and completely overthrown, so that not a relic shall be seen any more upon the earth, and that not at any distance of time, but this very next night."

He then spoke thus. But when the sun had set, immediately a most violent south wind set in and began to blow, under the influence of which the sea retreated; for, as it was accustomed to ebb and flow, on this occasion it was driven back much further towards the shore, and drawn up in a heap as if into a ravine or a whirlpool. And no stars were visible, but a dense and black cloud covered the whole of the heaven, so that the night became totally dark, to the consternation of the pursuers.

[177] And Moses, at the command of God, smote the sea with his staff. And it was broken and divided into two parts, and one of the divisions at the part where it was broken off, was raised to a height and mounted up, and being thus consolidated like a strong wall, stood quiet and unshaken; and the portion behind the Hebrews was also contracted and raised in, and prevented from proceeding forwards, as if it were held back by invisible reins. And the intermediate space, where the fracture had taken place, was dried up and became a broad, and level, and easy road. When Moses beheld this he marvelled and rejoiced; and, being filled with joy, he encouraged his followers and exhorted them to march forward with all possible speed.

[178] And when they were about to pass over, a most extraordinary prodigy was seen; for the cloud, which had been their guide, and which during all the rest of the period of their march had gone in front of them, now turned back and placed itself at the back of the multitude to guard their rear; and, being situated between the pursuers and the pursued, it guided the one party so as to keep them with safety and perfect freedom from danger, and it checked and embarrassed the others, who were hastening on to pursue them. And, when the Egyptians saw this, they were entirely filled with disorder and confusion, and through their consternation they threw all their ranks into disorder, falling upon one another and endeavouring to flee, when there was no advantage to be derived from flight.

[179] For, at the first appearance of morning, the Hebrews passed over by a dry path, with their wives, and families, and infant children. But the portions of the sea which were rolled up and consolidated on each side overwhelmed the Egyptians with their horses and chariots, the tide being brought back by a strong north wind and poured over them, and coming upon them with vast waves and overpowering billows, so that there was not even a torchbearer left to carry the news of this sudden disaster back to Egypt.

[180] Then the Hebrews, being amazed at this great and wonderful event, gained a victory which they had never hoped for without bloodshed or loss; and, seeing the instantaneous and complete destruction of the enemy, formed two choruses, one of men and the other of women, on the sea shore, and sang hymns of gratitude to God, Moses leading the song of the men, and his sister that of the women; for these two persons were the leaders of the choruses.

And when they had departed from the sea they went on for some time travelling, and no longer feeling any apprehension of their enemies. But when water failed them, so that for three days they had nothing to drink, they were again reduced to despondency by thirst, and again began to blame their fate as if they had not enjoyed any good fortune previously; for it always happens that the presence of an existing and present evil takes away the recollection of the pleasure which was caused by former good.

[182] At last, when they beheld some fountains, they ran up full of joy with the idea that they were going to drink, being deceived by ignorance of the truth; for the springs were bitter. Then when they had tasted them they were bowed down by the unexpected disappointment, and fainted, and yielded both in body and soul, lamenting not so much for themselves as for their helpless children, whom they could not endure without tears to behold imploring drink;

[183] and some of those who were of more careless dispositions, and of no settled notions of piety, blamed all that had gone before, as if it had turned out not so as to do them any good, but rather so as to lead them to a suffering of more grievous calamities than ever; saying that it was better for them to die, not only once but three times over, by the hands of their enemies, than to perish with thirst; for they affirmed that a quick and painless departure from life did in no respect differ from freedom from death in the opinion of wise men, but that that was real death which was slow and accompanied by pain; that what was fearful was not to be dead but only to be dying.

[184] When they were lamenting and bewailing themselves in this manner, Moses again besought God, who knew the weakness of all creatures, and especially of men, and the necessary wants of the body which depends for its existence on food, and which is enslaved by those severe task-mistresses, eating and drinking, to pardon his desponding people, and to relieve their want of everything, and that too not after a long interval of time, but by a prompt and undeferred liberality, since by reason of the natural impotency of their mortal nature, they required a very speedy measure of assistance and deliverance.

[185] But he, by his bountiful and merciful power, anticipated their wishes, sending forth and opening the watchful, anxious eye of the soul of his suppliant, and showed him a piece of wood which he bade him take up and throw into the water, which indeed had been made by nature with such a power for that purpose, and which perhaps had a quality which was previously unknown, or perhaps was then first endowed with it, for the purpose of effecting the service which it was then about to perform:

[186] and when he had done that which he was commanded to do, the fountains became changed and sweet and drinkable, so that no one was able to recognise the fact of their having been bitter previously, because there was not the slightest trace or spark of their ancient bitterness left to excite the recollection.

And so having appeased their thirst with double pleasure, since the blessing of enjoyment when it comes beyond one’s hopes delights one still more, and having also replenished their ewers, they departed as from a feast, as if they had been entertained at a luxurious banquet, and as if they were intoxicated not with the drunkenness which proceeds from wine, but with a sober joy which they had imbibed purely, while pledging and being pledged by the piety of the ruler who was leading them;

[188] and so they arrive at a second halting place, well supplied with water, and well shaded with trees, called Aileem, irrigated with twelve fountains, near which were young and vigorous trunks of palm trees to the number of seventy, a visible indication and token of good to the whole nation, to all who were gifted with a clear-sighted intellect.

[189] For the nation itself was divided into twelve tribes, each of which, if pious and religious, would be looked upon in the light of a fountain, since piety is continually pouring forth everlasting and unceasing springs of virtuous actions. And the elders and chiefs of the whole nation were seventy in number, being therefore very naturally likened to palm trees, which are the most excellent of all trees, being both most beautiful to behold, and bearing the most exquisite fruit, which has also its vitality and power of existence, not buried in the roots like other trees, but situated high up like the heart of a man, and lodged in the centre of its highest branches, by which it is attended and guarded like a queen as it really is, they being spread all round it.

[190] And the intellect too of those persons who have tasted of holiness has a similar nature; for it has learned to look upwards and to soar on high, and is continually keeping its eye fixed on sublime objects, and investigating divine things, and ridiculing, and scorning all earthly beauty, thinking the last only toys, and divine things the only real and proper objects worthy of its attention.

But after these events only a short time elapsed, when they became oppressed by famine through the scarcity of provisions, as if one necessary thing after another was to foil them in succession: for thirst and hunger are very cruel and terrible mistresses, and having portioned out the afflictions between them, attacked them by turns; and it so fell out that when the first calamity was relaxed the second came on, which was most intolerable to those who had to bear it, inasmuch as having only just fancied that they were delivered from thirst, they now found another evil, namely famine, lying in ambush to attack them;

[192] and not only was their present scarcity terrible, but they were also in despair as to the supply of necessary food for the future; for when they saw the vast and extensive desert around them, so utterly unproductive of any kind of crop, their hearts sank within them. For all around were rugged and precipitous rocks, or else a salt and brackish plain, and stony mountains, or deep sands reaching up and forming mountains of inaccessible height; and moreover there was no river, neither winter torrent nor ever-flowing stream; there were no springs, no plant growing from seed, no tree whether for fruit or timber, no animal whether flying or terrestrial, except some few poisonous reptiles born for the destruction of mankind, and serpents, and scorpions.

[193] So then the Hebrews, remembering the plenty and luxury which they had enjoyed in Egypt, and the abundance of all things which was bestowed upon them there, and contrasting it with the universal want of all things which they were now experiencing, were grieved and indignant, and talked the matter over with one another, saying:— "We left our former abodes and emigrated, from a hope of freedom, happy only in the promises of our leader; as far as his actions go, we are of all men the most miserable.

[194] What will be the end of this long and interminable journey? Everyone else, whether sailing over the sea or marching on foot, has some limit before him at which he will eventually arrive; some being bound for marts and harbours, others for some city or country; but we alone have nothing to look forward to but a pathless desert, and a difficult journey, and terrible hopelessness, and despair; for as we advance, the desert lies before us like an ever open, vast, and pathless sea which widens and increases every day.

[195] But Moses having raised our expectations, and puffed us up with fine speeches, and filled our ears with vain hopes, racks our bodies with hunger, and does not give us even necessary food. He has deceived this vast multitude with the name of a settlement in a colony; having first of all led us out of an inhabited country into an uninhabitable district, and now sending us down to the shades below, which is the last journey of life."

Moses, being reviled in this way, was nevertheless not so much grieved at their accusations which they brought against himself, as at the inconstancy of their own resolutions and minds. For though they had already experienced an infinite number of blessings which had befallen them unexpectedly and out of the ordinary course of affairs, they ought, in his opinion, not to have allowed themselves to be led away by any specious or plausible complaints, but to have trusted in him, as they had already received the clearest possible proofs that he spoke truly about everything.

[197] But again, when he came to take into consideration the want of food, than which there is no more terrible evil which can afflict mankind, he pardoned them, knowing that the multitude is by nature inconstant and always moved by present circumstances, which cause it to forget what has gone before, and despair of the future.

[198] Therefore, as they were all in the extremity of suffering, and expecting the most fearful misery which they fancied was lying in ambush for them and close at hand, God, partly by reason of his natural love and compassion for man, and partly because he desired to honour the commander whom he had appointed to govern them, and still more to show his great piety and holiness in all matters whether visible or invisible, pitied them and relieved their distress.

[199] Therefore he now devised an entirely new kind of benefit, that they, being taught by manifest signs and displays of his power, might feel reverence for him, and learn for the future not to be impatient if anything turned out contrary to their wishes, but to endure present evils with fortitude, in the expectation of future blessings.

[200] What then happened? The very next day, about sun-rise, a dense and abundant dew fell in a circle all round about the camp, which rained down upon it gently and quietly in the unusual and unprecedented shower; not water, nor hail, nor snow, nor ice, for these are the things which the changes of the clouds produce in the winter season; but what was now rained down upon them was a very small and light grain, like millet, which, by reason of its incessant fall, rested in heaps before the camp, a most extraordinary sight. And the Hebrews marvelled at it, and inquired of the commander what this rain was, which no man had ever seen before, and for what it was sent.

[201] And he was inspired, and full of the spirit of prophecy, and spoke to them as follows: "A fertile plain has been granted to mortal men, which they cut up into furrows, and plough, and sow, and do everything else which relates to agriculture, providing the yearly fruits so as to enjoy abundance of necessary food. But it is not one portion only of the universe, but the whole world that belongs to God, and all its parts obey their master, supplying everything which he desires that they should supply.

[202] Now therefore, it has seemed good to him that the air should produce food instead of water, since the earth has often brought forth rain; for when the river in Egypt every year overflows with inundations and irrigates all the fields, what else is that but a rain which is showered up from below?"

[203] That other would have been indeed a most surprising fact if it had stopped there; but now he wrought wonders with still more surprising circumstances; for all the population bringing vessels one after another, collected what fell, some putting them upon beasts of burden, others loading themselves and taking them on their shoulders, being prudently eager to provide themselves with necessary food for a longer time.

[204] But it was something that would bear to be stored up and dispensed gradually, since God is accustomed always to give his gifts fresh. Accordingly, they now prepared enough for their immediate necessities and present use, and ate it with pleasure. But of what was left till the next day they found not a morsel unhurt, but it was all changed and fetid, and full of little animals of the kind which usually cause putrefaction. So this they naturally threw away, but they found fresh quantities of it ready for food, so that it fell out that this food was carried down every day with the dew.

[205] But the holy seventh day had an especial honour; for, as it is not permitted to do anything whatever on that day (and it is expressly commanded that men are then to abstain from every work, great or little), so that they were not able to collect food that day, instead of food for one day, God rained upon them a double quantity, and ordered them to collect what shall be food enough for two days. And what was then collected remained sound, no portion of it becoming spoiled as it had before.

I will also relate a circumstance which is more marvellous than even this one; for, though they were travelling for forty years, yet during all this long period of time they had an abundant supply of all necessary things in their appointed order, as is the case in clubs and messes which are regularly measured out with a view to the distribution of what is required by each individual. And, at the same time, they learnt the value of that long-wished for day;

[207] for, having inquired for a long time what the day of the creation of the world was, the day on which the universe was completely finished, and, having received this question from their fathers and their ancestors undecided, they at last, though with great difficulty, did ascertain it, not being taught only by the sacred scriptures, but also by a certain proof which was very distinct; for, as that portion of the manna (as has been already said) which was more than was wanted on the other days of the week was spoiled, still that portion which was rained down on the day before the seventh not only did not change its nature, but was dispensed in a twofold quantity.

[208] And the use was as follows. At dawn they collected what had been showered down, and then they ground or pounded it; and then they roasted it and made a very sweet food of it, like honey cheesecake, and so they ate it, without requiring any exceeding skill on the part of the preparers of the food.

[209] But they also had no scarcity of, nor any great distance to go for, the means of making life even luxurious, as if they had been in a populous and productive land, since God had determined out of his great abundance to supply them with plenty of all things which they required even in the wilderness; for, in the evenings, there was an uninterrupted cloud of quails borne to them from the sea, which overshadowed the whole camp, flying very near the ground so as to be easily caught. Therefore, the Hebrews, taking them and preparing them as each individual liked, enjoyed the most exquisite meat, pleasing themselves and varying their food with this necessary and delicious addition.

Accordingly, they had a great abundance of these birds, as they never failed. But, a second time, a terrible scarcity of water came upon them and afflicted them; and, as they again speedily began to despair of their safety, Moses, taking his sacred rod with which he had wrought the signs in Egypt, being inspired by God, smote the precipitous rock.

[211] And the rock being struck this seasonable blow, whether it was that there was a spring previously concealed beneath it, or whether water was then for the first time conveyed into it by invisible channels pouring in all together and being forced out with violence, at all events the rock, I say, was cleft open by the force of the blow and poured forth water in a stream, so that it not only then furnished a relief from thirst, but also supplied for a long time an abundance of drink for so many myriads of people. For they filled all their water vessels, as they had done before, from the fountains which were bitter by nature, but which, by divine providence, were changed to sweet water.

[212] And, if any one disbelieves these facts, he neither knows God nor has he ever sought to know him; for, if he had, he would have instantly known, he would have known and surely comprehended, that all these unexpected and extraordinary things are the amusement of God; looking at the things which are really great and deserving of serious attention, namely, the creation of the heaven, and the revolutions of the planets and fixed stars, and the shining of light—of the light of the sun by day and that of the moon by night—and the position of the earth in the most centre spot of the universe, and the vast dominions of the different continents and islands, and the innumerable varieties of animals and plants, and the effusion of the sea, and the rapid courses of the ever-flowing rivers and winter mountain torrents, and the streams of everlasting springs, some of which pour forth cold and others hot water, and the various changes and alterations of the air and climate, and the different seasons of the year, and an infinite number of other beautiful objects.

[213] And the whole of a man’s life would be too short if he wished to enumerate all the separate instances of such things, or even to detail fully all that is to be seen in one complete portion of the world; aye, if he were to be the most long-lived man that has ever been seen. But all these things, though they are in truth really wonderful, are despised by us by reason of our familiarity with them. But the things to which we are not accustomed, even though they may be unimportant, still make an impression upon us from our love of novelty, while we yield to strange ideas concerning them.

And now, as they had gone over a vast tract of land previously untravelled, there appeared some boundaries of habitable country and some suburbs, as it were, of the land to which they were proceeding, and the Phoenicians inhabited it. But they, hoping that a tranquil and peaceable life would now be permitted to them, were deceived in their expectation;

[215] for the king of the country, being afraid lest he might be destroyed, roused up all the youth of his cities, and collected an army, and went forth to meet them to keep them from his borders. And if they attempted to force their way, he showed that he would proceed to repel them with all his forces, his army being fresh, and now for the first time levied and marshalled for battle, while the Hebrews were wearied and worn out with their long travelling and with the scarcity of meat and drink which had in turns oppressed them.

[216] But when Moses had learnt from his scouts that the army of the enemy was marshalled at no great distance, he chose out those men who were in the flower of their youth, and appointed one of his subordinate officers, named Joshua, to be their general, while he himself went to procure a more powerful alliance; for, having purified himself with the customary purification, he rode up with speed to a neighbouring hill, and there he besought God to hold his shield over the Hebrews and to give them the victory and the mastery, as he had delivered them before from more formidable dangers and from other evils, not only dissipating the calamities with which they were threatened at the hands of men, but also all those which the transformation of the elements so wonderfully caused in the land of Egypt, and from those which the long scarcity inflicted upon them in their travels.

[217] And just as the two armies were about to engage in battle, a most marvellous miracle took place with respect to his hands; for they became by turns lighter and heavier. Then, whenever they were lighter, so that he could hold them up on high, the alliance between God and his people was strengthened, and waxed mighty, and became more glorious. But whenever his hands sank down the enemy prevailed, God showing thus by a figure that the earth and all the extremities of it were the appropriate inheritance of the one party, and the most sacred air the inheritance of the other. And as the heaven is in every respect supreme to and superior over the earth, so also shall the nation which has heaven for its inheritance be superior to their enemies.

[218] For some time, then, his hands, like the balances in a scale, were by turns light, and by turns descended as being heavy; and, during this period, the battle was undecided. But, on a sudden, they became quite devoid of weight, using their fingers as if they were wings, and so they were raised to a lofty height, like winged birds who traverse the heaven, and they continued at this height until the Hebrews had gained an unquestionable victory, their enemies being slain to a man from the youth upward, and suffering with justice what they had endeavoured to inflict on others, contrary to what was befitting.

[219] Then Moses erected an altar, which from the circumstances that had taken place he named the refuge of God, on which he offered sacrifices in honour of his victory, and poured forth prayers of gratitude to God.

After this battle he considered that it was proper to reconnoitre the country into which the nation was being led as a colony (and it was now the second year that they had been travelling), not wishing that his followers should (as is often the case) change their designs out of ignorance, but that they should learn by accurate report, what the nature of the country really was, availing themselves of the positive knowledge of the inhabitants, and should then consider what was best to be done;

[221] and accordingly he chose out twelve men, to correspond in number to the twelve tribes, one out of each tribe to be the leader of it, selecting the most approved men, with reference to their excellence, in order that no quarrels might arise from any one party being better or worse off than another, but that they might all, by the agency of those to whom the matter was entrusted, be equally instructed as to the state of affairs among the inhabitants, if only the spies who were sent out brought a true report.

[222] And when he had selected the men he spoke to them as follows: "The inheritance which is before us is the prize of those labours and dangers which we have endured hitherto, and are still enduring, and let us not lose the hope of these things, we who are thus conducting a most populous nation to a new settlement. But the knowledge of the places, and of the men, and of the circumstances, is most useful, just as ignorance of these particulars is most injurious.

[223] We have therefore appointed you as spies, that we, by your eyes and by your intellects, may see the state of things there; ye, therefore, must be the ears and eyes of all these myriads of people, that thus they may arrive at an accurate comprehension of what is indispensable to be known.

[224] "Now what we wish to know consists of three points; the number of the inhabitants, and the strength of their cities, whether they are planted in favourable situations, whether they are strongly built and fortified, or the contrary. As to the country, we wish to know whether it has a deep and rich soil, whether it is good to bear all kinds of fruits, both of such plants as are raised from seed and of fruit-trees; or whether, on the contrary, it has a shallow soil; that so we may be prepared against the power and numbers of the inhabitants with equal forces, and against the fortified state of the buildings and cities by means of engines and machines, for the destruction of cities.

"And it is indispensable to understand the nature of the country, and whether it is a good land or not; for to encounter voluntary dangers for a poor and bad land is an act of folly;

[225] and our weapons, and our engines, and all our power, consist solely in our trust and confidence in God. Having this preparation we will yield to no danger or fear, for this is sufficient with great superfluity of power to subdue otherwise invincible strength, which relies only on bodily vigour and on armies, and on courage, and skill, and numbers; since to that too we owe it, that even in a vast wilderness we have full supplies of everything, as if we were in well-stocked cities;

[226] and the time in which it is most easy to come to a proper understanding of the good qualities of the land is the spring, the season which is now present; for in the season of spring what has been sown is coming to perfection, and the natures of the trees are beginning to propagate themselves further. It will be better, therefore, for you to enter the land now, and to remain till the middle of the summer, and to bring back with you fruits, as samples of what is to be procured from a prosperous and fertile country."

When they had received these orders, they went forth to spy out the land, being conducted on their way by the whole multitude who feared lest they might be taken prisoners and so be put to death, and lest in that way two great evils might happen to them, namely, the slaughter of the men who were the eye of each tribe, and also ignorance of what was being done by their enemies who were plotting against them, the knowledge of which was most desirable.

[228] So, taking with them scouts to examine the road and guides to show them the way, they accompanied them at their first setting out. And when they approached the borders of the country they ran up to the highest mountain of all those in that district, and from thence they surveyed the land, part of which was an extensive champaign district, fertile in barley, and wheat, and herbage; and the mountain region was not less productive of vines, and all kinds of other trees, and rich in every kind of timber, full of dense thickets, and girdled by rivers and fountains so as to be abundantly well watered, so that even from the foot of the mountain district to the highest summit of the hills themselves, the whole region was covered closely with a net-work of shady trees, and more especially the lower ridges, and the deep valleys and glens.

[229] They also surveyed all the strongest cities, looking upon them in two points of view; first, with reference to their advantages of situation, and also to the strength of their fortification; also, when they inquired respecting the inhabitants, they saw that they were very numerous indeed, and giants of exceeding tallness with absolutely gigantic bodies, both as to their magnitude and their strength.

[230] When they had seen thus much they waited to get a more accurate knowledge of everything: for first impressions are not trustworthy, but require the slow confirmation of time. They also took great care to gather specimens of the productions of the land, though they were not as yet ripe and solid, but only just beginning to be properly coloured, that they might show them to all the multitude, for which reason they selected such as would not be easily spoiled;

[231] but what above all things astonished them was the fruit of the vines, for the branches were of unrivalled sizes, stretching along all the young shoots and branches in a way that seemed almost incredible. Therefore, having cut off one branch, and having suspended it on a stick by the middle, the ends of which they gave to two young men, placing one on one side and one on the other, and others succeeding them as bearers of it as the former bearers got tired, for the weight was very great, they carried it so, the whole body of the spies not at all agreeing with respect to some points of necessary importance.

Accordingly, there were a great many contests between them even before they returned to the camp, but not very serious ones, in order that there might not be seditions between them from any of them adhering very contentiously to his own opinion, or from different persons giving different accounts, but they became more violent after their return;

[233] for some of them brought back formidable stories of the strength of the different cities, and the great populousness and opulence of each of them, exaggerating and making the most of everything in their description so as to cause excessive consternation among their hearers; while others, on the contrary, disparaged and made light of all that they saw, and exhorted their fellow countrymen not to faint but to persevere in their design of colonising that country, as they would subdue the natives with a mere shout; for that no city whatever would be able to resist the onset of so mighty a power attacking it with its united force, but would be overwhelmed with its might and submit at once. Moreover, each of the spies infused into the souls of his hearers some portion of his own spirit, the cowardly spreading cowardice, and the indomitable and bold diffusing confidence united with sanguine hope.

[234] But these last made but a fifth part of those who were frightened out of their senses, while they, on the other hand, were five times as numerous as the high-spirited; and the small number of those who displayed any courage, is often beaten down by the vast number of those who behaved in a cowardly manner, as they say was the case at this time also; for they who maintained the better side of the question were only two, while those who made the contrary report were ten; and these last so entirely prevailed over the two former, that they led away the whole multitude after them, alienating them from the two, and binding them wholly to themselves.

[235] But about the country itself they all brought back the same report with perfect unanimity, praising the beauty both of the champaign and of the mountainous district. But then they further cried out, "But what is the advantage to us of those good things which belong to others, when they are guarded by a mighty force, so that they can never be taken from their owners?" And so, attacking the two who brought the opposite report, they were very near stoning them, preferring to hear pleasant rather than useful things, and also preferring deceit to truth.

[236] At which their leader was indignant, and he was also at the same time afraid lest some heaven-inflicted evil might descend upon them, since they so obstinately persisted in despairing and in disbelieving the word of God, which indeed took place. For of the spies, the ten who brought back cowardly tiding all perished by a pestilential disease, with those of the multitude who united in their feelings of despondency, and only the two who had agreed and counselled the people not to fear but to persevere in the plan of the colony were saved, because they were obedient to the word of God, on which account they received the especial honour of not being involved in the destruction of the others.

This was the reason why they did not arrive sooner in the land which they went forth to colonize; for though they might, in the second year after their departure from Egypt, have conquered all the cities in Syria, and divided the inheritance amongst themselves, still they turned aside from the direct and short road, and wandered about, using one long, and difficult, and pathless line of march after another, so as to be incessantly toiling both in soul and body, and enduring the necessary and deserved punishment of their excessive impiety:

[238] accordingly, for eight and thirty years more, after the two years which I have already mentioned as having elapsed, the life of a complete generation of mankind did they wander up and down, traversing the pathless wilderness; and at last in the fortieth year, they with difficulty came to the borders of the country which they had reached so many years before.

[239] And at the entrance to this country there dwelt other tribes akin to themselves, who they thought would cheerfully join them in the war against their neighbours, and would co-operate in everything necessary for the establishment of the colony; and if they hesitated to do that, they thought that at all events they would range themselves on neither side, but would preserve a strict neutrality, holding up their hands;

[240] for in fact the ancestors of both nations, both of the Hebrews and of those who dwelt on the skirts of the country, were brethren descended from the same father and the same mother, and moreover were twins; for it was from two brothers, who had thus increased with numerous descendants, and had enjoyed a great productiveness of offspring, that each of their families had grown into a vast and numerous nation. ⁵ But one of these nations had clung to its original abodes; but the other, as has been already mentioned, having migrated to Egypt by reason of the famine, at this subsequent period was now returning,

[241] and one of the two preserved its respect for its kindred though it had been for such a length of time separated from it, still having a regard for those who no longer preserved any one of their ancestral customs, but who had in every respect departed from their ancient habits and constitutions, thinking that it became those who claimed to be of civilised natures, to give and yield something to the name of relationship.

[242] But the other utterly overturned all notions of friendship and affection, giving in to fierce, and unfriendly, and irreconcilable dispositions, and language, and counsels, and actions; and thus keeping alive the ill-will of their original ancestor to his brother; for the first founder of their race, though he had himself given up his birthright to his brother, yet a short time afterwards endeavoured to assert his claim to what he had abandoned voluntarily, violating his agreement, and he sought to slay his brother, threatening him with death if he did not surrender what he had purchased. And now the whole nation ⁶ after the interval of so many generations, renewed the ancient enmity between one individual and another.

[243] Therefore Moses, the leader of the Hebrews, although he might with one single effort, aye with the mere shout of his army, have subdued the whole nation, still, by reason of the aforesaid relationship did not think fit to do so; but desired only to use the road through their country, promising that he would in every respect observe the treaties between them, and not despoil them of territory, or cattle, or of any booty, that he would even pay a price for water if there should be a scarcity of drink, and for anything else that they might require to buy, as not being supplied with it; but they violently rejected their peaceful invitations, threatening them with war, if they heard of their crossing over their borders or even of their setting foot upon them.

But as the Hebrews received their answer with great indignation, and prepared at once to oppose them, Moses stood in a place from whence he would be well heard, and said, "O men, your indignation is reasonable and just; for though we, in a peaceable disposition, have made them good and friendly offers, they have made us an evil reply out of their evil and perverse disposition.

[245] But it does not follow that because they deserve to pay the penalty for their cruelty, therefore it is desirable for us to proceed to take vengeance upon them, by reason of the honour due to our own nation, that we may show that in this particular we are good and different from wicked men, inasmuch as we consider not only whether such and such persons deserve to be punished, but whether also it is proper that they should receive their punishment from us."

[246] On this he turned aside and led his army by another road, since he knew that all the roads in that district were surrounded with garrisons, by those who were not in danger of receiving any injury, but who out of envy and jealousy would not allow them to proceed by the shortest road;

[247] and this was the most manifest proof of their sorrow, which they felt in consequence of the nation having obtained their liberty, namely when they rejoiced when they were enduring that bitter slavery of theirs in Egypt; for it follows of necessity that those men to whom the good fortune of their neighbours causes grief, do also rejoice at their evil fortune, even if they do not admit that they do so;

[248] for they had already related to their neighbours, as to persons in accordance with themselves, and cherishing the same thoughts, all the misfortunes and also all the agreeable pieces of good fortune which had happened to them, not knowing that they had proceeded to a great degree of iniquity, and that they were full of unfriendly, and hostile, and malicious thoughts towards them, so that they were like to grieve at their good fortune, but to rejoice at any thing of a contrary tendency.

[249] But when their malevolence was fully revealed, the Hebrews were nevertheless restrained from coming to open war with them by their ruler, who thus displayed two most excellent qualities at the same time; namely prudence and a compassionate disposition; for to take care that no evil should happen to any one is the part of wisdom, and not to be willing even to repel one’s own kinsmen is a proof of a humane disposition.

Therefore he passed by the cities of these nations; but a certain king of the neighbouring country, Canaan by name, when his spies reported to him that the army of the Hebrews, which was making in his direction was at no great distance, thinking that it was in a state of confusion and disorder, and that he should be able easily to conquer it if he were to attack it at once, proceeded forth with the youth of his nation well armed and equipped, and marched with all speed, and put the van of their host to flight as soon as he encountered them, inasmuch as they were not arrayed or prepared for battle; and having taken many prisoners, and being elated at the prosperity beyond his hopes which he had met with, he marched on thinking that he should defeat all the others also.

[251] But the Hebrews, for they were not dismayed at the defeat of their advanced guard, but had rather derived even more confidence than they had felt before, being eager also to make amends by their eagerness for battle for the loss of those of their number who had been taken prisoners, exhorted one another not to faint nor to yield. "Let us rise up," said they; "let us at once invade their land. Let us show that we are in no wise alarmed or depressed, by our vigour in action and our confidence. The end is very often judged of by the beginning. Let us seize the keys of the country and strike terror into the inhabitants as deriving prosperity from cities, and inflicting upon them in return the want of necessary things which we bring with us out of the wilderness."

[252] And they, at the same time, exhorted one another often with these words, and likewise began to dedicate to God, as the first fruits of the land, the cities of the king and all the citizens of each city. And he accepted their views and inspired the Hebrews with courage, and prepared the army of the enemy to be defeated.

[253] Accordingly, the Hebrews defeated them with mighty power, and fulfilled the agreement of gratitude which they had made, not appropriating to themselves the slightest portion of the booty. And they dedicated to God the cities with all the men and treasures that were in them, and, from what had thus taken place, they called the whole country an offering to God;

[254] for, as every pious man offers unto God the first fruits of the fruits of the year, which he collects from his own possessions, so in the same manner did the Hebrews dedicate the whole nation of this mighty country into which they had come as settlers, and that great spoil, the kingdom which they had so speedily subdued, as a sort of first-fruit of their colony; for they did not think it consistent with piety to distribute the land among themselves, or to inherit the cities, before they had offered up to God the first fruits of that country and of those cities.

A short time afterwards, having found a copious spring of water which supplied drink to all the multitude, and the spring was in a well and on the borders of the country, drawing it up and drinking it as though it had been not water but pure wine, they were refreshed in their souls, and those among the people who loved God established choruses and dances in a circle around the well, out of their cheerfulness and joy, and sang a new song to God, the possessor and giver of their inheritance and the real leader of their colony, because now at the first moment of their coming forth from the direction in which they had so long been dwelling in to the inhabited land which they were ordained to possess, they had found abundant drink, and therefore they thought it right not to pass this spring by without due honour.

[256] For this well had been originally cut not by the hands of private individuals, but of kings, who had laboured in rivalry of one another, as the tale went, not only in the discovery of the water, but likewise in the digging of the well, in order that by its magnificence it might be seen to be a royal work, and that the power and magnanimity of those who built it might appear from the beginning.

[257] And Moses, rejoicing at the unexpected blessings which from time to time were presenting themselves to him, advanced further, dividing the youth of his people into the vanguard and the rearguard, and placing the old men, and the women, and the children in the centre, that they might be protected by those who were thus at each extremity, in the case of their having to encounter any force of the enemy either in front or behind.

A few days afterwards he entered the country of the Amorites, and sent ambassadors to the king, whose name was Sihon, exhorting him to the same measures to which he had previously invited his kinsman. But he not only replied to these ambassadors when they came with great insolence, but he very nearly put them to death, and would have done so if the law with respect to ambassadors had not hindered him; but he did collect an army and made against them, thinking that he should immediately be able to subdue them in war.

[259] But when he encountered them he then found that he had to fight not men who had no experience or practise in the art of war, but men skilful in all warfare and truly invincible, who only a short time before had done many and important valiant achievements, displaying great personal valour, and great wisdom, and excellence of sense and virtue. Owing to which qualities they subdued these their enemies with great ease and defeated them with great loss, but they took no part of the spoil, desiring to dedicate to God the first booty which they gained;

[260] and, on this occasion, they guarded their own camp vigorously, and then, with one accord and with equally concerted preparation, rushed forward in opposition to the enemy as he advanced and charged them, availing themselves of the invincible alliance of the just God, in consequence of which they had the greatest boldness, and became cheerful and sanguine combatants.

[261] And the proof of this was clear; there was no need of any second battle, but the first was also the only one, and in it the whole power of the enemy was frustrated for ever. And it was utterly overthrown, and immediately it disappeared for ever.

[262] And about the same time the cities were both empty and full; empty of their ancient inhabitants, and full of those who now succeeded to their dominions over them. In the same manner, also, the stables of cattle in the fields, being made desolate, received instead men who were in all respects better than their former masters.

This war struck all the Asiatic nations with terrible consternation, and especially all those who were near the borders of the Amorites, inasmuch as they looked upon the dangers as being nearer to themselves. Accordingly, one of the neighbouring kings, by name Balak, who ruled over a large and thickly inhabited country of the east, before he met them in battle, feeling great distrust of his own power, did not think fit to meet them in close combat, being desirous to avoid carrying on a war of extermination by open arms; but he had recourse to inquiries and divination, thinking that by some kind of ruse or other he might be able to overthrow the irresistible power of the Hebrews.

[264] Now there was a man at that time very celebrated for his skill in divination, dwelling in Mesopotamia, who was initiated in every branch of the soothsayers’ art. And he was celebrated and renowned above all men for his experience as a diviner and prophet, as he had in many instances foretold to many people incredible and most important events;

[265] for, on one occasion, he had predicted heavy rain to one nation at the height of summer; to another he had foretold a drought and burning heat in the middle of winter. Others he had forewarned of a dearth which should follow a season of abundance; and, on the other hand, plenty after famine. In some instances he had predicted the inundations of rivers; or, on the contrary, their falling greatly and becoming dried up; and the departure of pestilential diseases, and ten thousand other things. From all which he had obtained a name of wide celebrity, as he was believed to have foreseen them all, and so he had attained to great renown and his glory had spread everywhere and was continually increasing.

[266] So this man, Balak, now sent some of his companions, entreating him to come to him, and he gave him some presents at once, and he promised to give him others also, explaining to him the necessity which he was in, on account of which he had sent for him. But he did not treat the messengers with any noble or consistent disposition, but with great courtesy and civility evaded their request, as if he were one of the most celebrated prophets, and as such was accustomed to do nothing whatever without first consulting the oracle, and so he declined, saying that the Deity would not permit him to go with them.

[267] So the messengers returned back to the king, without having succeeded in their errand. And immediately other messengers of the highest rank in the whole land were sent on the same business, bringing with them more abundant presents of money, and promising still more ample rewards than the former ambassadors had promised.

[268] And Balaam, being allured by the gifts which were already proffered to him, and also by the hopes for the future which they held out to him, and being influenced also by the rank of those who invited him, began to yield, again alleging the commands of the Deity as his excuse, but no longer with sincerity. Accordingly, on the next day he prepared for his departure, relating some dreams by which he said he had been influenced, affirming that he had been compelled by their manifest visions not to remain, but to follow the ambassadors.

But when he was on his road a very manifest sign met him in the way, showing him plainly that the purpose for which he was travelling was displeasing to God, and ill-omened; for the beast on which he was riding, while proceeding onwards in the straight road, at first stopped suddenly,

[270] then, as if some one was forcibly resisting it, or standing in front and driving it back by force, it retreated, moving first to the right and then to the left, and could not stand still, but kept moving, first to one side and then to the other, as if it had been under the influence of wine and intoxication; and though it was repeatedly beaten, it disregarded the blows, so that it very nearly threw its rider, and though he stuck on did still hurt him considerably;

[271] for close on each side of the path there were walls and strong fences; therefore, when the beast in its violent motions struck heavily against the walls, the owner had his knee, and leg, and foot pressed and crushed, and was a good deal lacerated.

[272] The truth is, that there was, as it seems, a divine vision, which, as the beast, on which the diviner was seeking, saw at a great distance as it was coming towards him, and it was frightened at it; but the man did not see it, which was a proof of his insensibility, for he was thus shown to be inferior to a brute beast in the power of sight, at a time when he was boasting that he could see, not only the whole world, but also the Creator of the world.

[273] Accordingly, having after some time seen the angel opposing him, not because he was desiring to see so astonishing a spectacle, but that he might become acquainted with his own insignificance and nothingness, he betook himself to supplications and prayers, entreating to be pardoned, on the ground that he had acted as he had done out of ignorance, and had not sinned of deliberate purpose.

[274] Then, as he said that he ought to return back again, he asked of the vision which appeared to him, whether he should go back again to his own house; but the angel beholding his insincerity, and being indignant at it (for what need was there for him to ask questions in a matter which was so evident, which had its answer plain in itself, and which did not require any more positive information by means of words, unless a person’s ears are more to be trusted than his eyes, and words than things), said, "Go on in the journey in which you have set out, for you shall do no good to those who have sent for you, and you must say what I prompt you, without any thoughts of your own, finding utterance, as I will guide the organs of your speech in the way that shall be just and expedient, for I will direct your words, predicting all that shall happen through the agency of your tongue, though you yourself understand nothing of it.

But when the king heard that he was now near at hand, he went forth with his guards to meet him; and when they met at first there were, as was natural, greetings and salutations, and then a brief reproof of his tardiness and of his not having come more readily. After this there were feastings and costly entertainments, and all those other things which are usually prepared on the occasion of the reception of strangers, everything with royal magnificence being prepared, so as to give an exaggerated idea of the power and glory of the king.

[276] The next day at the rising of the sun, Balak took the prophet and led him up to a high hill, where it also happened that a pillar had been erected to some deity which the natives of the country had been accustomed to worship; and from thence there was seen a portion of the camp of the Hebrews, which was shown to the magician from this point, as if from a watch tower.

[277] And he when he beheld it said: "Do thou, O king, build here seven altars, and offer upon every one of them a bullock and a ram. And I will turn aside and inquire of God what I am to say." So, having gone forth, immediately he became inspired, the prophetic spirit having entered into him, which drove all his artificial system of divination and cunning out of his soul; for it was not possible that holy inspiration should dwell in the same abode with magic. Then, returning back to the king, and beholding the sacrifices and the altars flaming, he became like the interpreter of some other being who was prompting his words,

[278] and spoke in prophetic strain as follows: "Balak has sent for me from Mesopotamia, having caused me to take a long journey from the east, that he might chastise the Hebrews by means of curses. But in what manner shall I be able to curse those who have not been cursed by God? For I shall behold them with my eyes from the loftiest mountains, and I shall see them with my mind; and I shall never be able to injure the people which shall dwell alone, not being numbered among the other nations, not in accordance with the inheritance of any particular places, or any apportionment of lands, but by reason of the peculiar nature of their remarkable customs, as they will never mingle with any other nation so as to depart from their national and ancestral ways.

[279] Who has ever discovered with accuracy the first origin of the birth of these people? Their bodies, indeed, may have been fashioned according to human means of propagation; but their souls have been brought forth by divine agency, wherefore they are nearly related to God. May my soul die as to the death of the body, that it may be remembered among the souls of the righteous, such as the souls of these men are."

When Balak heard these words he was grieved within himself; and after he had stopped speaking, not being able to contain his sorrow, he said: "You were invited hither to curse my enemies, and are you not ashamed to offer up prayers for their good? I must, without knowing it, have been deceiving myself, thinking you a friend; who were, on the contrary, without my being aware of it, enrolled among the ranks of the enemy, as is now plain. Perhaps, too, you made all the delay in coming to me by reason of the regard for them, which you were secretly cherishing in your soul, and your secret dislike to me and to my people; for, as the old proverb says, what is apparent affords the best means of judging of what is not visible."

[281] But Balaam, his moment of inspiration being now past, replied: "I am exposed in this to a most unjust charge, and am undeservedly accused; for I am saying nothing of my own, but whatever the Deity prompts me to say. And this is not the first time that I have said and that you have heard this, but I declared it on the former occasion when you sent the ambassadors, to whom I made the same answer."

[282] But as the king thought either that the prophet was deceiving him, or that the Deity might change his mind, and the consequence of a change of place might alter the firmness of his decision, he led him off to another spot, where, from an exceedingly long, and high, and distant hill, he might be able to show him a part of the army of his enemies. Then, again, he built seven altars and sacrificed the same number of victims that he had sacrificed at first, and sent the prophet to look for favourable omens and predictions.

[283] And he, as soon as he was by himself, was again suddenly filled by divine inspiration, and, without at all understanding the words which he uttered, spoke everything that was put into his mouth, prophesying in the following manner:— "Rise up and listen, O king! prick up thy ears and hear. God is not able to speak falsely as if he were a man, nor does he change his purpose like the son of man. When he has once spoken, does he not abide by his word? For he will say nothing at all which shall not be completely brought to pass, since his word is also his deed. I, indeed, have been brought hither to bless this nation, and not to curse it.

[284] There shall be no labour or distress among the Hebrews. God visibly holds his shield over them, who also dissipated the violence of the Egyptian attacks, leading forth all these myriads of people as one man. Therefore they disregarded auguries and every other part of the prophetic art, trusting to the one sole Governor of the world alone. And I see the people rising up like a young lion, and exulting as a lion. He shall feast on the prey, and for drink he shall drink the blood of the wounded; and, when he is satisfied, he shall not turn to sleep, but he shall be awake and sing the song of victory."

But Balak, being very indignant at finding that all the assistance which he expected to derive from divination was turning out contrary to his hopes, said: "O man, neither curse them at all, nor bless them at all; for silence, which is free from danger, is better than unpleasant speeches." And when he had said this, as if he had forgotten what he had said, owing to the inconstancy of his mind, he led the prophet to another place, from which he could show him a part of the Hebrew army; and again he invited him to curse them.

[286] But the prophet, as being even more wicked than the king, although he had always replied to the accusations which were brought against him with one true excuse, namely, that he was saying nothing out of his own head, but was only interpreting the words of another, being himself carried away and inspired, when he ought no longer to have accompanied him but to have gone away home, ran forward even more eagerly than his conductor, although in his secret thoughts he was oppressed by a heavy feeling of evil, yet still desired in his mind to curse this people, though he was forbidden to do so with his mouth.

[287] So, coming to a mountain greater than any of those on which he had stood before, and which reached a very long way, he bade the king perform the same sacrifices as before, again building seven altars, and again offering up fourteen victims, on each altar two, a bullock and a ram. And he himself did no longer, according to his usual custom, go to seek for divination and auguries, since he much loathed his art, looking upon it as a picture which had become defaced through age, and had been obscured, and lost its felicity of conjecture. But he now, though with difficulty, understood the fact that the designs of the king, who had hired him, did not correspond with the will of God.

[288] Therefore, turning to the wilderness, he saw the Hebrews encamped in their tribes, and he saw their numbers and their array, and admired it as being like the order of a city rather than of a camp, and, becoming inspired, he again spoke.

[289] What, then, said the man who saw truly, who in his sleep saw a clear vision of God with the ever open and sleepless eyes of his soul? "How goodly are thy abodes, O army of Hebrews; they tents are shady as groves, as a paradise on the bank of a river, as a cedar by the waters.

[290] A man shall hereafter come forth out of thee who shall rule over many nations, and his kingdom shall increase every day and be raised up to heaven. This people hath God for its guide all the way from Egypt, who leads on their multitude in one line.

[291] Therefore they shall devour many nations of their enemies, and they shall take all their fat as far as their very marrow, and shall destroy their enemies with their far-shooting arrows. He shall lie down to rest like a lion, and like a lion’s whelp, fearing no one, but showing great contempt for every one, and causing fear to all other nations. Miserable is he who shall stir up and rouse him to anger. Blessed are they that bless thee, and cursed are they that curse thee."

And the king, being very indignant at these words, said: "Having been invited hither to curse my enemies, you have now prayed for and blessed them these three times. Fly, therefore, quickly, passion is a hasty affection, lest I be compelled to do something more violent than usual.

[293] Of what a vast amount of money, O most foolish of men, of how many presents, and of how much renown, and celebrity, and glory, hast thou deprived thyself in thy madness! Now you will return to thy home from a foreign land, bearing with thee no good thing, but only reproaches and (as it seems likely) great disgrace, being ridiculed and despised for that knowledge on which you formerly so greatly prided yourself."

[294] And Balaam replied: "All that I have hitherto uttered have been oracles and words of God; but what I am going to say are merely the suggestions of my own mind: and taking him by the right hand, he, while they two were alone, gave him advice, by the adoption of which he might, as far as possible, guard against the power of his enemies, accusing himself of the most enormous crimes. For why, some one may perhaps say, do you thus retire into solitude and give counsel suggesting things contrary to the oracles of God, unless indeed that your counsels are more powerful than his decrees?"

Come, then, let us examine into his fine recommendations, and see how cunningly they were contrived with reference to the most certain defeat of those who had hitherto always been able to conquer. As he knew that the only way by which the Hebrews could be subdued was by leading them to violate the law, he endeavoured to seduce them by means of debauchery and intemperance, that mighty evil, to the still greater crime of impiety, putting pleasure before them as a bait;

[296] for, said he, "O king! the women of the country surpass all other women in beauty, and there are no means by which a man is more easily subdued than by the beauty of a woman; therefore, if you enjoin the most beautiful of them to grant their favours to them and to prostitute themselves to them, they will allure and overcome the youth of your enemies.

[297] But you must warn them not to surrender their beauty to those who desire them with too great facility and too speedily, for resistance and coyness will stimulate the passions and excite them more, and will kindle a more impetuous desire; and so, being wholly subdued by their appetites, they will endure to do and to suffer anything.

[298] "And let any damsel who is thus prepared for the sport resist, and say, wantonly, to a lover who is thus influenced, "It is not fitting for you to enjoy my society till you have first abandoned your native habits, and have changed, and learnt to honour the same practises that I do. And I must have a conspicuous proof of your real change, which I can only have by your consenting to join me in the same sacrifices and libations which I use, and which we may then offer together at the same images and statues, and other erections in honour of my gods.

[299] And the lover being, as it were, taken in the net of her manifold and multiform snares, not being able to resist her beauty and seductive conversation, will become wholly subdued in his reason, and, like a miserable man, will obey all the commands which she lays upon him, and will be enrolled as the slave of passion."

This, then, was the advice which Balaam gave to Balak. And he, thinking that what he said to him did not want sense, repealed the law against adulteries, and having abrogated all the enactments which had been established against seduction and harlotry, as if they had never been enacted at all, exhorted the women to admit to their favours, without any restraint, every man whom they chose.

[301] Accordingly, when licence was thus given, they brought over a multitude of young men, having already long before this seduced their minds, and having by their tricks and allurements perverted them to impiety; until Phinehas, the son of the chief priest, being exceedingly indignant at all that was taking place (for it appeared to him to be a most scandalous thing for his countrymen to give up at one time both their bodies and souls—their bodies to pleasure, and their souls to transgression of the law, and to works of wickedness), undertook a bold and impetuous action, such as was becoming to a young, and brave, and virtuous man.

[302] For when he saw a man of his nation sacrificing with and then entering into the tent of a harlot, and that too without casting his eyes down on the ground and seeking to avoid the notice of the multitude, but making a display of his licentiousness with shameless boldness, and giving himself airs as if he were about to engage in a creditable action, and one deserving of smiles—Phinehas, I say, being very indignant and being filled with a just anger, ran in, and while they were still lying on the bed, slew both the lover and the harlot, cutting them in two pieces in the middle, because they thus indulged in illicit connections.

[303] When some persons of those who admired temperance, and chastity, and piety, saw this example, they, at the command of Moses, imitated it, and slew all their own relations and friends, even to a man, who had sacrificed to idols made with hands, and thus they effaced the stain which was defiling the nation by this implacable revenge which they thus wreaked on those who had set the example of wrong doing, and so saved the rest, who made a clear defence of themselves, demonstrating their own piety, showing no compassion on any one of those who were justly condemned to death, and not passing over their offences out of pity, but looking upon those who slew them as pure from all sin. Therefore they did not allow any escape whatever to those who sinned in this way, and such conduct is the truest praise;

[304] and they say that twenty-four thousand men were slain in one day, the common pollution, which was defiling the whole army, being thus at once got rid of. And when the works of purification were thus accomplished, Moses began to seek how he might give an honour worthy of him who had displayed such permanent excellence to the son of the chief priest, who was the first who hastened to inflict chastisement on the offenders. But God was beforehand with him, giving to Phinehas, by means of his holy word, the greatest of all good things, namely, peace, which no man is able to bestow; and also, in addition to this peace, he gave him the perpetual possession of the priesthood, an inheritance to his family, which could not be taken from it.

But when none of the civil and intestine evils remained any longer, but when all the men who were suspected of having either forsaken the ways of their ancestors or of treachery had perished, it appeared to be a most favourable opportunity for making an expedition against Balak, a man who had both planned to do, and had also executed an innumerable host of evil deeds, since he had planned them through the agency of the prophet, who he hoped would be able, by means of his curses, to destroy the power of the Hebrews, and who had executed his purpose by the agency of the licentiousness and incontinence of the women, who destroyed the bodies of those who associated with them by debauchery, and their souls by impiety.

[306] Therefore Moses did not think fit to carry on war against him with his whole army, knowing that superfluous numbers are apt to meet with disaster in consequence of those very numbers; and also, at the same time, thinking it useful to have stations of reserve, to be assistants to those of their allies who appeared likely to fail; but he selected a thousand picked men of the youth of the nation, selected man by man, out of each tribe, twelve thousand in all, for that was the number of the tribes, and he appointed Phinehas to be the commander in the war, as he had already given proof of the happy daring which becomes a general; and after he had offered up sacrifices of good omen, he sent forth his warriors, and encouraged them in the following words:—

[307] "The present contest is not one for dominion or sovereignty, nor is it waged for the sake of acquiring the property of others, though these are the objects for which alone, or almost invariably, wars take place; but this war is undertaken in the cause of piety and holiness, from which the enemy has alienated our relations and friends, being the causes of bitter destruction to those who have been brought under their yoke.

[308] It is therefore absurd for us to be the slayers of our own countrymen, for having offended against the law, and to spare our enemies, who have violated it in a much worse degree, and to slay, with every circumstance of violence, those who were only learning and beginning to sin, but to leave those who taught them to do so unpunished, who are, in reality, the guilty causes of all that has taken place, and of all the evils which our countrymen have either done or suffered."

Therefore being nerved by these exhortations, and being kindled and filled with noble courage which was indeed in their souls already, they went forth to that contest with invincible spirit as to a certain victory; and when they engaged with the enemy, they displayed such incredible vigour and courage that they slew all their enemies, and returned themselves unhurt, every one of them, not one of their number having been slain or even wounded.

[310] Any one who did not know what had taken place, might have supposed, when he saw them returning, that they were coming in, not from war and from a pitched battle, but rather from a display and field-day of exercise under arms, such as often take place in time of peace; and these field-days are days of exercise and practise, while the men train themselves among friends to attack their enemies.

[311] Therefore they destroyed all their cities, razing them to the ground or else burning them, so that no one could tell that any cities had ever been inhabited in that land. And they led away a perfectly incalculable number of prisoners, of whom they chose to slay all the full-grown men and women, the men because they had set the example of wicked counsels and actions, and the women because they had beguiled the youth of the Hebrews, becoming the causes to them of incontinence and impiety, and at the last of death; but they pardoned all the young male children and all the virgins, their tender age procuring them forgiveness;

[312] and as they had taken a vast booty from the king’s palace, and from private houses, and also from the dwellings of all kinds in the open country (for there was not less booty in the country places than in the cities), they came to the camp, laden with all the wealth which they had taken from the enemy.

[313] And Moses praised Phinehas their general, and those who had served under him for their good success, and also because they had not been covetous of their own advantage, running after booty and thinking of nothing, but appropriating the spoil to themselves, but because they had brought it all into the common stock, so that they who had staid behind in the tents might share in the booty; and he ordered those men to remain outside the camp for some days, and the high priest he commanded to purify both the men themselves, and those of their allies who had returned from fighting by their side, of bloodshed;

[314] for even though the slaughter of the enemies of one’s country is according to law, still he who kills a man, even though justly and in self-defence, and because he has been attacked, still appears to be guilty of blood by reason of his supreme and common relationship to a common father; on which account those who had slain enemies were in need of rites of purification, to cleanse them from what was looked upon as a pollution.

However, after no long lapse of time he divided the booty among those who had taken a part in the expedition, and they were but a small number, giving one half among those who had remained inactive at home, and the other half to those who were still in the camp; for he looked upon it as just and equitable to give the share of the advantages gained, to those who had shared in the contest, if not with their souls, at all events with their bodies; for as the spectators were not inferior to the actual combatants in their zeal, they were inferior only in point of time and in respect of their being anticipated.

[316] And as the smaller body had received each a larger share of the booty, by reason of their having been the foremost in encountering danger, and the larger body had received each a smaller share, by reason of their having remained at home; it appeared indispensable that they should consecrate the first fruits of the whole of the booty; those therefore who had remained at home brought a fiftieth, and those who had been actually engaged in the war, brought and contributed a five hundredth part; and of ten first fruits Moses commanded that portion which came from those who had borne a part in the expedition, to be given to the high priest, and that portion which came from those who had remained in the camp, to the keepers of the temple whose name were the Levites.

[317] And the captains of thousands, and centurions, and all the rest of the multitude of commanders of battalions and companies willingly contributed special first fruits, as an offering for their own safety, and that of those who had gone out to war, and for the victory which had been gained in a manner beyond all hope, giving up all the golden ornaments which had fallen to the lot of each individual, in the apportionment of the booty, and the most costly vessels, of which the material was gold. All which things Moses took, and, admiring the piety of those who contributed them, dedicated them in the consecrated tabernacle as a memorial of the gratitude of the men; and the division of the first fruits was very beautiful;

[318] those which had been given by the men who had borne their share in the war, he distributed among the keepers of the temple as among men who had only displayed one half of virtue, namely eagerness without action; but the first fruits of those who had warred and fought, who had encountered danger with their bodies and lives, and thus had displayed perfect and complete excellence, he allotted to him who presided over the keepers of the temple, namely to the high priest; and the first fruits of the captains, as being the offerings of chiefs and rulers, he allotted to the great ruler of all, namely to God.

All these wars were carried on and brought to an end before the Hebrews had crossed Jordan, the river of the country, being wars against the inhabitants of the country on the other side of Jordan, which was a rich and fertile land, in which there was a large champaign fertile in corn, and also very productive of herbage and fodder for cattle;

[320] and when the two tribes who were occupied in feeding cattle saw this country, the two tribes being a sixth part of the whole Hebrew host, they besought Moses to permit them to take their inheritance in that district, where in fact they were already settled; for they said that the place was very suitable for cattle to be kept, and fed, and bred in, inasmuch as it was well watered and full of good herbage, and as it produced spontaneously abundant grass for the feeding of sheep.

[321] But as he thought that they claimed a sort of right, by some kind of pre-eminence, to receive their share and the honours due to them before their time, or else that they preferred this petition by reason of their being unwilling to encounter the wars which were impending, as there were still many kings who were making ready to attack them, and who were the possessors of all the country inside the river, he was very indignant at their request, and answered them in anger, and said,

[322] "Shall you then sit here and enjoy leisure, and yield to indolence at so improper a time? and shall the wars which still threaten us, afflict all your countrymen, and your relations, and your friends, and shall the prizes be given to you alone, as if you had all contributed to the success? And shall battles and wars, and distresses, and the most extreme dangers await others?

[323] But it is not just that you should enjoy peace, and the blessings that flow from peace, and that the rest should endure wars and all the other indescribable evils which they bring with them, and that the whole should only be looked upon as an adjunct of a part; while, on the contrary, it is for the sake of the whole that the parts are thought worthy of any inheritance at all.

[324] Ye are all entitled to equal honour, ye are one race, ye have the same fathers, one house, ye have the same customs, a community of laws, and an infinite number of other things, every one of which binds your kindred closer together, and cements your mutual good will; why then when you are thought worthy of equal shares of the most important and most necessary things, do you show a covetous spirit in the division of the lands, as if you were rulers despising your subjects as masters looking disdainfully on your slaves?"

[325] You ought to have derived instruction from the afflictions of others; for it is the part of wise men not to wait till misfortunes come upon themselves. But now, though you have domestic examples in your own fathers, who went and spied out this land, and in the calamities which befell them, and all who participated in their despondency (for they all perished except two), and when, therefore, you ought to take care and avoid resembling them in any respect whatever, still, foolish-minded men that ye are, ye are imitating their cowardice, as if by such conduct you would be more strongly fortified against capture; and you check and damp the eagerness of those who are desirous to display their manhood and valour, relaxing and depressing their spirits;

[326] therefore, while you are hastening to do wrong, you are also hastening to incur punishment. For justice is always a long time before it can be put in motion, but when it is once put in motion it makes great haste and speedily overtakes those who flee from it.

[327] When, therefore, all our enemies are destroyed, and when there is no other war which can be expected or feared as impending, and when all those in our present alliance have been, on examination, found to be without reproach nor liable to any charge of desertion or treachery, or of any misconduct which could possibly tend to our defeat, but shall be seen to have endured steadfastly from the beginning to the end, with their bodily exertion and with all eagerness of mind, and when the whole country is cleared of those who have previously inherited it, then rewards and prizes for valour shall be given to all the tribes with perfect fairness.

So they, bearing this rebuke with moderation, as being genuine sons of a very kindly-disposed father (for they knew that Moses was not a man to behave insolently because of his power and authority, but one who cared for all of them, and honoured justice and equality, and who hated wickedness, not so as to reproach or insult the wicked, but so as to be constantly endeavouring by admonition and correction to improve those who were susceptible of improvement), said to him, "Very naturally you are indignant, if you imagine that we now are anxious to desert the alliance and to obtain our allotments before the proper time;

[329] but you must know that we are not alarmed at any undertaking that calls for valorous and virtuous exertion, even though it may be most laborious. And we judge that the task of virtue is to obey you who are such a brave and wise ruler, and not to fear to encounter dangers, and to be willing to bear our share in all future expeditions until all our business is brought to a fortunate conclusion.

[330] "We, therefore, as we have agreed before, will remain in our ranks and cross over Jordan in complete armour, giving no soldier any excuse for lagging behind. But our infant children, and our daughters, and wives, and mothers, and the bulk of our cattle, shall, if you have no objection, be left behind, after we have made houses for our children and wives, and stables for our cattle that they may not be exposed to any incursion of the enemy, and so suffer injury from being taken in unwalled and unprotected dwellings."

[331] And Moses answered with a mild look and even still gentler voice, "If you speak the truth and behave honestly, the allotments which you have asked for shall remain assured to you. Leave behind you now, as you desire, your wives and children, and flocks and herds, and go yourselves across Jordan in your ranks with the rest of the soldiers in full armour, arrayed for battle, as if you were prepared to fight at once, if it should be needful.

[332] And hereafter when all our enemies are destroyed, and when, peace being established, we have made ourselves masters of the whole country, and have begun to divide it among ourselves, then you also shall return to your families to enjoy the good things which belong to you, and to possess the region which you have selected."

[333] When Moses had said this, and given them this promise, they were filled with cheerfulness and joy, and established their families in safety as well as their flocks and herds in well-fortified and impregnable strongholds, the greater part of which were artificial. And taking their arms they marched forth more cheerfully than any of the rest of the allied forces, as if they alone had been going to fight, or at all events to fight in the first ranks as the champions of the whole army, for he who has received any gift beforehand is more eager in the cause in which he is engaged, since he thinks that he is repaying a necessary debt, and not giving a free gift.

[334] I have now, then, given an account of what was done by Moses while invested with kingly power. I must now proceed to relate in order all the actions which he performed in accordance with virtue, and also successfully as a chief priest, and also in his character as a lawgiver; for he also exercised these two powers as very closely connected with his kingly authority.

Notes on the current edition

De vita Mosis (lib. i‑ii)

1. II p. 80M.

2. 1.
2 Φίλωνος περὶ τοῦ βίου μωυσέως λόγος α΄ VK, φίλωνος περὶ τοῦ βίου μώσεως α᾿ CM, περὶ βίου μωυσέως λόγος α΄ G, τοῦ αὐτοῦ περὶ τοῦ βίου μωυσέως λόγος α᾿ P, φίλωνος περὶ τοῦ βίου μώσεως BEO, φίλωνος ἰουδαίου περὶ τοῦ βίου μώσεως Α, φίλωνος περὶ τοῦ βίου μώσεως λόγος πρῶτος: θεολόγου καὶ προφήτου Η, περὶ βίου μωυσέως λόγος πρῶτος: θεολογίας καὶ προφητείας L, φίλωνος ἰουδαίου περὶ βίου μωυσέως, ὅπερ ἐστὶ περὶ θεολογίας καὶ προφητείας, λόγος α΄ F2 (= Turn.), tit. om. Z
3 μωυσέως KZ: μωσέος G, μσέως ceteri
4 νόμων ἱερῶν ἑρμηνέως transp. VO ἀναγράψασθαι Ζ, διαγράψαι BM
5 τὰ] τοῦ AG ἀξίοις] ἀξιοῦσι coni. Mang.
6 ἀπολέλειπαν G
7 πεφοιτητικὸς Κ alt. τῆς om. CEVOHP πέφθακεν HP, ἔφθασεν KZ
8 δ’ AG ὥστις G 8.
9 καὶ ἐν K1Z: ἡ τὴν ἐν HP(v), om. ceteri
9 ὀλίγοις] ὀλίγοι δὲ καὶ διὰ τὴν V2OK2 κατὰ τὰς πόλεις HP(v), κατὰ πόλιν KZ
10 καὶ add. ante ἐναντίωσιν BEMAG
11 λογίων] λόγων C παιδιὰς G 12.
13 συβαριτικῆς AGHP

3.
4 Clem. Alex. Strom. I
22 p. 411 P. οὗτος ὁ Μωυσῆς θεόλογος καὶ προφήτης, ὡς δέ τινες, νόμων ἱερῶν ἑρμηνεὺς ἢν.

4.
1 τι] τὸ C τῆ ἡσυχία VO
2 δυνάμενον om. H1P1, ss. H2P2 αὖ τὰς] αὐτὰς EZ ἀναξίας CVO
3 δοκῶσι] δικαιῶσι coni. Mang. καλῶν C ἐπαγγέλλειν KZ εἰς] ὡς BEMAG
5 κἀκ] καὶ AG, ἐκ (om. καὶ) O βίβλον G
6 αὑτοῦ BE: αὐτοῦ ceteri ἀπολέλειπε G τινος G υφαινον
7 ἀεὶ orn. G συνεισέφαινον Κ
8 ἔδοξε C, ἔδειξα Η1 περὶ] πρὸς P
9 ἄρξασθαι ἀναγκαῖον transp. AG μωυσῆς M: μώσης ceteri γένος] γενόμενος P
10 ἐστιν ἑβραῖος AGHP(v), γρ. καὶ χαλδαῖος mg. Α
11 βαβυλῶνος G τοὺς] τὰς Lyd.
12 ἐπίεζε K1ZHP: ἐπίεσε ceteri μετανιστάντων Η, μεταστάντων BMKZ γῆν] εἰς γῆν AG, εἰς τὴν CEVOK2, εἰς τὴν corr. in γῆν B
13 παιδιάδα G ὧν] ὅσων HP(v) ἀνθρωπεία K1Z
14 τῶν . . . καρπῶν VO
15 φασὶ τοὺς ἄλλους transp. CVOZ
16 ἐπιβαίνων τε καὶ ἀναχεόμενος om. BEMAG γυμνάζει G
17 αἰ] αἱ δ’ HP(v) ὑετοῦ post φορᾶς transp. VO φορὰν ἀφθονίαν BEM, φόρον ἄφθονον KZ
9 Clem. Alex. Strom. Ι
23 p. 411 P. Μωυσῆς ἄνωθεν τὸ γένος Χαλδαῖος ὢν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ γεννᾶται, τῶν προγόνων αὐτοῦ διὰ πολυχρόνιον λιμὸν ἐκ Βαβυλῶνος εἰς Αἴγυπτον μεταναστάντων. Ps.Iustin. Coh. ad gent.
10 . . . οὗτοι Φίλων τε καὶ Ἰώσηπος) γὰρ τὰς Ἰουδαίων ἱστοροῦντες πράξεις ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ Χαλδαίων γένους γεγενῆσθαί φασι· τῶν δὲ προγόνων αὐτοῦ διά λιμοῦ πρόφασιν ἀπό τῆς Φοινίκης ἐπὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον μεταναστάντων, ἐκεῖ τὸν ἄνδρα τετέχθαι φασίν loann. Lyd. de mens. IV
47 (p. 103,17 Wuensch) . . . καὶ γὰρ ὁ Φίλων τὸν Μωυσέως βίον ἀναγράφων Χαλδαῖον εἶναι αὐτὸν λέγει, γεγενῆσθαι δὲ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, ὡς τῶν προγόνων αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖσε κατελθόντων διὰ λιμὸν κατασχόντα Βαβυλῶνα καὶ τὰς πλησιοχώρους.

5.
1 μή που CEAGHP: μήπω ceteri μεσολαβήσῃ ἐν Ὀργῆ L (Turn.)
2 ἔλαχε] ἔτυχε V2OKZ
4 ἑβδόμοις Z1 δ’ addidi
5 ἐπηλύτης C γετης ἀρχηγενέτης Κ
8 ἔποικοι K1ZHP: ἄποικοι ceteri τοῖς αὐτόχθοσι δυνατωτέρα χειρὶ transp. KZ
9 ὑφαιρεῖν KZ (fort. recte)
10 post τῶν add. μέν AG γενομένων L (Turn.)
12 εὐανδροῦσα γὰρ] ἐπεὶ εὐανδροῦσα ΗP(v)
13 εὐθὺς om. BEMAG
14 ἐνέφηνεν HP(v) τοῦ τυράννου MAGK: τοῦ om. ceteri
15 ἀλγῆσαι P γοῦν HP: οὖν ceteri
16 ἐφετῆς HP Clem.: ἑξῆς ceteri λανθάνον Κ, λανθάνων Z
17 ἔνιοι διηρεύνων HP: ἕτεροι διερευνᾶν ceteri
18 κοινὸν L (Turn.)
19 πλείονες HP παραπόλλωνται P, παραπόλλυνται H, προσαπόλωνται A(v), προσαπόλλωνται G
4 sqq. pergit Clem. Alex. l. l.: ἑβδόμῃ γενεᾷ γεννηθεὶς καὶ τραφεὶς βασιλικῶς περιστάσει κέχρηται τοιαύτῃ· εἰς πολυανθρωπίαν ἐπιδεδωκότων ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ τῶν Ἑβραίων, δείσας ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς χώρας τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους ἐπιβουλὴν τῶν γεννωμένων ἐκ τῶν Ἑβραίων κελεύει τὰ μὲν θήλεα τρέφειν αὐτούς—ἀσθενὲς γὰρ εἰς πόλεμον γυνή —, διαφθείρειν δὲ τὰ ἄρρενα, εὐαλκῆ νεότητα ὑφορώμενος. εὐπατρίδην δὲ τὸν παῖδα ὄντα τρεῖς ἐφεξῆ,ς κρύπτοντες ἔτρεφον μῆνας οἱ γονεῖς, νικώσης τῆς φυσικῆς εὐνοίας τὴν τυραννικὴν ὠμότητα· δείσαντες δὲ ὕστερον μὴ συναπόλωνται τῷ παιδί, ἐκ βύβλου τῆς ἐπιχωρίου σκεῦός τι ποιησάμενοι τὸν παῖδα ἐνθέμενοι ἐκτιθέασι παρὰ τὰς ὄχθας τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἑλώδους ὄντος· ἐπετήρει δὲ τὸ ἀποβησόμενον ἄπωθεν ἑστῶσα τοῦ παιδὸς ἡ ἀδελφή.
6 sqq. Exod. cap. 1. 2.

6.
1 περὶ Η (Turn.)
2 αὐτοὺς COMK1Z
4 εἰκὸς GHP: om. ceteri ἐν ἄλλω πράγματι ἀλλοκότω HP κατηγορούντων VO αὐτῶν CMK
5 ἔλεγον Z, ἔλεγον corr. in ἔφασκον Κ γεννώμενον VOKZAG2: γενόμενον ceteri
6 τὸν] τὰ M τὸν γὰρ μὴ AG ἡμέρου] ἡμετέρας corr. ex ἡμετέρου Z
7 ὅλους μῆνας transp. CVO, ὅλους om. Α
8 ἀνεθρέψαμεν GH2, ἀνεθρέψομεν (sic) H1P ἐθρέψαμεν ceteri ἑαυτοῖς KZ: αὐτοῖς CMGH1P, αὑτοῖς ceteri
9 ἡδονῶν] ἐν ὀδυνῶν coni. Mang.
11 κατισχημένοι VOMA, κατησχημένοι G πάθει Κ, πάθει HP
12 ἔτΙ παρθένος GHP: om. ceteri φιλοικίου Ο, φιλονεικίου M ἴν C, ἄποθεν ο corr. ex ω) Z, ἄπωθεν ω corr. ex ο) Κ, ἄπωθεν Ε
14 προμυθούμενον G post θυγάτηρ add. δὲ BMKZ, γὰρ CEVO
15 τοῦ χρόνου VOK2 τέκνων GHP Clem.: om. ceteri
17 ἡγεμονίας GHP: εὐδαιμονίας καὶ ἡγεμονίς A(v), κληρονομίας καὶ ἡγεμονίας ceteri post κινδυνεύοντα add. ἤδη V2O
18 ἀεὶ K1ZH2: om. Α, δὴ ceteri ὡς om. CVO

7.
14 sqq. pergit Clem. Alex.: ἐνταῦθα ἡ θυγάτηρ τοῦ βασιλέως, συχνῷ χρόνῳ μὴ κυΐσκουσα, τέκνων δὲ ἐπιθυμοῦσα, ἐκείνης ἀφικνεῖται τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν λουτροῖς καὶ περιρραντηρίοις χρησομένη· ἐπακούσασα δὲ κλαυθμυριζομένου τοῦ παιδὸς κελεύει προσενεχθῆναι ατοικτείρασα ἐζήτει τροφόν. ἐνταῦθα προσδραμοῦσα ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ παιδὸς ἔχειν αυτῃ και κ ἔφασκεν Ἑβραίαν γυναῖκα μὴ πρὸ πολλοῦ τετοκυῖαν, ἢν παραστήσειν αὐτῇ τροφόν, εἰ βούλοιτο· τῆς δὲ συνθεμένης καὶ δεηθείσης παρήνεγκε τὴν μητέρα τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς τροφὸν ἐσομένην ὥς τινα ἄλλην οὖσαν ἐπὶ ῥητῷ μισθῷ. εἶτα τίθεται τῷ παιδίῳ ὄνομα ἡ βασιλὶς Μωυσῆν ἐτύμως διὰ τὸ ἐξ ὕδατος ἀνελέσθαι αὑτό· τὸ γὰρ ὕδωρ μῶυ ὀνομάζουσιν Αἰγύπτιοι.

8. 2.
3 μετὰ τῶν θεραπαινίδων VO
4 μέλλουσαν — θεάσασθαι (5) om. H1P, add. mg. H2 αὐτὸ KZH2
5 εἶτ’ Α
6 τ’ Α εὐμορφίαν καὶ εὐεξίαν GHP: εὐεξίαν καὶ εὐμορφίαν ceteri ἀποδέξασθαι K1Z
8 γνοῦσαν GHP: γνοῦσα ceteri
9 τὸ τοῦ βασιλέως πρόσταγμα VO βουλεύεται KZ
10 εὐθὺς] αὐτὴ V, αὐτὴ OK2
11 σκοπιῆς VOK2, σκοπιᾶς G, σκοποῦ K1ZH2 τοῦ ἐνδοιασμοῦ coni. Mang.; sed cf. e. gr. Ι 19,9
13 τοῦτον scripsi: τοῦτο codd. (v) περὶ Z γυναίῳ τῶν ἑβραϊκῶν H1P: γυναίῳ ἑβραϊκῶ k1ZH2, γυναίων ἑβραϊκῶν V2OK2, γυναικῶν ἑβραϊκῶν ceteri οὐ—κυήσαντι om. ΒΕΑ κυήσαντι GHP: κυησάσῃ Κ1Ζ, κυησασῶν C, κυησάντων ceteri
14 αὑτῆς EVOGH2: αὐτῆς ceteri προσαγαγεῖν VO, πάρα in πρόσ’ corr. Κ
15 ἣν GHPKZ: τὴν δ’ V2O, ὡς ceteri ἀσμένως KZH2 ὑπισχνεῖται K1Z πρόφασιν ὡς BEMA: πρόφασιν (om. ὡς) CVOK2, προφάσει τοῦ GHPK1Z
16 τροφεῦσιν C1Z τοῦ K1ZH2: καὶ CVOK2H1P, om. BEMAG; fort. scribendum τοῦ καὶ
17 θεμένην V1A μωσῆν codd. ἑτοίμως VG
18 ἀνελέσθαι] γενέσθαι Α μῶυ Clem. Al.: μῶς codd. (v)

9.
17 loseph. Ant. lud. II 228 . . . κἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπίκλησιν ταύτην τῶν συμβεβηκότων ἔθετο εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν ἐμπεσόντι· τὸ γὰρ ὕδωρ μῶυ ἰγύπτιοι καλοῦσιν, σῆς ἐσῆς Niese) δὲ τοὺς ἐξ ὕδατος] σωθέντας cf. c. Ap. I 286. Hesych. μῶυ· τὸ ὕδωρ. Suid. μῶυ· τὸ ὕδωρ παρ’ Αἰγυπτίοις, ἐξ οὗ καὶ Μωυσῆς.

10.
1 δὲ KZH2, δ’ om. GH1P
3 εὐγενῆ] εὐμεγέθη coni. Mang. κἀκ] καὶ Α
4 ἔτι om. VO, post πρότερον transp. BEMA(V1 ut vid.) σπάσασα εὐνοίας GHP (V1 ut vid.): ἁπάσης εὐνοίας C, ἁπάσαις εὐνοίαις BEMA, ἀπάσαις ἐννοίαις KZ, πάσης ἀξιώσασα εὐνοίας V2O
6 εὐμαρίζει BMGK1Z, ἐξευμαρίζει mg. BM ἃ om. H1P ἐὰν VO, ἐὰν ex ἄν corr. K θελήση VO, ἐθελήσει Z, ἐθελήσοι Α
8 καὶ παιδιαῖς GHP: om. ceteri
9 τὴν om. AZ παρειληφότων] μεταλαχόντων Α
10 ἐπιδεικνύμενον G παραφαῖνον G
11 προσῆχε G
13 τῶν om. BEMA νόμων CVOK1Z, νομῶν oin. BEMAG
15 ὑπερέβαλλεν KZ Barb., παρέβαλεν G
16 οὐ] ἢ BEMAKZ μάθησιν ex μαθήμασιν corr. Κ ἔτι GHP Barb.: ἀλλὰ celeri αὐτοῖς K1Z
17 κενοτομοῦσι P 17.
18 τῶν εἰς ἐπιστήμην GHP Barb.: om. ceteri

11.
6 DC fol. 126v DR fol. 120r τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ περὶ Μωυσέως βίου: πάντα ἐξευμαρίζει θεὸς ἃ ἂν ἐθελήσῃ θελήση DK) καὶ τὰ δυσκατόρθωτα. 7— 127,1 Catena Barber. IV
56 fol. 104r τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐκ πρώτου λόγου τοῦ περὶ μώσεως βίου: φιλοσοφίας μὲν οὑν οὕτω κατακώχιμος γέγονε· τροφῆς γὰρ ἤδη — συνηχοῦντες.
7 sqq. Ambros. Hexam.
1 2,
6 Moyses utique ille eruditus in omni sapientia Aegyptiorum, quem de flumine collectum filia Pbarao ut filium dilexit et subsidiis regalibus fultum omnibus saecularis prudentiae disciplinis informari atque instrui desideravit.
17 Clem. Alex. Strom. II
19 p. 482 P. . . . αἱ γὰρ μεγάλαι φύσεις καὶ γυμναὶ παθῶν εὐστοχοῦσί πὼς περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ᾗ φησιν ὁ Πυθαγόρειος Φίλων τὰ Μωυσέως ἐξηγούμενος.

12.
1 καὶ pr. om. BEMA εὔπλαστα GHP εὐγενῆ GHPO: τὰ εὐγενῆ ceteri
2 δι’ αὐτῶν C προαπαντῶσα GHP Barb.: προσυπαντῶσα VOK^, προυπαντῶσα ceteri
5 οὖν om. Barb. τήν τε GHPK^Z Barb.: καὶ τήν τε ceteri fi μερικὴν, ἰατρικὴν Clem. Al., μετρικὴν om. P καὶ μουσικὴν καὶ θεωρίαν P 7.
8 τροπικωτέραις Barb., τροπηκοτἐρις G
8 αἰγύπτιοι Barb. λόγοι MGHP παρέδοσαν HP(v)
9 φιλοσοφίαν] σοφίαν BMK’Z, περιουσίαν VOKἐπιδείκνυται C
10 pr. καἰ] καὶ τὸν (τὴν ?) coni. Mang. alt. καὶ GHP Barb. : om. ceteri
11 ἐδιδάσκλλον (sic) M οἱ] ὁ C
12 τ’ IvZ
13 ἐλάμβανε A(v), παρελάμβανε Z 15̔ διαφερόντως Z l.j. IT. τὰς ἔριδας om. G ir. ἐπεζήτει BEMAKZ(v)
17 αἱρεσιάρχαις GHP Barb. προστεθεῖσι Z
18 τύχη AG Barb.: τύχοι ceteri 18.
19 ταὐτὸ (om. δ’) C
20 δὲ καὶ G παιδικῆς] βρεφικῆς A(v)

13.
5 seqq. Clem. Alex. Strom. I
23 p. 4i3 P. . . . ἐν δὲ ἡλικίᾳ γενόμενος ἀριθμητικήν τε καὶ γεωμετρίαν, ῥυθμικήν τε καὶ ἁρμονικήν, ἔτι τε ἰατρικὴν ἅμα καὶ μουσικὴν παρὰ τοῖς διαπρέπουσιν Αἰγυπτίων ἐδιδάσκετο, καὶ προσέτι τὴν διὰ συμβόλων φιλοσοφίαν, ἣν ἐν τοῖς θρογλuφικοῖς γράμμασιν ἐπιδείκνυ νται, τὴν δὲ ἄλλην ἐγκύκλιον παιδείαν σελληνες ἐδίδασκον ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ὡς ἂν βασιλικὸν παιδίον, ᾗ φησι Φίλων ἐν τῷ Μωυσέως βίῳ. προσεμάνθανε δὲ τὰ Αἰγυπτίων (leg. Ἀσσυρίων) γράμματα καὶ τὴν τῶν οὐρανίων ἐπιστήμην παρά τε xλδαίων παρά τε Αἰγυπτίων.

14.
1 post ἐπέτεινε add. καὶ GHP
2 ἐχούσης Α (Turn.)
4 ἐνδυσάμενος Bard. αὐταῖς Z
5 μέν τι G μεμηνὼς G
6 τιθασεύων CG: τιθασσεύων ceteri καὶ ἐξημερῶν GPKZ Βarb. δέ τι coni. διακινηθῆ Η1Ρ
7 ἐκβριθεστέρας G 7.
8 ἢ . . . ἐπιπλήξεις GHP Barb.: ἡ . . . ἐπίπληξις ceteri
8 τῆς ψυχῆς om. KZ ἐπιβουλὰς P
9 προεκδραμοῦσι H
10 συγχύσωσιν BEMA
11 αἴτιαι BMK1ZHP: αἰτίαι ceteri
14 ἄρα] ἂν P
15 ἀνθρώπιος CMG ἀνθρώπινος Barb.)
17 ἐξῆρθαι AGHPK1Z Barb.: ἐξῆλθε BEM, ἐξελθεῖν CVOK2
18 πλέον GHP Barb.: om. ceteri 19.
20 γνησίων σπορᾶς παίδων transp. CVO Barb.
20 γνησίων om. Α οὐδ’ Α, οὐδέν HPKZ τε] δὲ BEMA ὀλιγοδείας CAHP, ὀλιγοδείας MO
21 βίοτον Κ οὐδεὶς] οὐδ’ εἴ τις Barb.
22 ἐπεπόθει GHP Barb. μόνον ζῆν BEM, ζῆν μόνον A
23 ἔργων ἡμέραν transp. BEMAVO ἔργον Z ἐπεδείκνυτο ἔργων trausp. C
24 βίου καὶ λόγου transp. G
25 βίος et λόγος um λόγος et βίος transp. KZ ἐξετάζωνται AHV2O Barb.: ἐξετάζων τὲ ceteri

15.
1 συνηχοῦντες AHPv2O Barb.: συνηχοῦντας ceteri
2 αὐτῶ Z μόνω G βραχείας A (prob. Mang.) τινος] τις K1Z
3 pr. καὶ G (cini. Mang.): om. ceteri alt. καὶ GHP: τε καὶ ceteri
4 ἄχθη GHP: ἄχθος ecteri (prob. Mang.)
5 ἑαυτοῖς KZ: αὐτοῖς VOH, αὐτοῖς ceteri οἱ μηδὲ Z (fort. recte)
7 οὐδὲ ἓν CVOK2 τἀνθρώπια O, τὰ ἀνθρώπια CG, τὰ ἀνθρώπινα Α ἢ μιᾷ C, ἡ μία GH(v prob. Wendl., v. Test.)
8 ὑψηλότερον VOK2 ταπεινότερον VOK2
9 pr. καὶ om. KZ
10 οἰκείων] ἐκείνων Turn.
11 ἤθη Turn. πατρῷα M
13 δ’ CGHPKZ
15 πατρῴας HP (Turn.) 15.
16 γεγονὼς ὅσον οὐδέπω transp. G
16 ὁ om. M
18 καὶ] κἀν coni. Mang.
20 καὶ καθάπερ KZ τε GHP: τις ceteri
21 τῷ] τὸ G
22 ἐκθύμως] προθύμως BEMA (Mang.) δὲ VO ἀνθῶν CZ
23 ἠμείψαιτ᾿ Z, ἠμείβετ’ M

16.
4 „ἄχθος ἀρούρης“ Hom. Il. Σ 104. Od. υ 379 7—
9 Eur. frg. 420 N. cf. ad vol. III 23721

17.
1 μεταστάντες Α
2 καταπεφευκότες M, καταπεφευγότων C τε GHP: om. ceteri
3 τὸν] τῶν G
4 ὑποδεχομένων K1Z ἱκέται] δεσπόται DR ἱκέταις AKZ: οἰκέταις HP, οἰκέτας V2O, ἱκέτας ceteri
5 φίλοις HP
6 ὀλίγον M οὖν om. BEMA τὴν] γῆν coni. Mang. οἰκίαν L (Turn.)
7 ἀπέλειπον K ἦλθον in textu O, γρ. ἧκον mg, O μετὰ BEMAKZ
8 ὡς] ὡσεὶ G, ὡς ἢ HP(v)
10 καὶ τοὺς G
11 οἰκέτας E οὔτ’ KZ
12 καὶ ξένιον om. HP καὶ ἐφέστιον om. HP
13 ἐπιτάγματ᾿ C
14 ἄλλους M πόνοις GO
15 ὁ σίδηρος εἴπετο GHP: om. ceteri γὰρ add. Mang. ἀνηλεῶς ἔχοντας HP καὶ ὠμοθύμους om. HP
16 συγγνώμην Z
17 δὲ Α πλίνθον G2, πλῆθος G1
18 οἱ — συγκομίζοντες om. M
19 ἔνδεσμος HP τοίχων Β, τοίχων MZ, τοίχων corr. in τειχῶν Κ
20 διωρύγων O 20.
21 καθ’ ἡμέραν G
21 ἄνευ G2, ἄνω G1
22 μόνον αὐτὸ transp. H1P καὶ om. M
23 pr. τὰ om. O δρᾶν om. HP, post ἀναγκαζόμενοι ss. P2 αὐτῶν K1Z

18. 3.4 DP fol. 246r DM fol. 250v Φίλωνος ἐκ τοῦ περὶ Μωυσέως βίου DK fol. 271v Φίλωνος: οἱ ξένοι παρ’ ἐμοὶ κριτῇ τῶν ὑποδεξαμένων ἱκέται γραφέσθωσαν.

19.
1 ἅτε om. CVO, ἄτε καὶ om. BEMA προσαναπιπτούσης Z 1.2 ὐπ’ ἄλλοις Z
2 ἀπέθνησκον BEMAK1Z, ἐπέθνησκον Ο
3 ὀρίων GHP: ὅρων ceteri ἀπέρριπτον MA, ἐρρίπτουν Κ1Ζ
5 τοῖς ψυχῆς Α, τοῖς ψυχοῖς (sic) P μόνον VG
6 δεσποτίαν G
7 δυνατωτέρως πιαίζοντες P ἐπὶ δὴ corr. in ἐπειδὴ Κ, ἐπειδὴ BEM, ἐπὶ δὴ om. in textu VO, γρ. ἐπειδὴ τούτοις mg. VO
8 τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας μήτε βοηθεῖν om. BEMAVO
9 γρ. τὰ ἀδικοῦμεν mg. VOK δὲ Α, δ’ om. BEMKZ τ’ CAHP
12 συγκάμνειν ἐᾶν conicio
13 μεταβάλλει BEMA
14 ἐν κόσμω GHP: ἐν τῶ κόσμω ceteri νέφωσις BEA βία BEA, βίαν K1Z
15 κλύδων BEA εἰς om. H1P 15.
16 ἀνθρώπια C
16 ὅσω καὶ GHP: ὅσωπερ ceteri τοιούτοις GHP: τούτοις ceteri
17 ᾤετο GHPKZ: ἰᾶτο ceteri ἐπικουφίζειν HP
18 ὁπότε] εἴ ποτε coni. Mang. παρατροπῆς VO ἐπιτίθεντο M
19 post ἀργαλεώτερον add. τῶν πόνων HP(v) γάρ om. M
20 ἀτίθασοι CHP: ἀτίθασσοι ceteri
22 θήραν καὶ ἀπάτην M
23 περιβεβλημένοι coui. Mang. τὸν] τῶν G
24 τῳ] τὸ CBEMAG ἔτι om. BMVOKZ Philonis opera voi. IV 9

20.
1 ἐξετραχύνετο GHP: ἐτραχύνετο ceteri πραχθὲν Β1, προσταχθὲν corr. m. rec.
2 πάσας . . . αἰκίας codd.: πάσαις . . . αἰκίαις v αἰτίας G
3 ἀνήρει Η δικαιώσας scripsi: δικάσας codd. pr. εὐαγὲς] εὐγενὲς G
4 ἄνθρωπον G ταῦτα CM, καὶ τοῦτο Cat.
5 ἀνήρηται VO
6 συμφρονῆ AVO, συμφωνεῖ P μηδὲ] μὴ Α αὐτοὺς om. H1P
7 αὐτὸς om. CVOG Cat.
8 ἀποβέβληται Cat. post ἐλεεῖ add. τοὺς Cat. codd. nonnulli ἀστόργως καὶ ἀπαρακλήτως V2OK2
9 δὲ Cat. νεανίσκον H(v)
10 ᾔδεσαν—πάππου (11) om. Cat. ᾔδεισαν codd. ᾔδεσαν scripsi): ἔδεισαν Mang. μνησικακήσαντα AHP
11 ἐπὶ καιρῶν CVOHP: ἐπὶ καιρὸν ceteri ἀμυνούμενοι M, ἀμυνόμενον CVO
12 δὲ Cat. ἀφηρήσεως Η1Ρ
13 ἐπιθήσονται G
15 μάλιστα VO
16 μέλλῃς C, μέλεις KZ ὑποτέμνεις BM τεμ in ras. Β): ὑπομένεις ΕΑ, ὑπομένειν G, ὑπομένει VOHPKZ, ὑποφέρῃς C 16.
17 ἐπιτιθεμένοις V2OK2
17 αἱ τῶν GHPKZ: om. ceteri βεβουλευμένων G ταῦτα C 17. 131,1 ὑπανεχώρησεν GHP Cat.: ἀνεχώρησεν ceteri

21. 3—17 Catena in Exod. 2,12 (cf. Caten. Lips. I p. 565.567) Φίλωνος ἑβραίου: τὸν ἀναιρεθέντα Αἰγύπτιον ἐπιστάτην φημὶ φησὶ codd. nonnulli) τῶν ἔργων ὑπάρχειν ὠμότατον. ἦν γὰρ εὐαγὲς — οἱ δὲ ἔνθεν· καὶ τοιαῦτα διεξιόντων ὑπανεχώρησεν (17). 3—
12 Procor. Gaz. Comment. in Exod. 2,
12 (Migne t. 87,
1 Col. 519. 520 Wendland Neu entd. Fragm. Philos p. 93): ζηλώσας ἀπέκτεινε τὸν Αἰγύπτιον, ὥς φασί τινες, ὠμότατον ἐργοδιώκτην ὑπάρχοντα· οὐ γὰρ ἢν ἄξιον ἁπλῶς φόνου τὸ μάχεσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐνόμισε δίκαιον τὸν ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ ζῶντα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπόλλυσθαι. ὅθεν καὶ μᾶλλον ὁ βασιλεὺς ἠγανάκτησε δεινὸν ἡγούμενος, οὐκ εἴ τις τέθνηκεν ἢ ἀνῄρηκε δικαίως ἢ ἀδίκως, ἀλλ’ εἰ ὁ θυγατριδοῦς αὐτῷ μὴ συμφρονεῖ μηδέ τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἐχθροὺς καὶ φίλους ἡγούμενος. ἣν δὴ λαβόντες ἀφορμὴν οἱ ἐν τέλει μυρίαις, φασί. διαβολαῖς τὸν βασιλέα κατ’ αὐτοῦ διεγείρουσιν.

22.
1 τὴν om. M ἀρραβίαν HPZ 1.
2 ἅμα καὶ GHP: τὰ πρὸς KZ, καὶ (om. ἅμα) CBEMA, ἄμα καὶ om. VO (fort. recte)
2 ῥύσεται M συμφορῶν om. VO
3 ἐπήρειαν GHP: ἀδικίαν V2OK2, σωτηρίαν ceteri τίσεται M παράσχοι MA
4 ταῦτα CM χάριν] χαρὰν GHP(v) δ’ CGHP ὑπακούει M
5 ἀγάμενος] ἀποδεχόμενος coni. Mang.
6 δ’ AVO post δὲ add. καὶ HP(v)
7 τῆς ἀρετῆς KZ μώσης codd.
9 ἐπονεῖτο GHP: διεπονεῖτο K1Z, προσεποιεῖτο C, μετεποιεῖτο VOK2, om. BEMA καὶ ante φιλοσοφίας add. BEMAKZ ἀεὶ] τὰ θεῖα coni. Mang.
10 τὴν ψυχὴν G εὐστόχως V2OK2
11 καὶ ante εἰς add. KZ αὐτὰ] αὐτῶ VK2, αὐτῶ O ἐφαρμόζων K1Z 11.
12 ἐπαινετὰς πάσας V1HPK1Z, ἐπαινετὰς ἁπάσας G: ἐπαινετῶς πᾶσιν V2OK2, ἐπαρετὰς (i. e. ἐπ’ ἀρετὰς) πάσας C, ἐπαινέτας πάντας BEMA (Mang.)
12 post πάσας πάντας) add. εἶχεν Α (Mang.) τοῦ] τὸ G
13 ἕνα om. HP λόγον ἢ νόμον VOK2GP H ὀργὴν] ἀρχὴν H
15 ἀλλοδαπὴ C ἀφιέμενος Α ἐπιχωρίων GHP: ἐγχωρίων ceteri ἤθεσιν Α
16 μηδ’ AVO
18 πλεῖον M
19 λιπαραῖσι Α, λιπαραῖς KZ, λιπαρεῖν καὶ V2O τίς ΒΑ
20 εἴ τινες GHP: εἰ δή τινες ceteri (Mang.) ἀπελθόντες G ἐπάγειν MP
21 εἰκότος] εἰωθότος coni. Mang.
22 μηδὲ μίαν CAVO ὑπούσης] εἰπούσης G 9*

23.
1 ἀκαθαίρετον Mang.: αὐθαίρετον codd.
3 ἵετο AKHP: ἵετο ceteri
4 τὸν χρόνον om. Ο
5 γε GEP: om. ceteri τῳ] τὸ G
6 ἄρραβες PZ νέμουσι GHPKZ: τρέφουσι ceteri 9.10 καδδίσκους Α
10 διαχεομένη G ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐν τῷ] εἰς τὸ περὶ τὸ G
12 δὲ C
14 καρπωσάμενοι MAP πόνον] κέρδος M
15 μώσης KZ συντείνων ἤθει G
16 πλησίων G παύσεσθαι MG, παύεσθε O, παύσασθε Z εἶπεν] ἔφη Α 16.
17 εἶναι νομίζοντες transp. Α
18 βαθεῖαι] βαρεῖαι M ἔσται G καὶ οὐκ Ο
20 προτέραις Z
21 ὑπαντλήσαντες Α
22 εἴη ὕδωρ transp. ΗΡ(ν) ἀφελέσθαι AGHP: ὑφελέσθαι ceteri
23 ἀφελεῖσθαι G
24 προσδοκηθέντα V2OK2 (coni. Mang.): προσδοκήσαντα ceteri
25 πλεονέκτες G
26 αἰσθήσεσθαι G ἐκ τἀφανοῦς Ο σθε 26.
27 μεταβάλοισθε VO, μεταβάλλοιτε Κ
27 ἐπεὶ καὶ] καὶ γὰρ Μ ἐνουθεσία M

24.
1 post μὴ add. καὶ BEMAKZ, καὶ eras. Κ θεσπίζει C: θεσπίζοι Α, θεσπίζῃ ceteri (v) 1.
2 καταπιθεῖν G
2 τε om. G
3 ἄγουσι conicio, ἄγοντες ποτίζουσι προτέραν coni. Wendl. πρότερον KZ: προτέρας ceteri (v) αὐτῶν GHP αἵδ’ KZ, αἱ δὲ VO ἐπανήκασιν O
4 σφόδρα οἴκαδε transp. Z ἐκδιηγοῦνται V2O
5 ἐνεργάσασθαι VOGHP: ἐργάσασθαι ceteri τῶ πατρὶ τοῦ ξένου transp. KZ
6 ἐπ’ ἀχαριστίας M, ἐπ’ ἀχαριστίᾳ om. in textu G
7 μου om. P
9 γὰρ post μέχρι (10) transp. GHP
10 ξενίων—ἀμοιβῆς (11) om. Α
11 μεθέξοντι V2O
12 οὐ πόρρω αὐτὸν transp. Α
14 ὀλίγον ΑΚ: ὀλίγω ceteri ἀρίδηλαι M
15 γνωρίζονται D
17 καὶ ὡς ἀξιέραστον GHP: καὶ ἀξιέραστον V1 ut vid., ἀξιέραστον γὰρ καὶ C, καὶ γὰρ ἀξιέραστον ceteri
18 οὐ] μὴ O περιφέρων MA
19 τὰ ἄριστα γνωρίσματα D δὲ] δὴ HP (Turn.)
20 εἰς ἡγεμονίαν codd.: εἰς τὴν ἡγεμονίαν V ἡγεμονίαν ποιμενικῇ coni. Mang. προγυμνασία AG Clem.: προγύμνασμα ceteri

25. 14.
15 DH fol. 254r Φίλωνος DR fol. 141r Φίλωνος ἐκ τοῦ περὶ Μωυσέος βίου: ἀρίδηλοι αἱ μεγάλαι φύσεις καὶ οὐ μήκει χρόνου γνωρίζονται. 17—
19 ibid. καὶ ἀξιέραστον καλόν ἐστι τὸ τῆς ἀφ’ ἑτέρου συστάσεως οὐ δεόμενον, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἑτέρω DR) περιφέρον τὰ ἄριστα γνωρίσματα. 19— 134,2 Clem. Alex. Strom. I
23 p. 415 P. . . . φεύγει δὴ ἐντεῦθεν καὶ ποιμαίνει πρόβατα προδιδασκόμενος εἰς ἡγεμονίαν· προγυμνασία γὰρ βασιλείας τῷ μέλλοντι τῆς ἡμερωτάτης τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιστατεῖν ἀγέλης ἡ ποιμενική, καθάπερ καὶ τοῖς πολεμικοῖς τῆ φύσει ἡ θηρευτική. ἄγει δὲ αὐτὸν ἐντεῦθεν ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν Ἑβραίων στρατηγίαν.

26.
2 τὰς φύσεις om. VO θήραις corr. ex θῆρας Α, θήρας CV, θήραν Ο
3 τὰς om. VOGHP στραταρχίαν Ο
4 τῶν προβεβλημέμων G τῆς Mang.: τὸν G, τῶν ceteri γρ. καθ’ ἕτερον mg. VO καιρῶν AHPKZ ὁ
5 pr. τὸν] τῶν Z, τῶν V2O alt. τὸν] τῶν Z, τῆς (tHP, om. VO G στρατηγικῶν G ἐστι κατ’ ἐχθρῶν transp. M γύμνασμα VOGHP: προγύμνασμα ceteri
7 διὸ] δι’ ὧν Α
10 ἐρευνωμένῳ GHP: om. Α, ἐρευνώμενον ceteri δὲ Α
11 ποιμανικὴν MO
12 pr. τὰ] τὸ Z γὰρ] δὲ Α
13 τελεσθῆναι] παιδευθῆναι D
14 καθ’ αὑτῶν MP1
15 τῶν addidi post ὅσα add. τε V2O
16 ἱκανός corr. ex ἱκανῶς B, ἱκανῶς E 16.
17 προθυμίᾳ Muug.: προστασία codd.
17 εἰς δέον fort. delenda προστασία Α (Maug.): προθυμία ceteri καθαρᾶς Maug.: χαρᾶς codd.
18 καὶ om. VO
19 αἷς] εἰς A; οἷς conicio
20 ἡ] εἰ BEMA μονή GHP: μόνον μονή CVOZ, μόνω μονή K, μόνον εἶεν ΒΕMΑ ταῖς] τῷ conicio τὸ om. CBEMA
22 ποιότητος MAK

27.
7 cf. De losepho §2 12.
13 DP fol. 76r DM fol. 77v ἐκ τοῦ περὶ Μωυσέως βίου DK fol. 248v ἐκ τοῦ περὶ Μώσεως βίου DR fol. 74r τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ περὶ Μώσεως βίου DL fol. 144v Φίλωνος DV p. 363 Flor. Par. Nr.
12 Max. Ecl. cap.
17 Anton. Mel. I
50 Col. 933 Φίλωνος: ἀμήχανον τὰ μεγάλα πρὸ τῶν μικρῶν παιδευθῆναι.
14 sqq. Exod. cap. 3

28.
1 ἐξάγων KZ δὲ Mang.: τε codd. ἔνυδρον VO
2 προβαστεύσιμον Α 2.
3 ἀναδίδοσθαι προβατεύσιμον transp. CVO
3 γενόμενος πρός τινι νάπει GHP: γενόμενος οὖν πρός τινα νάπην ceteri ἐκπληκτικώτατον GHP: πληκτηκότερον Α, πληκτικώτατον ceteri
4 τι GHP: om. ceteri οὕτως Α πυρὸς Α 4.
5 προσενέγκαντος Κ1Ζ
5 ὀλοῶς Α ἀκρέμονας VOH2, ἀκρόμενα M
6 πηγῆς] καμίνου VOK2 ἀνομβρυούσης V1, ἀναβρυούση V2OK2; ἀνομβρούσῃ (scil. φλογί) coni. Mang.
7 οὐσία] οὖσα H1P 8.
9 τις ἢν GHP (Isidor.): om. ceteri
10 αὐγοειδέστατον G ὑπετόπασεν KZ (Isidor.)
11 δ’ Α σχεδὸν] σχέδην coni. Mang.
12 γενήσεσθε Z διήγγειλε Ρ, διηγέλλετο (sic) Η, διηγγέλλετο v
13 ὄψεως] φύσεως Α
15 φθαρήσεσθαι ἐπιτιθεμένων transp. L (Turn. Mang.) φθερεῖσθαι Α
16 ἀνωφελεῖ G γενέσθαι codd.: γενήσεσθαι ν ἐπιβολὴν voluit Mang.
17 δ’ VO
18 ἐξευμαρίσοντος voluit Mang. δ’ VO
19 ὡς om. A

29.
3 sqq. Clem. Alex. Paedag. II
8 p. 215 P. . . . ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὁ παγκρατὴς κύριος τῶν ὅλων, ὁπηνίκα νομοθετεῖν ἤρχετο, τῷ λόγῳ τῷ Μωυσεῖ καταφανῆ ἐβούλετο γενέσθαι τὴν αὑτοῦ δύναμιν, ὄψις αὐτῷ δείκνυται θεοειδὴς φωτὸς μεμορφωμένου ἐπὶ φλεγομένῳ βάτῳ· τὸ δὲ ἀκανθῶδες φυτόν ἐστιν ὁ βάτος. 3—
11 Isidor. Pelus. Epist. II 143 . . . καὶ πάλιν ὁ Φίλων περὶ τοῦ θεάματος οὗ εἶδε Μωυσῆς ἐκφράζων φησί „θέαμα πληκτικώτατον ὁρᾷ“. εἶτα μετ’ ὀλίγα· „κατὰ μέσην δὲ τὴν φλόγα μορφή τις ἢν περικαλλεστάτη, τῶν ὁρατῶν ἐμφερὴς οὐδενί, θεοειδέστατον ἄγαλμα, φῶς αὐγοειδέστερον τοῦ πυρὸς ἀπαστράπτουσα, ἣ ἄν τις ὑπετόπασεν εἰκόνα τοῦ ὄντος εἶναι“.

30.
1 οὐδ’ AP, οὔτε CVO μόνου Κ τις Η (coni. Mang.): om. ceteri
2 ἐξανηλώθη C δ’ Α διεφυλάχθη VO
3 πρὶν GHPK1Z: πρὸς τῶ μὴ CBEMA, πρὸς τῶ VO, προσΚ2 ἀποβάλλων O
4 αὐγὴν CHP: αὐτὴν ὸν BEV1AGK1Z, αὐτὴν M, αὐτό V2OK2
5 ὑποθέσεως] διαθέσεως conicio ἐπεῖχε] ἐπήχει coni. Mang. μονονουχὶ VOG
15 ἡμῶν Α
7 κατατρώσει GHP: κατατρώγει CVOK2, κατατρύχει ceteri; κατατιτρώσκει v ὑπὸ eras. V, om. O ἐξαλῶσαι P
8 καὶ ἀκόντων V2O διασωθήσεσθαι AG1 μᾶλλον—κακωθήσεσθε om. Α ἀπολεῖσθαι M 8.
9 κακωθήσεσθαι M
9 μάλιστα om. Κ1Ζ ἡμᾶς G
10 ἀνεκλάμψετε Α
11 ὁμοθύμους Z ἐπαίρεσθε C2VGK: ἐπαίρεσθαι ceteri ῥώμας om. G
12 καθαιρομένας VOKZ
13 καυστὸν AG: καιόμενον V2O, καυστικὸν ceteri
16 μωϋσεῖ C: μωϋσῆ Α, μωσεῖ oeteri ἀποτελεῖν V2O
18 αἴτιον GHP(v)
19 ἐντεῦθεν G
21 οὔτ’ ἐπικουμίζεσθαι ἰσχύοντος οὔτ’ ἐλεεῖν HP
22 συμφοράς σου Α αὑτὸς om. M οἶδ’ addidi ἰδίους V1, ἰδίως V2OK2
24 γνήσιος H1P οἰκέταις HP

31.
1 ἵλεος G πρὸς] παρὰ A(v) εὐλαβηθεὶς GHP: φοβηθεὶς ceteri
3 πραγμάτων] πραχθέντων coni. Mang.
4 παραλαβὼν CBEMA(v)
5 προκεκλῆσθαι coni. Mang. post ἶνα add. μοι ΗΡ(ν)
6 ὁδὸν GHP: om. ceteri ἔξω τῶν ὅρων GHP (mg. VO): τῶν ὅρων om. ceteri προελθών VOGK2, ἐπελθόν Z
8 τοῦ πέμψαντος A(v)
9 αὐτὸ G ἔχων GHP: ἔχω ceteri (v)
10 ὅτι ἐγώ codd.: ὅτι om. v
11 τὸ παράπαν ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ VO, τὸ παράπαν ἐπ’ ἐμοὶ KZ: ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ παράπαν transp. ceteri
12 δὲ VO
13 πρόρρησιν GHP
14 τριῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν ἐπωνύμων ἀρετῆς θεός coni. Mang.
15 διδακτικῆς Η
16 ἀσκητὴς voluit Maug. σοφίας VOK2GHP: om, ceteri δὲ] δὲ καὶ HP(v)
17 οὔτ’ AG
18 ῥάβδον μὲν Z
19 ἥδ’ KZ
20 δράκων γίνεται ὑπερμεγέθης transp. KZ τελειότατος· ταχέως δ’ ἀποχωρήσας GHP (mg. VO): τελειότατος ταχέως· ἀποχωρήσας δ’ ceteri (v) 20. 138,1 ὑποχωρήσας 1
6 sqq. Exod. cap.
4 10—
12 DC fol. 223v Φίλωνος: λέγε, φησίν, αὐτοῖς πυθομένοις, τίς ὁ ἀποστείλας, ὁ ὢν ἀπέσταλκέν με, ἵνα μαθόντες διαφορὰν ὄντος τε καὶ μὴ ὄντος πρὸς ἀλήθειαν διδαχθῶσιν, ὡς οὐδὲν ὄνομα ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ παράπαν κυριολογεῖται, ᾧ μόνῳ τὸ εἶναι πρόσεστιν. cf. Ps. Iustin. Cohort. ad gentes 21: οὐδὲν γὰρ ὄνομα ἐπὶ θεοῦ κυριολογεῖσθαι δυνατόν. . . . „ἐγὼ“ γάρ φησιν „εἰμὶ ὁ ὤν“, ἀντιδιαστέλλων ἑαυτὸν δηλονότι ὁ ὢν τοῖς μὴ οὖσιν, αἰνὰ γνῶσιν οἱ πρότερον ἀπατηθέντες, ὅτι οὐχὶ τοῖς οὖσιν ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὴ οὖσιν προσέσχον. . . . διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς τὸν Μωυσέα ἔφη „ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν“, ἵνα διὰ τῆς μετοχῆς ὄντος τοῦ θεοῦ ὄντος] καὶ μὴ ὄντων διαφορὰν διδάξῃ.

32.
1 ἤδη GHP: om. ceteri
2 τε om. M
4 μετεστοιχειοῦτο G: ἀνεστοιχειοῦτο ceteri (v)
5 ἀμφοτέρας τὰς μεταβολὰς transp. CVO
6 διακρῖναι VO πληχθείσης CVOGHP: πληγείσης ceteri
11 χροιὰν Κ1Ζ ἀποβαλοῦσα G
12 διδασκάλου ΗPV2O(v) γνώριμα V2O
13 alt. τὴν GHP: om. ceteri
14 προεφοδιάσθη GP, προσεφωδιάσθη Α ἐπιφαίνεσθαι P
15 δὲ Α οὐκ ἔλαττον om. Ο τὴν om. VOHPKZ τὴν τοῦ γενέσθαι ἀρχὴν transp. Α γενέσθαι BEMA(v) λαβὼν V1GP1KZ
16 τοιοῦτον GHO ἄν] ἐὰν GHP, om. ceteri
17 τῆς γῆς P ἐκχέεις AVO χροιὰ K1Z παναληθὲς δὲ ὡς ἔπρεπεν
18 παντελῆ. πιστὸν GHP: παντέλπιστον CVOBEMZ, παντέλπιστον Κ, παντάπιστον Α δὲ ΜΑ
19 τοῦτο Α
20 προεπιδειχθέντα GHP: ἐπιδειχθέντα ceteri
21 θαυμασιουργήματα BEMVKZ

33.
21 sqq. Origenes in Exod. Homil. III
1 (t. IX p.
22 Lomm.): ubi coepit audire vocem dei et eloquia divina suscipere, tunc seusit exilem et gracilem vocem suam tardamque et impeditam esse suam intellegit linguam: tunc se pronuntiat mutum, cum coepit agnosccre verum illud verbum . . . at si ipsum quis contempletur divinum verbum, . . . ipse apud deum mutum se animal profitebitur . . . omnes enim homiues ad comparationem verbi divini non solum ineloquentes, sed et muti putaudi sunt.

34.
1 pr. καὶ GHP: om. ceteri εὔλογον] εὔγλωττον GH2, εὔλαλον V2OK2 αὐτὸν CBiMGPKZ
2 μάλιστα MA ἤκουσε V2 νομίσαι HPO
3 λογιότητα GHP: νηπιότητα ceteri θείας Mang.: ἀληθείας codd. καὶ ἅμα om. Z
4 ὑπεστέλλετο GHPV2O: ὑπέστελλε ceteri τὰ corr. in ταῦτα V, ταῦτα O οὐ CV1GHP: om. O, ἢ ceteri
5 καθ’ αὑτόν GHP: κατ’ αὐτόν ceteri (v)
6 ἐπιταγέντων V2O δυνησόμενον GHP: δυνάμενον ceteri
7 ἄρ’ A γε KZ: om. ceteri εἶπεν CBE
9 ἐγώ om. M ἐπιπνεύσαντος vel ἐμπνεύσαντος coni. Mang.
10 μέτριον GHP: βέλτιον ceteri (v) ὡς GHP: om. ceteri ἔτι om. M
11 ῥεῖν] ῤεύσειν coni. Mang.
12 λόγων] λογισμῶν GHP
13 ἀπαγγέλλει G, ἀπαγγέλλοι Α ἀπὸ GHP: ὑπὸ ceteri σὺ] σοὶ G δὲ C
15 ταῦτα C, τοῦτ’ HP εἰσάπαν AKZ ἀσφαλὲς ἀντιλέγειν transp. A(v)
16 οὐδέ C ἄρας] δρᾶς C τῆς γυναικὸς Κ ἐπ’ GHP: κατ’ ceteri (v)
17 ἀπαντήσαντα VOK2 γρ. ὑπειπὼν
18 ὑπὸ τῶν (sic) Κ 18.
19 κατ’ ἐπὶ σωφροσύνην V1
19 θεοῦ GHP: θείαν ceteri συναινεῖν] συνιέναι V2OK2
22 ὡς] εἰς Μ αὐτῶν λαβὼν transp. G
23 τὴν] τῶν HP μετάστασιν MG

35.
1 αὐτὸς VO: αὐτῆς Z, αὐτοῖς ceteri
2 λαὸν P ἱερουργήσαντα V1H1P
3 ἐν ἐρημία VOK2
4 γινομένας GV2O: γινομέναις ceteri γενομέναις v)
5 νόμω καὶ τρόπω transp. Z διαφέροντι VO τῆς κοινότητος V2O ἐθνῶν BKZVOH
6 ἰδιότας (sic) C ὅδ’ Z προγονικῷ CG: προγονικῶν ceteri
7 ἔξω τῶν ὁρατῶν νοητὸν θεὸν transp. KZ
9 ἐξαποστέλλω V1GHP: ἐξαποστελῶ CV2O, ἀποστέλλω ceteri
10 ἑορτῶν Z ἐφηνιάσοντα BEM, ἀφηνιάσοντας C
11 τὴν] εἰς GHP, om. CVO
12 post ὡς add. εἰς G2HP
13 τοὺς] τοῖς BEMA
14 οὐδὲν KZ πολλῇ om. Α
15 ἐπὶ om. M
16 post δὲ add. καὶ HP
17 κατηγορούντων VOG1 ἀσεβείας Mang.: ἀσέβειαν codd. τῷ] τὸ C κατεΦεῦσθαι GHP: καταψεύδεσθαι ceteri
18 δεικνύειν GHP: διακονεῖν ceteri 18.
19 θεασομένους VOGHP θεασαμένους ceteri
19 εἰς τὴν πίστιν Η
20 post βασιλεῖ add. αὐτῶ GHP
21 δυναστῶν coni. Μang. 21.22 συρρεόντων G
22 μωυσέως VG: μωϋσοῦ C, μώσεως ceteri
23 ῥιπτεῖ BEMA, ῥύπτει G

36.
1 sqq. Exod. cap.
5 20 sqq. Exod. 7, 10 sqq.

37.
1 καταθεῶντο C ἔχοντες] ἄγοντες Α
2 ἔξω χωροῦντες BEMAKZ, ἐξανεχώρουν ΗΡ ἀπέφυγον CVO, ἔφευγον G, om. ΗΡ
3 καταπλήττεσθαι G
5 ἣν om. G καὶ] οἳ coni. Mang.
6 εἰλοῦντο BEV δὲ VO
7 διανοίξας VO Cat.
8 βιαιοτάτου Κ βόλος vel βόλους Cat., ἀμφιβόλῳ V2O
9 τῆς] τὰς V2O μετέβαλλεν Η 9.
10 οὕτως μὲν οὖν ἑκάστου τοῦτο τεθεαμένου τῶν ἐθελοκακούντων Cat.
12 τέχνας] τεχνάσματα Cat. codd. nonnulli πεπλασμένα Cat. 12.
13 θειοτάτην Α (Turn.)
13 ἐπεὶ GHP: ἐπειδὴ ceteri καὶ CVOHP: om. ceteri
14 ἐναργείας C2 (coni. Mang.): ἐνεργείας ceteri
16 ἐνειλημμένοι C (et V1 ut vid.), ἀντειλημμένοι V2OK2G, ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι mg. O βεβαιότητος Κ, βεβαιότητα Z, βιαιοτάτου BEMA
17 λόγων] λογίων coni. Mang. προσταττόμενοι Α
18 ἐπιδείξεσι A(v) τὸ βούλημα] βούλημα in fine pag. om. Β, τὸ in τοῦτο corr. m. alt., τοῦτο M
19 ἐπανατάσεως Mang.: ἐπαναστάσεως codd. ἐδέησεν CB 19.
20 ἐσμοῦ, αἶς Cat.: αἷς μόναις GHP, αἷς μόνον KZ, ἐσμοῦ (om. αἷς) ceteri
20 οἱ om. Cat. ἐπαίδευσεν CB Cat.

38. 6—
13 Catena in Exod. 7,12 (Cat. Lips. I p. 629) Φίλωνος ἑβραίου: ἐκ πολλοῦ τοῦ περιόντος διαναστὰς πρὸς ὕψος ὁ ἐκ τῆς ῥάβδου Μωυσέως γενόμενος δράκων τὰ μὲν στέρνα εὐρύνει — δρᾶν εὐμαρές. —13 Procop. Gaz. Comment. in Exod. 7,12 (Migne t. 871 Col. 543 Wendland Neu entd. Fragra. Philos p. 93): ταῦτα διήλεγξε τὰ σοφίσματα καὶ τὰς πεπλασμένας τέχνας πρὸς ἀπάτην ἡ καταπιοῦσα ῥάβδος τοῦ ᾿Ααρὼν τὰς τῶν μάγων ὡς ἀπὸ θειοτέρας ποιήσασα τοῦτο δυνάμεως. 17—
20 Catena in Exod. 7,
13 (Cat. Lips. I p. 630) Φίλωνος ἑβραίου: ὅτε δὴ—ἐπαίδευσεν.

39.
1 δ’ AGHP, om. Cat. τελείως Cat. codd. nonnulli ἡμαρτημένων HP
2 κολάσεως om. Cat.; vel delendum vel scrib. κολάσεων censuit Mans. ἦν scripsi: ἡ codd. ἔθει οἱ δὲ κολάσεις παρηλλαχυῖαι coni. Μang. ἔθνει Κ
3 πῦρ καὶ ἀὴρ transp. KZ
4 τοῦ θεοῦ Κ
6 γενέσει corr. ex γεννήσει Κ
7 βουληθῇ A τῶν om. AGHP
8 τὰς om. VOG τῶν om. V1, ss. V2
9 αἱ σωματικαὶ] καὶ σώματι καὶ Α πιότητες Z μωϋσέος M, μώσεως AKZ ἀδελφῶ mg. P, ἄΓω (i. e ἀνθρώπω) in textu P
10 ἀέρων G μωϋσεῖ CV1OHP: μωϋσῆ ceteri
11 κοινὴν CGHPK1Z: κοινωνεῖν ceteri ἀμφοτέραις O ἑβδόμην GHP: ἑπτὰ VO, om. ceteri
12 αὐτῶ codd.
13 ἀφ’] ἐφ’ Α ἐξ v)
14 τοῦτο Α
15 ἠξίωσεν Z, ἠξίωσαι Κ καλέσαι] κολάσαι Α (prob. Mang.) ἔκπλξιν C

40. 1.
2 ibid. Φίλωνος ἑβραίου: δέκα ἐπάγονται τῆ Χώρᾳ πληγαί, κατὰ τῶν τελείως τέλεια Monac. 9) ἡμαρτηκότων τέλειος ἀριθμός. προλέγει ὁ Μώσης τὰς πληγὰς καὶ τὸν καιρόν, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ τοῖς πολλοῖς αὐτομάτως γίνεσθαι. 1—
14 Procop. Gaz. Comment. in Exod. 7,
12 (Migne t. 87,1 Col. 545. 546 Wcndland l. l.): δέκα δὲ ἐπάγονται τῇ χώρᾳ τιμωρίαι, ρίαι, κατὰ τῶν τέλεια ἡμαρτηκότων τέλειος ἀριθμὸς κολάσεως. ἡ δὲ κόλασις παραλλάττει τὰς ἐν ἔθει δικαιώσαντος θεοῦ διὰ στοιχείων, οἷς ὁ κόσμος συνέστη, τὴν ἀσεβῶν φθείρεσθαι χώραν, πρὸς ἔνδειξιν κράτους ἀρχῆς τρεῖς μὲν οὖν πληγὰς τὰς ἐκ τῶν παχυτάτων στοιχείων, γῆς καὶ ὕδατος, ὁ Μωυσέως ἀδελφὸς ἐπιτρέπεται, τὰς δὲ ἴσας ἐξ ἀέρος καὶ πυρὸς μόνος ὁ Μωυσῆς, μίαν δὲ κοινὴν ἄμφω τὴν ἐβδόμην, τὰς δὲ τρεῖς τὰς ἄλλας εἴς συμπλήρωσιν δεκάδος ἑαυτῷ θεὸς ἀνατίθησι. καὶ πρώτας ἐπιφέρειν ἄρχεται τὰς ἐξ ὕδατος· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὕδωρ Αἰγύπτιοι διαφερόντως ἐτίμησαν ἀρχὴν τῆς τῶν ολων γενέσεως εἶναι τοῦτο νομίσαντες . . .
7 Origenes in Exod. Homil. IV
3 (t. IX p.
37 Lomm.) Sed et illa non minus mihi intuenda videtur observatio, cum quaedam verbera Aaron inferre dicitur Pharaoni vel Aegypto, quaedam Moses, quaedam vero ipse Dominus.

41.
1 τί] τοῦτο coni. Mang. μώσεως codd.
2 ἀπὸ AG
3 δὲ CVO γ
4 διώρυγες VO, διώρυχες Κ πηγαί om. BEMA
5 τὰ παρὰ ταῖς ὄχθαις CV1GHPK1Z: τὰς παρ’ αὐταῖς ὄχθας V2O, ταῖς (sic) παρ’ αὐταῖς ὄχθας Κ2, τὰς ὄχθας BEMA δέ C
6 αὐλοὺς eras. V, om. O
7 διαυγὴς C1, ἐναυγοῦς V1 ut vid., ἐν αὐτοῖς V2OK2
8 καὶ om. G πάντα CVO
9 μεταβαλλούσης BEMAHZ δι’ ἀπάντων M
10 ἀθρόων HPKZ
14 ἱκέτευσαν GHP: ἱκέτευον ceteri
15 πότιμον] ποτάμιον ΒΕMΑ
16 δ’ AGHP
17 ὠμότατα M ἵεντο ΑΚ: ἵεντο ceteri
19 καὶ ante δεύτερον add. V2O δευτέραν GK1Z, δευτέρᾳ coni. Mang. οὐκ εἰωθότων] ἐθελόντων V2OK2 ἐπιπλήττεσθαι GHP: πλήττεσθαι ceteri παθόντες] πάντες VO 19.
20 ἄν ἐδιδάσκοντο A
21 μελόντων KZ
22 καταλαμβάνει HP μωσέως codd.
24 ἀνέρπει GHP: ἀνεῖρπε ceteri

42.
1 sqq. Exod. 7,19 —25
22 sqq. Exod. 81

43.
1 ἀγορὰς] ἀγροὺς coni. Mang. τὴν GHP: om. ceteri ὑπαίθριον GHP(v)
4 ἐναντίαν] τῶν ἐναντίων HP (Turn.) μήτε GHP
5 δυνάμενοι μένειν GHP: μένειν δυνάμενοι ceteri
6 τὰ om. P προκατειλήφεισαν HP(v) ὑψηλοτέρων O
7 ἐνέρποντες Α
8 ἐπὶ τοὺς] εἰς BEMA
9 ἐξευμενίζοντο CBEMAK1Z
10 εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν om. Α τὸν GHPV2O: om. ceteri δία
11 δὲ VO καταφθαρέντων G θιμῶνες C
12 ἐπιφερομένων V2O τοὺς] τῶν V2O ὀδμάς KZ
14 ἀναπνεύσαντες coni. Mang.
15 ἶν’ GHPKZ: om. ceteri
16 ἀδικῶσι GHPKZ: ἀδικοῦσι ceteri
17 ἐκλαθόμενοι om. Α τὲ ὡς Α ὑπέμειναν GHP: ὑπέμειναν (sic) Α, ὑπέμενον ceteri
18 ἐκ τῆς γῆς Ο ἐπιφέρει BEMAKZ
19 τοὔδαφος om. M σκνηπῶν H, σκνιφῶν CVOBEM
20 ἐχύθη GHP: ἐξεχύθη ceteri
21 βαρύτατον M ἀλλ’ ὅμως Z post λυμαίνεται add. τῶν σωμάτων V2OK2 21.
22 τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν λυμαίνεται transp. H(v)
22 ἐμποιῶν Α βλαβερωτάτας BEM
23 τἀντὸς] τ’ ἀυτος (sic) 0, τὰ ἐντὸς Α, παντὸς G διὰ] μέχρι BEMA

44.
17 sqq. Exod. 8,16 20— 146,8 Procop. Gaz. Comment. in Exod. 816 t. 87,
1 Col. 555 Wendland Neu entd. Fragm. Philos. p. 94): οἱ δὲ λεπτότατοι σκνῖπες

45.
1 εἰσπετώμενον AZ δὲ] δὴ Α
2 post ἴσως add. δ’ V2OK2; οὖθν ἄν Wendl.
3 οὐτῶ Α, οὕτως om. Κ1Ζ ἀφανέσι καὶ om. Α
4 ἄρκους C καὶ pr. et alt. om. VO τὰ om. BEMAKZ 4.
5 τἄλλα VO
5 ἀτιθάσων CBEKHP: ἀτιθάσσων ceteri post ἃ add. καὶ BEMAKZ ἀνθρωπίων G, ἀνθρωπίνων Α
6 δείγματα GP
7 εἰ δ’ ὄντως ἀγνοεῖ om. C εἰ δ’] ὅδ’ Κ1Ζ ὄντως] οὕτως V2OK2 ἀγνοεῖ GHP: ἀπορεῖ VOK2 ἀναιρεῖ BEMA, om. K1Z
8 τῆς χώρας om. L (Turn.) 10.
11 λοιμῷ τε καὶ λιμῶ transp. A
11 προδιδασκέσθω BEMA
12 δὲ] δαὶ BEM τοῦτ’ CGHP: τοῦτό ceteri γὰρ VOGHPD: om. ceteri
13 δυνατώτερον H1P ὀνομάζουσιν DR
14 ἐκπλήσσει BEAH1P, ἐκπλήττει D, ἐκπληρώσει KZ ὁ θεὸς D δὲ VOD ἡ om. D ἀνωτάτη D
15 ὢν] ὧ C, ὃς V2O, ὢν ὃς 2 οὐδενός ἐστι χρεῖος VOK2: οὐδενὸς χρεία (corr. ex χρεῖος) ἐστίν DC, οὐδενὸς ἐν χρεία ἐστίν DR, οὐδενὸς χρεῖος (om. ἐστι) CGHP, ὧ οὐδενὸς χρεία K1Z, om. BEMA δέ D: om. codd. που] περ A

46. ἀφανέσι δήγμασι τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ἀλγύνουσι· δι’ ὧν δείκνυται, ὡς οὐ καταφθεῖραι θεὸς παιδεῦσαι δὲ μόνον Αἰγυπτίους ἠβούλετο. ἠ’ γὰρ ἇν ἑρπετὰ καὶ θηρία κατὰ τούτων ἐκίνησε, μᾶλλον δὲ λιμόν τε καὶ λοιμόν. ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ τοῖς μεγάλα δυναμένοις ζῴοις χρῆται πρὸς συμμαχίαν θεός, ὡς ἂν μὴ τῆς ἐκείνων δόξῃ δυνάμεως τὰ πραττόμενα, τοῖς δὲ λεπτοῖς καὶ ἀσθενέσιν ἀμάχους δυνάμεις ἐνίησιν, ὡς ὑπ’ αὐτῶν ἀπαγορεῦσαι πᾶσαν τὴν Αἴγυπτον καὶ βοᾶν ἀναγκασθῆναι, ὅτι „δάκτυλος τοῦτο θεοῦ“· χεῖρα γὰρ θεοῦ μηδὲ τὸν σύμπαντα κόσμον ὑφίστασθαι.
4 cf. Sup. Salom. 11,17 (18) οὐ γὰρ ἠπόρει ἡ παντοδύναμός σου χεὶρ καὶ κτίσασα τὸν κόσμον ἐξ ἀμόρφου ὕλης ἐπιπέμψαι αὐτοῖς πλῆθος ἄρκων ἢ θρασεῖς λέοντας. —146,4 DC fol. 126v τοῦ αὐτοῦ Φίλωνος) ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου περὶ Μωυσέως βίου) DR fol. 120r τοῦ αὐτοῦ: ἄνθρωποι μὲν γὰρ — ἐγκατασκευάσς δι’ αὐτῶν ἀμύνεται μὲν τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας, βοηθεῖ δὲ τοῖς αδικουμένοις. Philonis opera vol. IV 10

47.
1 ἐρρωμενέστερα GZDR
2 τῆς τῶν ἀλκῆς ἥκιστα φροντιζόντων DC τούτων τερον om. DR εὐτελεστέροις D καὶ μικροῖς om. D
4 εὐτελέστατον G σκνηπός G
5 ὡς GHP: ὥστ’ KZ, ὥστε ceteri
6 θεοῦ τοῦτ’] αὐτοῦ τ’ Z
8 δὲ VOKZ
9 τοιαῦτα (sic) Z μωϋσέος KO, μώσεως MAH, μωσέος P
10 μωυσῆς αὐτὸς transp. CVO
11 καὶ ante αἱ add. BEMAKZ
12 παρὰ C καὶ om. V1, add. V2
13 ἐπ’ αἰγύπτω GHPKZ: ἐπ’ αἴγυπτον ceteri μωοῆς Ο δία
14 μετακινεῖν G
15 τῷ om. GHP ὀρῶν G
17 post ζώνης add. τῆς V2O (fort. recte) κεκαυμένης BEMA post ῥέοντος add. γὰρ CBEM ἐκεῖθεν τοῦ πυρώδους transp. BEMAKZ ἀφανῶς] ἀφθόνως coni. Mang.
18 ἀλεαίνοντος GHP: λεαίνοντος BEMAVO, αὐαίνοντος CKZ
19 πλημμυρῶν scripsi (cf. § 202): πλημμυρῶν HPKZ, πλημυρῶν G, πληθύνων ceteri προσαναλίσκει Α μὲν om. BEAKZ, μὲν γὰρ om. M
20 θέρους om. Α 20.21 αἱ ἐτησίαι VO, αἱ ἐτήσιοι KZ, ὑετισίαι Β, ὑετίαι M
21 καταράττουσιν CGHOZ: καταρράττουσιν ceteri (v) post καταράττουσι add. καὶ οἱ GHP
24 εἰλεῖται BEVOHPZ

48.
1 τοῦ om. Α post ὀφείλοντος add. καὶ HP 1.
2 post ἀνακοπαῖς add. δ’ V2O
2 εὐρύνεται καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος συστέλλεσθαι V2O
3 ἐκθλίβουσιν GHP: θλίβουσιν ceteri
4 ἐν om. Mang. γίνεσθαι V2O
5 καὶ om. V1, add. V2
6 καρπὸν Α
7 δεομένης γῆς VO, δυναμένη γῆ Κ1 τῆ γῆ G πολυσχεδεῖ CV1A
9 ἁρμοσαμένη VOKZ
10 παρέχων A
11 ἐριζούσαις Z
12 πρὸς] ἐν BEMAKZ θαλάσση Z μόναις] μόνον Cat., μόλις Κ1Ζ ψαικάσιν Z
13 δὲ Cat. ἔνθα τὸ βασίλειον Cat. νιφομένων Α, νειφομένων GHP τὸ om. Α
14 ταῖς δυσχειμερίαις Cat.
15 ἀθρόας V2O χάλαζαν GHP: καὶ χάλαζαν ceteri βαρεῖαν] βαθεῖαν GHP Cat.
16 βίας GHP (et V1 ut vid.): βίαν C, βία ceteri ἀλλεπαλλήλους KZ (Cat. Monac. 9)
17 καὶ om. GHP Cat. συνεχεῖς κεραυνούς transp. HP τερατωδεστέραν Ο Cat.
18 θέοντες] αἴθοντες V2OK2 μαχομένην οὐσίαν VO οὔτ’ Α
19 ἔτεκον Z, ἔτεμον Cat. οὔτ’ Α δὲ BEM Cat. 20.21 ἁπάντων φορὰ CVO
21 ὑπερβαλούσας MG δυσφημίας Α ἦγεν GHP καὶ om. H1P

49.
11 sqq. Exod. 9,22 sqq. —20 Catena in Exod. 9,24 (Cat. Lips. I p. 652) Φίλωνος ἑβραίου: τῆς Αἰγύπτου δὲ τῆς χειμερινῆς ἐαριζούσης τροπῆς (sic), τῶν μὲν πρὸς θαλάττῃ — διετήρουν τὴν χάλαζαν. 10*

50.
1 καὶ om. M
2 κεκαινουργεῖσθαι EG συμβάντα] σύμπαντα GHP1 οὔπω GHP: οὐ ceteri
3 φθορᾷ] φορὰ G
4 παραψύξεσι YO ἐπιπτούσης E, ἐπιπτούσης C
5 τὰ— ἐξαναλωθέντα om. Ο τάδ’ KZ, τἄ δὲ Α καταναλωθέντα KZ
6 διέμεινε AVOZ
9 μώσης KZ κἄπειτα Ο
10 καταρράττει GH2K, καράττει (sic) M, καὶ ταράττει Α νότος βιαιότατος GHP: νότος om. VO, βιαιότατος νότος ceteri τὴν νύκτα G, νύκτωρ H (Turn.) 10.
11 προσεπιτεινόμενος GHPKZ: ἐπιτεινόμενος ceteri (Mang.)
11 σφοδρυνόμενος KZ: σφοδρούμενος ceteri (v)
12 τε om. Α ἐστι] ἦν V2O κεφαλγὴς ἅλ’ ἡ E, κεφαλγὴς Β, κεφαλγὸς Α βαρύκοος HP, βαρύκοος V, βαρήκοος Ο ἄσας] αὔας Κ1Ζ αὐδημονίας Z, εὐδαιμονίας G
13 τὰ om. C
14 διακονιθῆναι M
15 πάντα] ταῦτα Α καίειν] κινεῖν BEMA
16 ἅμα M αὐτῶ O ἀμήχανον GHPKZ: ἀμηχάνων ceteri
17 ἀκρίδας HP ἀπαύστως GHPKZ: om. ceteri 17.
18 ἐκχεόμεναι καὶ πάντα πληρώσασαι τὸν ἀέρα GKZ; om. ceteri (v)
18 διέφαγον GHP: τὰ δένδρα διέφαγον ceteri τὰ δένδρα acld. etiam mg. H) ὑπελείποντο C, διελείποντο VO
19 μόγις GHP, τοίνυν (pro μόλις) O
20 ἀκριβεστάτην GHP: ἀκριβεστέραν ceteri κακῶν GHPKZ: om. ceteri

51.
7 sqq. Exod. 10, 20

52.
2 ἐφιεῖν (sic) VO, ἀφιεὶς Α; ἐφήσειν conicio χαλάσαντος GHPV2O: χαλάσαντος δὲ ceteri (v) 2.3 πάλιν δ’ GHP: δ’ om. ceteri (v)
3 μωϋσέος MAKHP ὑποβαλὼν VO τῆς GHP: om. ceteri ἀποσκίδνησι GHP: ἀποσκεδάννυσι ceteri
4 ἀποσκεδασθεισῶν A
5 δυσθανατῶντος CGHPZ προτέρων ΑΚ1Ζ κακὸν VO
6 μὲν om. KZ
7 γινομένης BEMKZ τελεωτέρας Ο
8 πιλείση G βεβαιοτάτῃ coni. Mang.
11 δή om. GHP; δέ Turn.
12 κατεπείγοι τι GHP: τι om. Z, τι κατεπείγοι cetcri τῶν τε G
13 τοίχων GHP: τοίχου ceteri προσέρχεσθαι C1V1BEM, διέρχεσθαι G
14 τὰ μὲν CV1BEMA 14.
15 ὑπὸ τῆς κατεχούσης ζάλης GHP: τῆ κατεγούση ζάλη χαλάζη Ο) ceteri
15 τὰ δὲ CV1BEMA βάθει] βάρει GHP ἀμαυρούμενα CV1BEMA
16 τῆ ἀναγκαιοτάτη ὄψει V2O ὄψιν fort. delendum ὑγιαινούση V2O, τ’ ὑγιαίνουσαν BEM, τὴν ἡγεμονεύουσαν AP2 τηρὸν] πονηρὸν VOK2
17 μηδὲν GHP: μήδ’ VO, μηδὲ ceteri δυναμένην GHP: δυναμένη V2O, δυναμένων ceteri τοὺς ἄλλους O οἷα codd.: οἷον Mang.
18 οὔτε ἀκούειν G 18.
19 προσενέγκαι VO
19 αὐτοὺς CMGH1PKZ
20 οὐδὲ μιᾷ BEM κολάζοντες M, ἐνασχολούμενοι mg. O
21 μώσης P λαβεῖν O οἶκτον λαβὼν transp. M
22 αἰθερία M

53.
5 sqq. Exod. 10,21— 29

54.
1 τοσαύτας M μωϋσέος MKHP
2 χαλάζης GHP: χαλαζῶν ceteri δι’ ἀκρίδος M (fort. recte)
3 σκότους MGHP: τοῦ σκότους ceteri ἰδέαν] ἰδίαν M τε GHP: om. ceteri
5 μώσης O 5.6 κατὰ μέρος om. KZ
7 καὶ ante ζῴοις add. C δυσαλγῆ GHP: δυσανθῆ Α, δυσαλθῆ ceteri (Mang.) τῆς om. G
8 ἀπάσης GHPKZ: πάσης ceteri 8.9 ἐξανθήσεσιν GHPKZ: ὑπανθήσεσιν ceteri
9 ὑπωπύους Α φλυκταίναις M
10 ἀναζῆν GH τε] δὲ conicio περιοδυνίαις Z
11 φιλογνώσεως (sic) Α 11.12 τῶν σωμάτων om. KZ
12 ἔκαμον Η1Ρ ἐκτρυχόμενοι Α
13 ἐθεάσατο GHP: ἐθεᾶτο ceteri 13.
14 μέρος καὶ μέλος transp. CVO
14 ἐσπαρμένων GHP1 alt. καὶ om. C αὐτὴν om. CV1EA, ss. Β συγκριθέντων coni. Mang.
16 ῥᾶρον V1 ut vid. 16.
17 ἐτράπησαν M
18 μώσης G post διὰ add. τὸ HP
19 δ’] γὰρ V2O
20 ὑπηρέτει GHP; ὑπηρετεῖτο ceteri
22 ὡς ἂν οἷόν τε ἦ G, ὡς οἷόν τε ἦ ΗΡ: ὡς οἷός τε ὦ Α, ὡς ἂν οἷος τε ὦ ceteri
23 δέ ἐστιν CAVO
24 ἑτοίμως Κ

55.
4 sqq. Exod. 9,8 —12
23 sqq. Exod. 8,24 sqq.

56.
1 συνθέντες om. VO τὸ ὄνομα VO
2 τοῦ] τῆς Α τοῦ χερσαίου C χερσαίων θρασυτάτου] θηρίων οὔσης Α τῆς] τοῦ BEMGKZ
3 post ἐπιφοιτῶσι add. τε G ἀδεῶς] ἀναιδῶς coni. Mang. εἴργῃ KZ
4 ἂν GHP: om. ceteri σαρκὸς K1O
5 post δηκτικὸν add. γὰρ Α ἐπίβολον coni. Mang.
7 ἐπεμπίπτουσα GHP: ἐπιπίπτουσα O, ἐπεισπίπτουσα ceteri εὖ μάλα om. M ἐγχρίπτεται MAOGPKZ καὶ om. M
8 προβολή HP ἐπιβουλίαν H; ἐπιβολὴν coni. Mang.
9 κεχρημένης GHP: χρωμένης KZ, χρωμένη CBEMA, χρωμένην VO χρωμένη τοῖς φυσικοῖς transp. Α alt. τοῖς] τῆς L (Turn.)
10 ὥπλιζε GHP: ὥπλικε ceteri διήγειρε BEMAKZ
12 καὶ add. ante βοσκημάτων G καὶ om. G
13 ὅσα KZ ἄλλων GHP: ὅσαι ceteri ἰδέαι] ἀγέλαι VO
14 διεφθείρετο G
15 μικρὸν GHP: πρὸς μικρὸν ceteri ἔμελλε corr. ex ἤμελλε Β, ἤμελλε EA 15.
16 προμηνύουσαι H2Z: προμηνύουσα ceteri
16 γὰρ] γοῦν CV1HP 16.
17 προάγων τις VOK2, προαγών τις CBEM: προαγωγός τις A, προαγωγόν τι GHPK1Z
17 ἀρρωστημάτων GHP: νόσων ceteri (v) ἄλογος H1P αἰφνίδιος om. KZ φορά G
19 πρότερον O ἐγένετο M οὗτε πάντων om. O οὐ C: οὐδὲ BEMAKZ, οὔτε VOGHP
20 ὁ om. M

57.
11 sqq. Exod. 9, 3—6
18 sqq. Exod. 12,29 sqq.

58.
1 ἐφιεὶς GHP: ἐφεὶς ceteri μόνον OZ
2 βασιλέων V1, βασιλείων V2O
3 ἀλεστρίδος O πρῶτον BEMAP2KZ
4 πρῶτον om. AVOK
5 post πάντες add. δ’ KZ
6 οὐδεμίαν] μίαν οὐδὲ μίαν CVO ἀμοιρίσαι A
7 τῆς τότε transp. Mang.
9 ἄχρι Ο
10 καὶ GHP: om. ceteri
12 συνηχῆσαι κατὰ πάσης τῆς οἰκουμένης (sic pro χώρας) trausp. Α
14 τῷ] τὸ EAPZ, τὸ τοῦ G προσελθὼν G
15 ἐπ’ GHP: om. ceteri 16.
17 τῆς παραμυθίας om. M
17 ἀφαιρούμενος BEMAKZ ἔμελλε παρηγορεῖν ἕτερον GHP: ἔμελλεν ἕτερον παρηγορεῖν KZ, ἔμελλε παρηγορεῖν (om. ἕτερον) ceteri
19 τῆς VOGH2: om. ceteri ἔτι GHP: om. ceteri ἀπωλείας GHP: om. ceteri
21 τε om. BEMA
22 μωϋσέος BMAKHP
23 εἴασαν M ὑπεξελθεῖν CVG
24 μὴ εἴξαντος V1O, μὴ expunxit V2
25 εἶτα CVBEKZ
26 πάσης om. V ἐξ ἁπάσης mg. O, πάσης in textu O ἐξελαύνειν GHPO: ἐλαύνειν ceteri

59.
1 αὐτὸν CBM αὐτὸ μόνον om. Α πρὸς] εἰς conicio ἀνηκέστου τιμωρίας coni. Mang.
2 οἵδ’ Z, οἱ δὲ VO ἐξελαυνόμενοι KZ αὐτῶν codd.
3 τοὺς] τέως KZ
5 ἐκφορήσαντες GHP Cat. (of. Clem. Al.): εὐφορήσαντες BEMVOKZ, εὐφρονήσαντες Α, συμφορήσαντες C
6 κακηγορῶν coni. Mang. εἴπῃ M
7 ὧν] ὃ H1P, ὃν Η2
8 ἀναγκαῖον—κατεδουλώθησαν (9) om. Α κομισάμενοι Κ εἶτα] ἔνθα Cat. δὲ GHP Cat.: δὲ καὶ ceteri
10 ἐστιν Cat.
11 προίεσθαι] προίασι vel πρόεισι Cat.

60. 2—154,7 Catena in Exod. 12.36 (Cat. Lips. I p. 692) Φίλωνος ἑβραίου: μετὰ τὴν τῶν πρωτοτόκων τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἀπώλειαν οἱ Ἑβραῖοι ἐλαυνόμενοι καὶ διωκόμενοι — ὑπερέχοντος τοῦ δικαίου. Procop. Gaz. Comm. in Exod. 11,2 (Migne t. 87,
1 Col. 559 Wendland Neu entd. Fragm. Philos p. 94): σκυλεύουσι τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους οὐ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμοῦντες — ἄπαγε —, ἀλλ’ ὦν ὑπηρέτησαν ἀναγκαῖον μισθὸν κομιζόμενοι καὶ οὐκ ἴσοις ἀντιλυποῦντες· ποῦ γὰρ ἴσον ἐλευθερία καὶ χρήματα, ἧς αὐτοὺς ἱκέτας ὄντας καὶ ξένους ἐστέρησαν· ὑπὲρ ἧς οὐ μόνον οὐσίας προίεσθαι καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς δὲ προθύμως οἱ γενναῖοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐθέλουσιν· ἧς ἀποστερήσαντες ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ τούτους αἰχμαλώτους εἰργάσαντο. ἐν ἑκατέρῳ δὴ κατώρθουν, εἴθ’ ὡς ἐν εἰρήνῃ μισθὸν λαμβάνοντες παρ’ ἀκόντων, ἃ (ὃν?) πολὺν χρόνον οὐκ ἀποδιδόντων ἐστέρηντο, εἴθ᾿ ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ λάφυρα κομιζόμενοι δίχα τῆς ἐν ὅπλοις παρασκευῆς ἀμυνόμενοι, θεοῦ τὴν δίκην βραβεύσαντος. νόμος δὲ πολέμου τοῖς κεκρατηκόσιν τὰ τῶν ἡττημένων χαρίζεται· ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ κατὰ πολεμίων ὁ δόλος ἀπόβλητος.
4 sqq. Clem. Alex. Strom.
1 23 p, 415 P. . . . ὕστερόν τε ἐξιόντες οἱ Ἑβραῖοι πολλὴν λείαν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἐκφορήσαντες ἀπῄεσαν, οὐ διὰ φιλοχρηματίαν, ὡς οἱ κατήγοροί ροί φασιν — οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀλλοτρίων αὐτοὺς ἀνέπειθεν ἐπιθυμεῖν ὁ θεός —, ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν ὧν παρὰ πάντα τὸν χρόνον ὑπηρέτησαν τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις μισθὸν ἀναγκαῖον κομιζόμενοι, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἠμύναντο ἀντιλυποῦντες ὡς φιλαργύρους Αἰγυπτίους τῇ τῆς λείας ἐκφορήσει, καθάπερ ἐκεῖνοι τοὺς ‘Eβραίους τῇ καταδουλώσει. εἴτ’ οὑν, ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ φαίη τις τοῦτο γεγονέναι, τὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν φέρειν ἠξίουν νόμῳ τῶν κεκρατηκότων ὡς κρείττονες ἡττόνων — καὶ τοῦ πολέμου ἡ αἰτία δικαία· ἱκέται διὰ λιμὸν ‘Eβραῖοι ἧκον πρὸς Αἰγυπτίους, οἱ δέ τοὺς ξένους καταδουλωσάμενοι τρόπον αἰχμαλώτων ὑπηρετεῖν ἠνάγκασαν σφίσι μηδὲ τὸν μισθὸν ἀποδιδόντες —, εἴτε ὡς ἐν εἰρήνῃ μισθὸν ἔλαβον τὴν λείαν παρὰ ἀκόντων τῶν πολὺν χρόνον οὐκ ἀποδιδόντων ἀλλὰ ἀποστερούντων.

61.
1 ἐθέλουσιν GHP Cat.: τολμῶσιν ceteri ἐν ἑκατέρω GHPK1Z Cat.: ἑκατέρω (om. ἐν) C, ἑκατέρως VOK2, ἑκάτερον BEMA δὴ] δ’ οὖν V2O, δὲ Cat. κατορθοῦντες V2O Cat. εἴθ’ GHP: καὶ V2O, εἴτε ceteri 1.2 εἴθ᾿—λαμβάνοντες om. Cat.
2 ὃν παρ’ ἀκόντων Α, ὃν παρὰ ἀκόντων CVOBEM: ὃν παρὰ (περὶ Z) ἑκόντων KZ, ὃν παρ’ ἑκόντων G, ὧνπερ ἑκόντων Η1Ρ, ὧν παρ’ ἑκόντων Η2, ἅπερ ἀκόντων Cat.
3 εἴθ’ E, εἶτ’ V1, εἶτα καὶ V2OK2
4 γὰρ om. G ἦρξαν χειρῶν transp. HP 4.5 ὡς ἔφην πρότερον om. O
6 δίχα] διὰ VO τῆς] τοῖς MGP προασπίζοντες G
7 δικαίου θεοῦ coni. Mang., sed cf. § 260
8 τιμωρίαις] νουθεσίαις K1Z
9 καίτοι γε ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς G: καίτοι γε ἐν ταῖς αὐτῶν HP, καίτοι γε ταῖς αὐταῖς C, καίτοι ταῖς αὐταῖς B2MKZ, καίτοι γε τοσαύταις VO, καίτοι τοσαύταις B1E, καὶ τοιαύταις Α
10 καὶ οἰκίαις om. KZ (fort. recte) συνδιατριψάντων Κ
11 φύσεως] κτίσεως V2O ἐστιν, ἣν] ἐστι καὶ ἦν V2O post ἀμήχανον add. ἐστὶν G ὃ δὴ] ὃ νῦν G
12 καὶ om. O
13 μετέβαλλεν Κ
14 ἀρρύσασθαι ΗΡΖ
15 εἰς om. Ο ἐπὶ τὴν χέρσον om. GHP ἀγορὰς] ἀγροὺς coni. Mang.; cf. 144,1
16 ἀνεχώρει G
17 μόνον VO οὕς τε] οὔτε C1, ὅν τε C3, οὕσπερ G δὴ G
18 σκνῆπες G, σκνίφες CVBEM, κνίφες O κυνόμθιαι Ο ζῷα καὶ καρποὺς transp. VO
19 μεγάλα om. BEMAKZ καὶ τούτοις G
20 γενόμεναι GHP: γινόμεναι ceteri
21 ἤσθοντο G

62.
1 ἐπιχυθέντος KZ διήγαγον GHP: διῆγον ceteri 1.
2 τοῦ ἡμερησίου φωτὸς codd. (praeter Α): τοῦ φωτὸς ἡμερησίου v
2 φωτὸς post καθαρᾷ. (1) transp. Α
3 ἑβραῖος οὐδείς BEMAZ ἑβραίων οὐδείς K, οὐδεὶς ἑβραῖος ceteri
4 alt. τῶν om. Z λεγο
5 συνεσπάσατο PKZ
6 γενομένοις VGH: γενομένοις Α, γινομένοις OP, λεγομένοις ceteri μηδὲν ἄν P, μηδ’ ἂν Η: μηδὲν (om. ἄν) ceteri
7 καὶ οὐ μόνον om. GHP lacuna e Clem. Alex. sic videtur explenda ἀκινδύνως ἐκμανθάνοντας τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ; τοῦτο post μόνον deesse existimavit Mang.
8 pr. καὶ om. Ο ἀναδιδασκόμενοι VO
9 τὴν εὐσέβειαν V2 ἐμφανῶς GHP: ἐμφανὴς ceteri
11 ἀνδρὸς] ἄνδρες voluit Mang.
12 μυριάδες BM πρεσβυτῶν GHP: πρεσβυτέρων ceteri (v)
13 ῥάδιον Α ῥηθήσεται ante ἀριθμηθῆναι add. HP, rursus del. H
14 θεραπίας G post συνεξῆλθε add. πολὺς V2O νόθος V2O
15 οἱ om. C τοῖς ἑβραίοις αἰγυπτίων transp. A(v)
17 καὶ εἰ δή GHP Procop.: ἤδη δὲ καὶ V2O, καὶ ἤδη ceteri (v) ; καὶ γὰρ ἤδη coni. Mang. τῷ] τῶν H

63.
7 Clem. Alex. Strom. I
23 p. 415 P. ἔπειτα νουθετοῦνται μέν Αἰγύπτιοι πολλάκις οἱ πολλάκις ἀσύνετοι, θεαταὶ δέ Ἑβραῖοι ἐγίνοντο ὧν ἕτεροι κακῶν ὑπέμενον ἀκινδύνως ἐκμανθάνοντες τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ.
11 sqq. Exod. 12,37. 38. 11—13 loseph. Ant. Iud. II 317 τὸ μὲν οὖν πᾶν πλῆθος τῶν μετανισταμένων γυναιξὶν ἄμ καὶ τέκνοις σκοποῦσιν οὐκ εὐαρίθμητον ἦν, οἱ δὲ στρατεύσιμον ἔχοντες τὴν ἡλικίαν περὶ ἑξήκοντα μυριάδες ἤσαν 14—156,
1 Procop. Gaz. Comm. in Exod. 12,38 (Migne t. 87,1 Col. 575 Wendland Neu entd. Fragm. Philos p. 94): οὗτοι ἦσαν οἱ ἐκ γυναικῶν γεννηθέντες Αἰγυπτίων [καὶ] τοῖς ‘Eβραίοις καὶ τῷ πατρίῳ γένει προσνεμηθέντες καὶ ὅσοι τὸ θεοφιλὲς ἀγάμενοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ εἰ δή τινες τῷ μεγέθει καὶ πλήθει τῶν ἐπαλλήλων κολάσεων σωφρονισθέντες μετεβάλοντο.

64.
1 μετεβάλοντο σωφρονισθέντες ΒΕΜΗΖ, μετεβάλλοντο σωφρονισθέντες AGPK: σωφρονισθέντες μετεβάλοντο CVO Procop. ἡγεμὼν om. ΗΡ 1.
2 ἐχειροτονήθη M
3 τὰς om. VO 3.
4 πεζαῖς GHP
5 εὐνοίας] ἀστειότητος V2O καὶ προσέτι GHP: καὶ om. ceteri
6 ἐπειδὴ GHP: ἐπεὶ ceteri
7 κατέλειπεν G ἡγεμονίαν] εὐδαιμονίαν Α τότε om. A
8 γινομένων om. EEMAKZ: γενομένων V
9 θεμένων] θρεψαμένων V2O
10 ἐπιμελουμένω V1BM ’B-M Barb.: ἐπιμελομένῳ ceteri
11 ἀμείνασθαι (sic) M πολυανθρωποτέρα Α β΄ α΄
13 ἀνθρώπων GHP Barb.: ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων C, ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων Κ, ἀνθρώπων ἀπάντων ceteri (v) αἰεὶ GHP Barb.: om. ceteri ποιησάμενον VBEMAKZ
19 οἷα κριτὴς ἀγαθὸς ἐνίκα CVO Barb.: ἐνίκα οἷα κριτὴς ἀγαθὸς transp. ceteri (v)
20 ἓν ΚΗ2: om. M, ἐν ceteri
22 παραλιπόντι GHP (περιλιπόντι Barb.): παραλείποντι ceteri εἰς] πρὸς A(v) κοινὴν GHP Barb.: om. ceteri (v) 23 οὗτος coni. Wendl.
24 οὐ δασμοὺς—κτήματα om. Ο οὐ κτήματα om. Ζ

65. 6—159,8 Catena Barber. IV
56 fol. 104ν: ἐπεὶ δὴ τὴν Αἰγύπτου — προνοίᾳ.

66.
1 ἱκετικήν Z post ἄλλο add. τι KZ πολυτέλειαν] πολιτείαν BEMA
4 ὡς GnPKZ Barb.: orn. ceteri · post βλέποντα add. τὸν Mang.
5 οἶδ’ om. Turn.
6 ἐσθῆσι GHP (ἐσθήσει Barb.): ἐσθῆτι ceteri τροφῆ KZ G.
7 ἐπιτραγῳδῶν] ἐπιγαυριῶν V-OKἔ post πρὸς add. τὸν V-OKἰδιωτῶν Α
8 πλεονεκτεῖν καλὸν ἦν transp. C
9 δὲ Α καρτερίαι — ἀγχίνοιαι post συνέσεις (10) transp. G, post ἐπιστῆμαι HP
11 βἐλτια P νόμιμοι] ἔννομοι I5EMAKZ
12 κατορθούντων πάλιν CVO Barb.: πάλιν κατορθούντων ceteri
13 --ολ,)γριͅματία VO Barb. : φ ιλοχρηματία ceteri (v)
14 θεὸς GHP Barb. : ὁ θεὸς ceteri τελεώτατον HP Barb., τελαιώτατον G: τελειότατον ceteri ἀντιδιδοὺς VO
15 ὁ τῆς συμπάσης GHP Barb. (ὁ τῆς coni. Mang.): ἰσότης συμπάσης CV, ἰσότης πάσης BEMAK’Z, ἰσότης τῆς δεσποτείας συμπάσης V’-0, τῆς δεσποτείας ss. Κ2ι θαλάσσης CAGH Barb. IG ὅσα στοιχεῖα] στοιχείων ὅσα HP κοινῶν C, κοινὸν C-MA Ι7 ἀναφῆναι CBEMK (prob. Mang.)
18 κτίσιν G, κλῆσιν M ὑπήκουσεν ΒΕMΑ
19 καὶ eras. C, om. VOGHP Barb. 19.
20 προστάξεσιν corr. ex πράξεσιν B, πράξεσιν M
20 καὶ ante ὑπεῖκον add. V^ καὶ post γὰρ add. Α
21 φίλων] τῶν φίλων VOATPKZ ἀνείρηται CVGHP Barb.: εἴρnται ceteri
22 μετέχει Barb., μέτοχοι Α κτίσεως Κ, φύσεως G 22.23 καθ’ ὃ GHP Barb.: κατὰ τὸ ceteri

67.
1 οὐδὲν] οὐδὲ ἓν VO οὐδ’] οὐδέ VO ἑαυτόν codd.: αὐτόν V
2 ἄν GHP Bard.: om. ceteri ᾖ] εἴη BEMAKZ μεταλαγχάνει GHP Barb.: μεταλαμβάνει cetcri
3 γάρ] τίς V2O
5 ὅλον τὸν κόσμον] ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην KZ μείζονος VOGHP Barb.: μείζοσι ceteri τῆς] τοῖς Α
6 καὶ ποιητὴν τῶν ὅλων transp. Barb. κοινωνίας] κληρονομίας KZ, γρ. κοινωνίας mg. Z ἀπήλαυσε CVOH2 Barb. post προσρήσεως add. τε CVOEH2 Burb.
7 θεὸς ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους transp. CVO Barb. τε καὶ BEMAKZ καὶ βασιλεὺς om. Barb. βασιλέων CHP
8 γνόφον mg. M, γνόθον in textu M
9 καὶ ἀόρατον om. Barb.
10 ἀθέατα] θεατὰ ΒΕΜΑ, θαυμαστὰ VO θνητὰ BEMA τε GHP Barb.: γὰρ VO, om. ceteri
11 τε καὶ V ἑαυτοῦ VOKZ: αὑτοῦ C, αὐτοῦ ceteri
12 παραγαγὼν VOAGKZ πάγκαλον GHP Barb.: πᾶσι καλὸν ceteri
13 δὲ VO αὐτῶν G
14 ἢ] ὃ P ἐναπομάξασθαι GHP Barb: ἀπομάξασθαι ceteri
15 μὲν] δὲ M τῆς ἀρετῆς V2O τὸν] τὸ BEMAVO
16 οὐδὲ C
17 εἰσιν CKZ ἄν om. M
18 αὑτῶν VO: αὐτῶν ceteri οὖν BEMKZ Barb., γοῦν om. Α
19 καθϋπαθεῖν (sic) M 19.20 ὀλίγου δεῖν] ὀλεῖσθαι δεῖ DK
20 τὰς] τῶν D προσαναρρήγνυσιν GHP Barb. πρὸς ἀναρρήγνυσιν DH, πρὸς ἀναρρήδοσιν DR): ἀναρρήγνυσιν ceteri

68. 18—159,5 DH fol. 117v DR fol. 27r Φίλωνος ἐκ τοῦ περὶ Μώσεως βίου: ἐπειδὰν ἡγεμὼν τῶν ὁμοίων εἰσίν.

69.
1 ἔξωθεν HP (Turn.) ἐπιθυμιῶν D ἀμοιρία Z
2 ἵλεων VOGHP κτησάμενοι] χρησόμενοι Α, χρησόμενον CV1BEM δὲ D
3 ἀκράτορες αὐτῶν transp. Α
4 αἰδῶ C τὴν ὑπόληψιν Η1P
5 ἄρα om. D 6—9 τάχα — αὖθις om. VO, add. man. rec. mg. V
7 νόμος GHP(V) λόγος ceteri
8 εἰς νομοθετικὴν BEMA
10 ἐπεὶ Α
11 θεοῦ GHP: τοῦ θεοῦ ceteri
12 ἢ C
13 ὁδὸν om. KZ διειστήκεσαν CVO: διειστήκεισαν ceteri ἀπ’ αἰγύπτου διεστήκεσαν transp. C εἶτα BEMKZ
15 ἀναστάσεως] ἀναστατώσεως G, ἐπαναστάσεως AV2O (Mang.)
16 ἀπ’ VOGHP: ἀπὸ ceteri
17 εἰς ἐχθρούς BEMAKZ γενησόμενον M
18 ὑπομενοῦσιν V2O βουλευόμενος corr. ex βουλόμενος Z
19 vel καὶ delendum vel scribendum ἀτριβοῦς καὶ μακρᾶς censuit Mang. πειθαρχίαις P
21 ἐκτρεπόμενος M τὴν GHP: τῆς ceteri (v) ἀτραπῶν C 7.
8 Clem. Alex. Strom. I
26 p. 421 P. . . . Μωυσῆς δὲ συνελόντι εἰπεῖν νόμος ἔμψυχος ἢν τῷ χρηστῷ λόγῳ κυβερνώμενος.
13 sqq. Clem. Alex. Strom. I
24 p. 417 P. Μωυσῆς τὸν λαὸν ἐξαγαγὼν ὑποπτεύσας ἐπιδιώξειν τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους τὴν ὀλίγην καὶ σύντομον ἀπολιπὼν ὁδὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ἔρημον ἐτρέπετο καὶ νύκτωρ τὰ πολλὰ τῇ πορείᾳ ἐκέχρητο. ἑτέρα γὰρ ἦν οἰκονομία, καθ’ ἣν ἐπαιδεύοντο Ἑβραὶοι δι’ ἐρημίας πολλῆς καὶ χρόνου μακροῦ, εἰς μόνον τὸ πιστεύειν τὸν θεὸν εἶναι δι’ ὑπομονῆς ἐθιζόμενοι σώφρονος.
13 sqq. Exod. 1317.

70.
1 θαλάσσης VOMKZ ἤρχετο GHP: ἤρξατο ceteri
2 τῆς om. H
3 γεγονώς G
4 μετασχηματισθεῖσα GP
5 φέγγος] φῶς P κατὰ οm. O
6 ἀπλανεστάτη HP(v) ἡγεμονία Η (Turn.) τῆς ὁδοῦ HP μέν τι G
8 προηγήτωρ GHP (v)
9 δὲ Α τῆς om. Η ἀνοδίᾳ] ἀνοδὶ Turn.
10 ὡς om. V1 ut vid., ὡς ᾤετο om. CBEMA τραχείας] βαθείας coni. Mang. coll. 161,9 ἐρήμους C1M, ἐρήμου C2
11 ἐπὶ τῷ — ἔχοντας (12) om. HP, add. mg. H2P2 ἐγκεκλεῖσθαι C, οὑν κεκλεῖσθαι VO, κεκλεῖσθαι BEMA
12 δὲ om. Η ἐπιχειρεῖ M 14. 1.5 παραλαβὼν ἀκοντιστάς τε om. HP
16 τὰ οm. G
17 ἑξακόσια] χ C τοῦ om. P 17.
18 ἐπακολουθῶσι GHP
18 στρατιᾶς Α ἀνεὶς GHP: ἀνιεὶς ceteri ὑπεξέθει BEMAKZ
19 ἔσπουδε (sic) M, ἐπέσπευδε HP, ἔτρεχεν VO προϊδομένοις A: προειδομένοις ceteri
20 αἰεὶ GHP: ἀεὶ ceteri ὅσον M
21 εὐεπιχειρότερον Ο, εὐεπιχείρητον Α σὺν φροντίδι GHP: ἐν φροντίδι KZ, συμφέροντος CV1BEMA, ἀπροσδοκήτως εἰσπίπτοντος V2O τοιαῦτα
22 οἱδ’ Z
23 θαλάσσης VOZ στρατοπεδεύοντες GHP: στρατοπεδεύσαντες ceteri (v)

71.
1 sqq. Exod. 13,21.22
9 sqq. Εxod. cap. 14

72.
1 ἐξήχητο Α
2 ὁμοῦ om. A ἐκχυθέντας Mang.: ἐξεληλυθότας CKZ(v), ἐξελθόντας V2, ἐκλυθέντας ceteri
3 ὀλίγον conicio 4.5 ἐκτεταγμένη GHPKZ: ἐκτεταμένη ceteri
6 εὐπρεπεῖς ὄντες M, εὐτρεπισθέντες C
7 post πόλεμον add. ἐξῆλθον V2O ἐξήεσαν GHPKZ: om. ceteri φυγεῖν GHP: φεύγειν ceteri
8 κατόπισθεν Α πέλαγος GHP: πόλεμος ceteri; κατόπιν μὲν γὰρ πόλεμος, πέλαγος δὲ ἄντικρυς coni. Mang., ipse transponendis verbis πέλαγος et ἐχθροί locum emendari posse putaveram: κατόπιν μέν γὰρ ἐχθροί, πέλαγος δ’ ἀντικρύ (cf. de vita Mos. II § 251). sed nihil mutandum δὲ VO ἀντικρύ BEMKZ: ἄντικρυς ceteri
9 βαθεῖα ex βαθέα corr. B, βαθέα CE ἐρημία M (Mang.)
12 ἀποθανοῦντες Α
14 τὸν χαλεπότερον E, τὸ χαλεπότερον G
15 ἡμετέραν] ἡμέραν C τὴν τῶν αἰγυπτίων A
17 ἄνοπλοι CGHP φεύγομεν GO ἄρκυσι om. in lac. C ἄρκυσι GHP: ἐν ἄρκυσι ceteri
19 ταῦτ’ BEMAK
20 χρησμῶν] χρησμάτων Z
22 δι’ οὗ] τῶ VO δὲ M, δ’ οm. ΒΕΑ, δὲ ss. B man. rec.
24 πιθανοῖς καὶ εὐλόγοις transp. Α
25 προσπιστεύετε AVO χρέος Α θεὸς om. GUP ὁ βοηθός, CZ, βοηθῶν V2 Philonis opera vol. IV 11

73.
1 πόρον εὑρεῖν] πόρων εὐπορεῖ GHP γεννητῷ KZ, γένει τῶ GHP
2 καθεστὼς ὢν BEMAK,·καθεστῶσιν διεξῄει VOGKZ: ἐξήει ceteri μικρῶν Η, μικροῦ Z δὲ C
3 post ἔνθους add. τε GHP, sed cf. § 201 καταπνευσθεὶς GHP: καὶ καταπνευσθεὶς ceteri ἐπιφοιτᾶν οm. Α
4 καὶ θεσπίζει GHP: καὶ om. ceteri
5 οὐκέτ’ GHP: οὐκέτι ceteri αὐτὴν ante ὄΦεσθε add. VO ὄψεσθαι G πεσεῖτε G
6 γῆν BEMA φανῆναι] ταφῆναι Α
7 χρόνων V ἀλλὰ] ἀλλ’ ἐν BEMAKZ ταῦτα C, ταῦθ’ G
8 ἐπεφθέγγετο G δὲ VO
9 ἐξανεχώρησεν GHP: ὑπανεχώρησεν CVO, ἀνεχώρησεν BEMAKZ ἐξανεχώρησεν secludendum videtur
10 δὲ om. H1P τὸ om. KZ
11 πυκνόν τε
13 προσιαχθὲν CEAKZ μωσῆς P
14 θάλατταν CVO
15 alt. πρὸς] εἰς τὸ Α ἐξαίρεται GHP: αἴρεται ceteri παγέντα] πάντα Α
16 ἠρέμιζε A
17 καθάπερ om. Α
18 ἀνεχαίτιζε scripsi (cf. 126,4): ἀνεχαιτίζετο codd. καθὸ CK, ἐν ὧ H(v) ἡ om. Α ἡ ῥῆξις ἐγένετο transp. H(v) ὁδὸς om. BEMA
19 γίγνεται C τοῦτ’ VOGHP 1.
2 DC fol. 138r τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ περὶ τῆς κατὰ Μωυσέα κοσμοποιίας et fol. 151v τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ ωσέα κοσμοποιίας DH fol. 196r Φίλωνος: ἴδιον θεοῦ τὰ ἀδύνατα παντὶ γενητῷ μόνῳ δυνατὰ καὶ κατὰ χειρός.

74.
1 ἐπιπίπτοντες coni. Mang.
5 οἱ om. HP (Turn.) πάντ’ GHP: πάντα ceteri
6 ἐπιπίπτοντες M, συνεμπίπτοντες VO
7 οὐδὲ Α ἀτραποῦ] ἀτραπῆ (sic) τε καὶ Z
8 παίδων] τέκνων VO νηπίων κομιδῆ transp. KZ
9 ἑκατέρωθεν GHP: ἀφ’ ἑκατέρωθεν BEMAKZ, ἐφ’ ἑκατέρωθεν CVO
10 αὐτοῖς ἅρμασι καὶ ἵπποις GHP: ἵπποις αὐτοῖς καὶ ἅρμασι VOKZ, ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς καὶ ἄρμασι C, ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἅρμασι καἰ ἵπποις Α, ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς καὶ ἄρμασι καὶ ἵπποις BEM καταποντοῖ GHPKZ: καταπόντον C, κατὰ πόντον BEMA, κατεπόντο (sic) V, κατεπόντουν Ο καὶ ante βορείοις add. CV1BEMA βορείοις KZ post πνεύμασιν add. ἐκ CV1BEMA
11 τρικυμίας Α
12 ἀπολειφθῆναι CVOGHP ἐφνιδίους C
13 ὅθεν ante τὸ add. V2O ἔργον GHP: om. ceteri
14 ἀναιμωτὶ GHPKZ: ἀναιμακτὶ ceteri ἄκρει codd.
16 ϊόνος C εἰς τὸν θεὸν ἦδον GHP: ἦδον πρὸς τὸν θεὸν M, ἦδον εἰς τὸν θεὸν ceteri
17 μὲν μωυσέος transp. A(v)
18 ἐγεγένηντο GHP: ἐγένοντο ceteri
19 δ’ οm. G θαλάττης GHP: τῆς θαλάττης ceteri θαλάσσης Κ
22 πεπονθότες Α

75.
19 sqq. Exod. 152227 11*

76.
1 ὑπόπλεω GV2O: ὑπόπλεοι ceteri
2 ἀπατηθέντες] ἀποπλανηθέντες VO
3 γναφθέντες VOK2, καμφθέντες K1Z
4 ἐφ’ αὐτοῖς AEHP, ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς G (et V1 ut vid.)
5 οὓς] οὐκ BEMVO, οὓς οὐκ Α (Mang.) ἀδακρυτὶ G2, οὐ δακρυτὶ post ἀδακρυτὶ add. γὰρ V2O αἰτοῦντα V2O
7 ἢ] ἀλλὰ VO
9 δίψη CG
10 μετάστασιν CAGH: μετάστασιν corr. ex μετανάστασιν Z, μετανάστασιν corr. ex μετάστασιν Β, μετανάστασιν EMVOKP εὐθανασίας coui. Mang. τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι διαφέρειν transp. Ο
11 δ’ om. Α μετὰ C τῳ] τὸ G
12 τῷ] τὸ G
13 μωυσῆς GHPK1Z: ὁ μωυσῆς ceteri ἐπιστάμενος BEMAVO
14 τὴν ἀνθρώπων VGHP: τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων O, τῶν ἀνθρώπων ceteri alt. καὶ] διὰ V2O 14.
15 ταῖς . . . ἀνάγκαις Α
15 ἠρτημένου et συνεζευγμένου HPKZ: ἠρτημένην et συνεζευγμένην ceteri 15.
16 βρώσει καὶ πόσει συνεζευγμένην transp. M
17 ταχεῖ (sic) Z
18 τοῦ om. Κ
19 τὴν ἵλεων αὐτοῦ αὐτοῦ scripsi) δύναμιν GHP: τῆ ἵλεω αὐτοῦ δυνάμει ceteri (v) διανοίξας VO, διανοίξας corr. ex διοίξας Κ
20 οἰκέτου VOG τῆς ψυχῆς ἀκοίμητον ὄμμα KZ: ἀκοίμητον τῆς ψυχῆς ὄμμα G, ἀκοίμητον ὄμμα τῆς ψυχῆς HP(v), τῆς ψυχῆς om. CVO, τῆς ψυχῆς ἀκοίμητον om. BKMA ξύλον GHPV2O: ξύλον γὰρ ceteri γὰρ eras. V2)
21 μὲν HP: μὲν καὶ ceteri (v) προκατεσκευασμένον coni. Mang.
22 ποιοῦν] ποιεῖν V2O (prob. Wendl.) ; ὡς conicio; καὶ ποιοῦν roni. Mang. ἣ] ἢ M pr. τάχα] τάχιστα Η; πρόσθεν τέως coni. Wendl. ἠγνοεῖτο GHP (v) πρῶτον GHPKZ: om. ceteri

77.
2 μεταβάλλουσαι VOG τὸ MGHP: οm. ceteri ὡς μηδ’ εἰ Turn.: ὡς εἰ μηδὲ codd. (Mang.) ἐγίνοντο BEMAKZ διακρῖναι KZ μηδὲ] μὴ HP 3.4 ἢ ζώπυρον GHPKZ: ζωπυροῦν (om. ἣ) ceteri
4 ζώπυρόν τι coni. κακίας] πικρίας coni. Mang.; sed cf. loseph. ab ipso Mang. laud.
6 εὐφραίνει GHP: ηὔφρανε C (Mang.), εὔφρανε ceteri τὰς ὑδρίας ex τὰ ὑδρία corr. Β, τὰ ὑδρία EV1AKZ, τὰ ὑδρεῖα CV2O
7 ἱλαρᾶς καὶ transp. A
8 ἀλλὰ τὴν νηφάλιον GHPKZ: ἀλλ’ (om. τὴν νηφάλιον) ceteri
9 ἠκρατήσαντο Β1Ε, ηὐκρατήσαντο Α πόσεις Α λαμβάνοντες HP τῆς εὐσεβείας om. G
10 ἀφικνεῖται HP δὲ AVO τε om. M
11 αἰλὶμ C, αἰλὶν Η1, ἐλεὶμ VOG ὠνομάζεται (sic) C καταρρυόμενον P
12 παρὰ (om. αἷς) H1P στελέχη νέα φοινίκων CVOGHPK2: στελέχη φοινίκων νέα BEM, φοινίκων στελέχη νέα Α, στελέχη φοινίκων (om. νέα) K1Z ἃ add. ante εὐερνέστατα HP τὸν om. HP
13 δυναμένοις βλέπειν transp. VO 13.14 ἀγαθῶν τῶν ἐθνικῶν GHP: τῶν ἐθνικῶν ἀγαθῶν KZ, τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐθνικῶν ceteri
14 δείγματα] τάγματα VO τε codd.: μέν V εἰσι] ἦσαν M τοῦ ἔθνους VO: τὸ ἔθνος ceteri
15 λόγων G εὐσεβοῦσα GHP: εὐσεβοῦς ceteri εὐσεβείας] εὐσεβεῖς 0, εὐλαβείας BM
16 ἀενάους CE: ἀεννάους ceteri καλὰς om. O γεννάρχαι H ἔθνους] ἔθους P, ἀνθρωπείου γένους V2O
17 τῶν GHP: om. ceteri δένδρω VOM ἀρίστω δένδρω transp. O 17.
18 προσηκόντως παρεικασθέντες GHP: προσηκόντως ἀπεικασθέντες CVO, παρεικασθέντες προσηκόντως ceteri
18 ἀνενεγκεῖν ἐστι Ο, ἐστι προσενεγκεῖν BEMAKZ ὅπερ GHP: ὃ ceteri

78.
4 cf. loseph. Ant. Iud. III
3 ἀφικνοῦνται δὲ . . . εἰς Μὰρ τόπον οὕτως διά τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος κακίαν ὀνομάσαντες· μὰρ γὰρ ἡ πικρία λέγεται. §
6 ... ἱκετεύων οὖν τρέπεται τὸν θεὸν μεταβαλεῖν τὸ ὕδωρ ἐκ τῆς παρούσης κακίας καὶ πότιμον αὐτοῖς παρασχεῖν.

79.
1 ὥσπερ VOGHP: ὥσπερ καὶ ceteri τἄλλα VOKZ 1.2 κατορωρυγμένον BEMA
2 ἀνώφοιτον BEMHP: ἀνώφυτον ceteri τὸν τρόπον BEV1AKZ
3 ἱδρυμένον BEMA ἡγεμονικὸς Κ ὄντος Z
4 γὰρ om. GHP1, ss. P2
5 μετεωροποροῦσα GH2 5.
6 ἐρευνωμένη M
6 τίθεσθαι CV1GHP ταῦτα CVO
8 ἀπορίᾳ] ἀπειρίᾳ Richt. Tauchn.
10 πεῖνα καὶ δίψα GHP: δίψα καὶ πεῖνα ceteri
11 ἑτέρας GHP: προτέρας ceteri (v)
12 ἑτέραν] προτέραν Μ δευτέραν mg. M ἀφορητότερον H1P εἴ γε codd.: οἱ γε v
13 ἐφεδρεύοντος κακοῦ πεῖραν BEMA ηὕρισκον C 14—17 πρὀς—πέτρι ἢ οm. VO, suppl. man. rec. mg. V
17 ἀπορρῶγες GHP(V): ἀπορρωγάδες ceteri ἤ ante ὄρη om. Turn. ὅροι (sic) Α
18 προσέτι GHP: om. ceteri
20 οὐ δένδρον GHP ἡμέρου coni. Mang. ἡ GHP: οὐ ceteri
21 τῶν om. A
22 εἶτ’ C
23 ἐκεῖ] ἐκείνων H τιθέντες Α
24 post ἑτέρους add. δὴ M τοιαῦτα A

80.
8 sqq. Exod. cap. 16

81.
1 μεταστάντες G οἳ MGO
2 τῶν ἀνθρώπων A(v)
5 ἐμπορία H1P, ἐμπορεῖα C alt. τοῖς] τίς P
6 μόνον VO
8 καὶ ante καθ’ add. A(v) καὶ ante μετεωρίσας add. Z μετεωρήσας B1E 8. 1) ἡμᾶς καὶ φυσήσας transp. Z
11 ἀναγαγὼν BEMAK1Z
13 αὑτὸν AE: αὐτὸν ceteri κατηγορίαις VOKGHP
14 ὡς] ὅσον KZ αὐτῶν GHP: om. ceteri ὁ ἀϊδρύτω HP
15 ὅσων GHPKZ: ὀίων ceteri
16 καθεστὸς MA: καθεστὼς Κ, ὼ ex ὁ corr. Z, καθεστὼς ceteri
17 λαβόντας VOGHP
18 ὅτε scripsi: ὅταν codd.
19 ἧς GHP: οὗ ceteri (v)
21 δ’] δὲ τὴν GHP
22 ἀσχέτοις CVO: ἐσχάτοις BEKZ, ἐσχάταις MAGHP (v) ; ἀνηκέστοις coni. Mang.
23 ἃς om. C 23.
24 ἔμφυτον HP
26 pr. τοῖς om. Α κἀν] καὶ ἐν CVO διαστῆσαι M

82.
1 ξένας: incipit manus vetustior codicis F (fol. 15r) εὐεργεσίας] ἐνεργείας G τρανοτέραις] καινοτέραις Α
2 ἐμφάσεσι) παιδευθῶσιν scripsi: ἐμφάσεσιν) αἰδεσθῶσιν codd.; ἀναδιδαχθῶσιν coni. Mang. μὴ om. Α εἴ τι BEMFH2K1Z: ἔτι Α, εἰ GH1P(v), ἐπεὶ CV1, ἐπὰν V2OK2 τὰ ante κατὰ add. V2 3.
4 προσδοκῶντες Wendl.: προσδοκήσατας Α, προσδοκῶντας ceteri (v)
4 περὶ] παρὰ F
5 ἐν om. Α ἣν] ἣ 1 ἢν om. FH1P1, ss. H2P2 ἐπένιφεν VOFKZ: ὑπένειφεν Μ, ἐπένειφεν ceteri
7 κρύσταλον FGH
8 post κέγχρον add. καὶ F βαθυτάτην VOK2 λευκοτάτην] λεπτοτάτην BEMAKZ ἣ] ἢ C
9 ἀλλεπάλληλον C σορηδὸν GZ προὐκέχυτο AFGHP: προκέχυτο ceteri
10 τὸν ἡγεμόνα P ὁ om. A(v)
12 ἔνθους τε FHP
13 βαθύγεως AKZ ἀνατέμνοντες HP, ἀνατέμνουσιν F
14 τἄλλα VO ἐτησίως ABE εἰς om. G 1.5 δὲ VOFZ οὐ] οὐδὲ BMFKZ 16.
17 πρὸς ἅπασαν χρείαν ὧν ἀν’ θέλῃ FGHP ἐθέλης F): πρὸς ἅς ἂν θέλῃ χρείας ceteri ἐθέλοι Α)
17 ὑπηρετήσονται F, ὑπηρετεῖ BEMA(v)
18 ἀνενεγκεῖν HP 19.20 πλημυρῶν GZ
20 ἄρδῃ FHP, ἄρδει G: ἀρδεύῃ ceteri (v) κάτωθέν ἐστιν ὑετὸς transp. Z ἐπινίφων VOFKZ: ἐπινείφων ceteri
21 μὲν FGHP: μὲν γὰρ ceteri δὴ eras. Κ τὸ ἔργον FGHPV2O: τὸ ἕτερον ἔργον ceteri (ἕτερον eras. V2) εἰ καὶ eras. V2, om. O ἔστη AF: ceteri καὶ om. VO 21.22 παραδοξότερον ἄλλο coni. Mang.
22 ἀλλαχόθεν ἄλλος transp CVO

83.
1 ἐπὶ] ὑπὸ Α κατὰ τοὺς ὤμους GHP (fort. recte)
2 ἐπηχθημένοι A πλείονα ΗP ταμιεύσασθαι FHP τἀπιτήδεια FHP
4 ἀνάγκην τε καὶ χρῆσιν A(v), ἀνάγκην τε καὶ omisi cum ceteris codd. σκευάσαντες FGHP: κατασκευάσαντες ceteri δὲ F, δ’ αὖ BEMAKZ ἀπολειφθέντων CVOFHP: ἄρα λειφθέντων G, ὑπολειφθέντων ceteri
6 ἔτι FGHP: τι ceteri (v) ηὕρισκον C μεστὰ] μετὰ BEMVO
7 οὖν om. KZ
8 ἀνηύρισκον C
9 νίφεσθαι CVO: νϊ ex νει corr. Κ, νείφεσθαι ceteri γέρας FGHP: τέρας ceteri δὲ 9.10 ἐξαίσιον A
10 οὐδὲν ἐφείθη FGH, εἶχεν οὐδὲν P
11 ἀπέχειν BEMAK1Z διήρηται H1P, δεῖν εἴρηται V2O
12 δυναμένων BEMAK1Z τἀπιτήδεια FHP πρὸ μιᾶς FGHP: προμηθεία CVO, om. ceteri διπλᾶς VO
13 εἰς δύο ἡμέρας post τροφὴν transp. F ἐσομένοις P
14 διέμεινεν H1P, διέμεινεν Κ, διέμενον AVO ἧ HPKZ: ἡ G, ἣ F, om. ceteri φθαρέντος] ὀφθέντος 1
15 δὲ] δὴ FGHP ἔτη] ἔτι G τοσοῦτο C
16 αἰῶνος om. Α
17 σιταρκίαις AFG πρὸς FGHPKZ: om. ceteri 17.18 ταῖς ἐπιβαλλούσαις (ἐπιβαλούσαις FG) ἑκάστοις διανομαῖς FGHP
18 post ἐπιβαλλούσας add. V2O (mg. Κ) ἑκάστης K1Z διανομάς] διανομὰς Α, διανέμουσαι V2OK2 μέν τι G
19 ἄρ’ FGHP: ἄρα Β, ἄρα ceteri ἐστὶν om. Α
20 τόδε] τότε G
21 ἄλυτον] ἄλυπον KZ ἐδυνήθησαν FHP: ἠδυνήθησαν ceteri

84.
1 ὡς οm. F
2 alt. οὐ om. E, ss. Β μετέβαλλεν M
3 τὸ] τὸν Z
4 νιφόμενον CVO: νϊ ex νει corr. Κ, νειφόμενον cetcri εἶτ’ Κ1Ζ
5 σιτοποιῶν C περιεργίας codd.: περιεργείας v
6 τῶν] τὸν FG ηὐπόρουν C ὅσαπερ ἐν FGHPKZ: ὅσαπερ (om. ἐν) C, ὅσα περὶ ceteri
7 βληθέντος M τοῦ om. VO
8 post ἄφθονα add. αὐτοῖς V2OK2
9 ἅπαν FGHPKZ: ὅ πᾶν CVOBEM, πᾶν Α
10 προσγειοτάτους M ποιούμενον CFGHP(v) οὖν eras. V2, om. O
11 ἀπελαῦνον M 11.12 καὶ τὴν τροφὴν] κοινὴν τροφὴν καινῷ coni. Mang.
12 τῆ τροφῆ AF προσοψήματι CVOFG: προσεψήματι BEAHP, προεψήματι MKZ
13 οὖν om. Z πολλὴν om. BEMAKZ ἀφθονίαν ἦγον transp. BMKZ ἐπιλιπόντων FGH1P
15 σωτηρίας] βακτηρίας V2O οἶκτον add. ante λαβὼν BEMA λαβὼν] λαβόμενος VO, om. KZ σῆς GHP 15.16 τὴν — ἧς om. BEMAVO βακτηρίαν ἐκείνην CKZ: ἐκείνην βακτηρίαν FGHP
16 ἐπετέλεσε CVOHP, ἐπετέλει G τὴν FGHP: γὰρ BEMA, om. CVOKZ
17 παίει πέτραν transp. A(v) ἡ δὲ VOF, ἥδ’ KZ, ἡ δ’ om. BEMA πηγὸς (sic) VOK2
18 ὕδασιν BEM ἀφανέσιν] ἄφεσιν C, ἀφαίρεσιν P ὑπονόμου C
10 cf. loseph. Ant. lud. III
25 καὶ μετ᾿ ὀλίγον ὀρτύγων πλῆθος . . . ἐφίπταται τὴν μεταξὺ θάλατταν ὑπερελθὸν κὼ ὑπὸ κόπου τε ἅμα τῆς πτήσεως καὶ πρόσγαιον μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων ὂν καταφέρεται εἰς τοὺς ‘Eβραίους.
13 sqq. Exod. 17,1 —
6 17 sqq. cf. Sap. Salom. 11,4 ἐδίψησαν καὶ ἐπεκαλέσαντό σε, καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἐκ πέτρας ἀκροτόμου ὕδω καὶ ἴαμα δίψης ἐκ λίθου σκληροῦ.

85.
1 εἰς αὐτὴν οm. FGHP ἀθρόον M συρρέοντος BEM, συρέντος F ἐκθλίβοντος CVOFGHP
2 φθορᾶς G μόνον om. VO 2.3 δίψους ἄκος transp. G
3 δίψης F τοσαύταις om. K1Z
4 ὑδρεῖα C πάντα FHP πέντ’ G ἐκ FGHP: ἀπὸ ceteri
5 μετέβαλλον F δὲ C γλύκειον CH
6 οὔτ’ AFGHP: οὔτε ceteri οἶδεν CVOEHP: εἶδεν ceteri οὔτε CVO ποτε] πώποτε A(v)
7 ἂν εὐθέως ἔγνω om. H1P
8 ἐστιν FGHP: εἰσιν ceteri (v) ἐπιδὼν FGHP εἰς FGHP: πρὸς ceteri
12 ἀμυθήτων Κ, ἀμυθήτους om. Α
13 ἔτι δὲ FGHP: ἔτι δὲ καὶ ceteri
14 ἀενάων CE: ἀεννάων ceteri 14.
15 ψυχρῶν αἱ δὲ θερμῶν ὑδάτων ἀνομβροῦσι πηγάς A (Τurn.)
16 ἐπιλείποι CK
17 μερῶν τοῦ κόσμου transp. BMAKZ
19 τὰ VOK2FGHP: ἆ ceteri μὴ] δὴ C post ἔθει add. ἦν CBEMA, ἦ KZ
21 ἀπόρευτον] ἀοίκητον coni. Mang.
23 ἐννέμονται FHP; ἐνέμοντο coni. Mang. αὐτὴν] αὐτὰ FGHP δὲ om. F εὔδειον A
24 αὑτοῖς om. Α αὐτοῖς codd. ἀπαντήσασθαι Κ, ἀπαντᾶσθαι GHP προκαθήμενος FGHP: καθηγούμενος K1Z, καθήμενος ceteri (K2)

86.
21 sqq. Exod. 17816

87.
2 ὑπαντίαζεν C ἀμυνόμενος VO ἀκμῆσι FGHPK1Z: ἀκμῆτί ceteri
3 καὶ] πρὸς C τοὺς BEMA καθισταμένους BEMAKZ κεκμηκόσιν CVO
4 καὶ ποτῶν om. BEMA ἃ om. GHP ἀνεπετίθετο Z μώσης CKZ
5 γνοὺς παρὰ τῶν σκοπῶν transp. Α ἐχθρὸν FGHPKZ: ἐχθρῶν ceteri
7 μείζονα] ἄνωθεν O ἠπείγετο CGHPKZ: ἡγεῖτο ceteri S τοῖς om. Z
9 ἱκέτευε FGHP: ἱκετεύει cetcri
10 πολέμων codd.: κινδύνων v
11 μὴ FGHP: οὐ ceteri
12 μετεωρισμὸς Α
14 τερατωδέστατον FGHPK1Z: τερατωδέστερον ceteri
15 ἐγίγνοντο F
16 ἐπελαφρίζοιντο KZ: ἐπελαφρίζοντο CMG, ἐπηλαφρίζοντο ceteri (ἐπηλαφρύνοντο O)
17 ἐρώννυτο CZ ἐπικυδέγι στερον] ἐπικρατέστερον coni. Mang. ἐφαίνετο A 17.18 κάτω βρίσειαν FGHP: κάτω βαρήσειαν CAEVO, βαρήσειαν κάτω Β, βαρύσειαν κάτω M, βαρήσειε κάτω Κ, βαρύσειεν κάτω Z
18 οἱ οm. Α
19 ἐστιν ἡ γῆ F δὲ F
20 βασιλεύει] κελεύει Ο κρατεῖ] κατακρατεῖ GH(v)
21 περιέσται FGHP: περιέστη VO, περίεστι ceteri
22 τινος] ὅσου V2O
23 δὲ F ἐπέρρεπον] ἐπέβριθον C τηνικαῦτα] ἡνίκα FHP
24 γινόμεναι P καὶ ante δακτύλοις add. V2O δ’ post δακτύλοις add. G μετέωροι om. BEMAKZ

88.
2 ἀνώφυτοι CVOK τοῦ om. ΗP ἑβραίοις Α ἀνταγώνιστον M
3 διαθεῖναι] καταθεῖναι H παρὰ] περὶ KZ 3.
4 ἐσπάδαζον (sic) E
4 ἱδρύετο M ὃν] ὧν G
5 τοῦ συμβεβηκότος VOKZ: τῶν συμβεβηκότων ceteri (v) καταφυγεῖν C
6 χαριστηρίους FGHP: τὰς χαριστηρίους ceteri
7 post μετὰ add. δὲ AV 7.8 ἀπώκιζε KZ
9 βουλόμενος FGHPK1Z: βουλόμενος δὲ ceteri
10 αὐτῆ Α ἐπιστήμῃ] γρ. ἢ διαγνώσει mg. Ο τῶν ἐκεῖ] τῶν κατασκοπησάντων τὰ ἐκεῖ V2, τῶν τὰ ἐκεῖ κατασκοπησάντων O βεβαία FGHPV2OK2: βεβαίως ceteri τὸ] ὃ HP
11 δὲ eras. V2, δ’ om. AO
12 φίλαρχον FGZ
13 πλεῖον Α
14 τὰ om. FGHP παρὰ τῶν ἐν τοῖς κατοίκοις HP
15 ἐπὶ γνῶσιν Α, ἐπίγνωσιν P δὲ Α
16 τοῦ νῦν A
17 ἁμάρτοιμεν G, διαμάρτημεν (sic) M
18 πέμποντες P
19 ἡ om. Α

89.
7 sqq. Num. cap. 13.
14 7—174,2 Catena Laur. V
14 ad Psalm. 10524 ἐξουδένωσαν γῆν ἐπιθυμητήν: φίλωνος: ἀπεπέμψαντο γῆν ἀγαθὴν τὴν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ὡς εὑρήσεις ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῶν Ἀριθμῶν. ἡ δὲ ἱστορία τοιαύτη· δεύτερον μὲν ὁδοιποροῦσι τοῖς ‘Eβραίοις ἔτος ἐνειστήκει, Μωυσῆς δὲ ἔγνω τὴν χώραν, εἰς ἣν ἀπῳκίζετο τὸ ἔθνος, κατασκέψασθαι. καὶ δὴ δώδεκα ἰσαρίθμους — προκρίνας. οὓς ἑλόμενος γενέσθαι φησὶ τῶν τοσούτων μυριάδων ὦτα καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀναγκαίων εἰδέναι σαφῆ κατάληψιν.

90.
1 τἀκεῖθεν BKZ θεασόμεθα G γίνεσθε VOFGHP: γένεσθε ceteri δὴ] δὴ οὖν F, δὲ O
2 πρὸς CV1FGHP: πρὸς τὸ ceteri ὧν ἀναγκαῖον GHP: τῶν ἀναγκαίων ceteri Laur. (v) σαφῆ] ἀκριβῆ F post δὲ ss. δὴ Κ
3 τρία FGHP: om. ceteri ταῦτα CVO Laur. τε om. Laur. τὴν] τε Laur.
4 θέσεως H1P τε καὶ Α οἰκοδομίαις FGHP: οἰκοδομαῖς ceteri (v), οἰκοδομὴ Laur. ἐχυρότητα CFGHP: ὀχυρότητα ceteri
5 εὔγειος Laur. ἐστι om. Laur. ante ἀγαθὴ add. εἰ FGHP(v), καὶ Laur. εἷο 5.
6 σπαρτῶν τε καὶ δένδρων om. Laur.
6 λεπτόγεως Α, λεπτόγειος BEMKZ
9 ἑκουσίως G
10 ἠλιθιώτατον coni. Mang.; ἠλιθιότητος ἔργον conicio μηχανήμάθ’ G
11 post δύναμις add. ἡμῶν F
12 ῥώμαις coni. Mang.
13 κρατεῖν F
14 ἐρήμη FGHP: ἐρημία ceteri βαθεῖαι corr. ex βαθεία B, βαθεῖαι MKZ
16 ὥρᾳ — λαμβάνουσιν (17) om. Laur. γὰρ] μὲν G, om. BEMA
17 γένη, αἰ KZ: γενέσεως ceteri (v) φύσεις] ἐκφύσεις coni. Mang.
18 pr. καὶ om. Laur. alt. καὶ om. BEMA
19 ταῦτα CF
20 τὴν om. M κατασκοπεῖν C 20.
21 παραπεμπόμενοι coni. Mang.
21 δεδιότες EMAVO ἀπόλλωνται Κ

91. 2—6 pergit Laur. V 14: ἃ δὲ γνῶναι — ἔμπαλιν. 15—20 pergit Laur. V 14 καιρός — ἐξῄεσαν.

92.
1 ὄψις—καὶ om. in lac. C ὄψεις BEAKZ
3 προερχόμενοι VOF
4 τῶν—τόπον om. Laur. περὶ] παρὰ P τῶν τόπων Κ, τὸν ποταμὸν Α
5 κριθηφόρος Laur.
6 δέ BEMFKZ ἔλαττον ΒΕΜΑ: ἐλάττων ceteri
7 ἅπασι H1, πᾶσα Laur. 7—10 πρὸς—διαφύσεις om. Laur.
8 ἄφθορον F
10 ὅσα BEMA βαθεῖα AP διὰ φύσεις AF, διὰ φύσιν GHP
12 ἐχυρότητος CFGHP: ὀχυρότητος ceteri ἑώρων] εὗρον coni. Mang. 12.
13 τὸ πβλῆθος ἀπείρους F
13 τῶ πλήθει VOK2 Laur. γίγαντας ἢ et τὰς—ὑπερβολὰς (14) om. Laur.
14 ἔν τε ῥώμη καὶ μεγέθεσιν Laur. ἀκριβεστάτην VO
15 ὀλισθηραὶ BEMAKZ (Mang.) φαντασίαι] φῆμαι D
10 ἐκσφραγιζόμεναι DR, ἐμφραγιζόμεναι DP ἐποίουν ΗP δρεψόμενοι Laur.
17 μὴ—στεριφουμένων om. Α, μὴ—ἀλλ’ om. Laur.
18 ἐπιδείξεσθαι G
19 βότρυς FGHP 19.
20 παμμεγέθεις Α
20 ἀντιπαρεκτεινόμενοι—μοσχεύμασιν om. Laur. κλιματίσι AEFGHPZ
21 οὖν Laur. τεμόντες FGHP ἐκ μέσου Α, μέσον (om. ἐκ) VO Laur.

93. 3—176,3 pergit Laur. V 14: ὀπτῆρας δὲ καὶ ἡγεμόνας παραλαβόντες προερχομένοις ἐκόμιζον 15.
16 DP fol. 257v DM fol. 268r DR fol. 271v Φίλωνος ἐκ τοῦ περὶ Μώσεως βίου· ὀλισθηρὸν γὰρ αἱ πρῶτα φῆμι κρόνῳ μόλις ἐνσφραγιζόμεναι.

94.
1 ἧς] εἰς GP: καὶ coni. Mang. δὲ HP ἐπετίθεσαν scripsi: ἐπιθέντες codd.
2 πιεζομένων—προτέρων] ἐπετίθεσαν Laur. αἰεὶ om. BEMAK1Z τῶν om. Α
3 ἀναγκαιοτάτων KZ
4 καὶ—κουφότεραι (5) om. M πρὶν om. V1, ss. V2
5 μὴ om. Α ἄλλων ἄλλα transp. F 5.
6 ἐπαγγελλόντων FG
7 τῶν om. AF ἐχυρότητος CEFGP: ὀχυρότητος ceteri
8 ἐστι om. F
9 τοῖς om. M post οἱ δὲ add. δύο Laur. τὸν] τῶν BMV1G, τὸν τῶν V2OF
10 ἀφαιροῦντες AGPKZ μὴ ἀναπίπτειν ἀλλ’ οm. Laur. ἀντιπίπτειν F ἀλλὰ F
11 ἀνθἐξιν Ε
12 ἀθρόον KZ
13 πίπτειν FGHP: ἀπειπεῖν δειλία δειλία ceteri, ἀπερεῖν (Turn.) v
14 δὲ F 15.
16 ἀποδεδρακότων C, ἀποδεδραμηκότων H: ἀποδεδραμηκότων P, ἀποδεδρακότων ceteri
17 ἐναφανίζεται FHP: ἀναφανίζεται ἀφανίζεται H mg. Ε, ἐμφανίζεται ceteri φησὶ HP
18 τὰ om. Η δυεῖν FO
19 ante οὕτως add. καὶ ὑπερίσχυσαν V2OK2 ὥστε] ὅτι V2O; ὥστε om. Mang. καὶ om. V2O σύμπαν ὑπ’. τὸ πλῆθος C ἐπηγάγοντο KZ
20 αὑτοῖς GH2K, αὐτοῖς FH1PZ δὲ F ταὐτὰ FGHP: τὰ αὐτὰ ceteri πάντες om. Α

95. 7—11 pergit Laur. V 14: ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐπανῆλθον, οἱ μὲν δέκα περὶ τῆς—αὐτοβοεὶ —177,2 pergit Laur. V 14: περὶ δὲ τῆς χώρας—ἐκδιηγούμενοι —177,2). περιῆσαν δὲ τῆς πέμπτης μοίρας τῶν ἰὰ βέλτιστα διεξιόντων οἱ τἀναντία φάσκοντες πενταπλάσιοι, ὥστε καὶ σύμπασαν ὑπηγάγοντο τὴν πληθύν (cf. 15—19).

96.
2 δὲ F ἡμῖν om. F
3 περιφρουρημένων P κραταιὰ BMKZ: κρατερὰ Α, καρτερὰ ceteri
4 καταλλεύουσιν C
5 προκρίνοντες HP ἐφ’ οἷς] εὐθὺς Α
6 ἐπισκήψῃ VOK2 Laur. κακὸν] καὶ Κ
9 δύο om. HP; δύο συμβουλεύσαντες Mang.
10 λόγοις VK2
12 τοῦτο F
13 μετάστασιν G, ἐπανάστασιν Α
14 ἐννέμεσθαι scripsi: ἐκνέμεσθαι codd. ἄγουσαν] εὐθεῖαν vel sim. expectat Wendl.
15 ἐπίτιμον K ἐπλάζοντο FGHP: ἐπορεύοντο ceteri δυσαναπορεύτους FH1P: δυσπορεύτους ceteri
16 ἄλλας] ἄλλον VO εὑρίσκοντες C; συνείροντες coni. Mang. ἀνύνητον M
17 ἀναγκαίας] ἀξίας coni. Mang. ἄγαν οm. VOFGHP
19 κάτω CV1FGHP1: καὶ κάτω ceteri
20 ἔτει] εἴ τι G τοὺς om. F
21 ἐμβολαῖς C
22 τε om. Α alt. καὶ CVOFG2: om. ceteri
23 τοὺς om. BEMAKZ
24 ἅπαντα om, A δὲ F ἀποκνοῖντο V2O μηδ’ ἑτέρων MKZ
25 τετάξασθαι Κ, τετάξομεν Z

97. 3—10 pergit Laur. V 14: καὶ τοῖς δυσὶν ἐπιδραμόντες μικροῦ καταλεύουσιν (3. 4). ἐφ’ οἶς Μωυσῆς ἠγανάκτει—ἐσώθησαν —10).
21 sqq. Num, 20, 1421

98.
1 τε] θ’ Α τὰ om. Α δύο om. FGHP
3 ἐπιδόντων CVBEMA τῶν om. Α εὐφορίᾳ] εὐμοιρία K1Z τινὶ om. Α καὶ om. G
4 οἰκιῶν] οἰκείων BEMA
5 δὲ VO διαναστᾶσα Α
6 ἐπανῆσαι (sic) F οἱ εἰκειότητα G ἐφύλαττε VO
7 ἔτι] ἐπὶ F πατριῶν C1Z
8 διαφυλάττοντας F
9 ὑπολαβούσας F ἡμέροις] ἡμετέροις G τι om. Κ
10 συγγενίας Α δὲ πάλιν GHP ἀνέτρεψεν coni. Mang. ἤθεσι] εἴδεσι cogitationibus (?) coni. Mang. post ἤθεσι add. sed rursus exπρεσ punxit τε Κ
12 ζωπυροῦσαν M αὐτὸς] αὐτοῖς FHP
13 βραβεῖα Z μικρὸν—μετεποιεῖτο om. M ὑπέστη πεποίητο Α
14 τὰς ὁμολογίας CKZ: τὰς om. ceteri ἀπολογίας BEMA (ὁμολογίας mg. M) ἐφόνα FGHP: ceteri ἀποδοίη VOFGHP: ἀποδώιη BE, ἀποδώῃ CMAKZ
15 ἀνδρὸς om. M ἑνὸς FGHP: om. ceteri K; ἐκαίνωσεν G: ἐκένωσεν ceteri γε AKZ
18 μόνωι Ε πάντα Α
19 μὴ τεμεῖν scripsi: μήτε μὴν codd.; χωρίον βλάψειν coni. Mang.
21 τοῖς ἀχορηγήτοις om. BEMA post τοῖς add. γε F ἀχορηγήτοις GHP: ἀχορήγοις VOK2, ἀγορητοῖς FK1Z, ἀγοραίοις C εἰρηνικαῖς FGHP: εἰρημένοι ταῖς celeri οὕτω om. FGHP(v) προσκλήσεσιν FHP (Mang.), προσκλίσεσιν G

99.
2 ὦ ἄνδρες BEMAKZ
3 εἶπον H1P ἀγανάκτησις] παραίτησις Z υ ἡμῶν Α, ἡμῶν BEMZ
4 ἡμῶν add. ante προτειναμένων V2O προτεινομένων M: προτεινάμενοι Turn.
5 ἀλλ’ om. F τείνειν CGZ
6 τοῦτο F κατ’ om. G ἵεσθαι AFFKZ: ἵεσθαι ceteri
7 ἔθνος] γένος CVO (fort. recte) τιμῆς] αἰδοῦς CVO (fort. recte) μοχθηρῶν] πονηρῶν KZ ἀγαθοὶ om. Α
8 ἀλλ’ εἰ] ἀλλὰ Η1P
9 εἶτα F
10 τὴν om. G
11 ἐνδεξομένων FGHP; προέρχεσθαι ἐκδεξομένων Ο, ἐκδεξαμένων ceteri καὶ om. Η1P
12 πορεύεσθαι Κ
13 ἀνίας ἦν transp. A(v) ἀνίας] ἀνοίας Turn. δῆλον ὅτι CBE
14 ἐν om. A
15 οἷς] ἧς G λύπης G τἀγαθὰ FGHP: τὰ ἀγαθὰ ceteri
16 γὰρ om. Z καὶ om. Α
17 ἀνενεγκόντας A
18 πορρωτάτω HP προσεληλύθασι H1P
19 δ’ CVO, δὲ om. Α
20 ἔμελλον] ἐβούλοντο V2 τῆς] τοῖς C ἀνακαλυφείσης Turn.
21 ἐπιδεξαμένου F, ἐνδειξαμένου A
22 μηδὲν FGHP: μηδὲν μηδένα ceteri (v) 22.23 παθεῖν μηδὲν transp. H
23 φυλάξεσθαι BEM
24 θελῆσαι AH(v)

100.
1 τούτων om. yo
2 ὁμόρου] ὁμοχώρου Α (Turn.) χλλάνης Z Ἀραδ ὄνομα coni. Mang. τοὔνομα V2OK2 σκοπόν Κ
3 μακρὰν πάνυ trausp. A(v) τε om. AZ
4 εἰ ῥαδίως transp. V, εἰ om. 0 .̔́ροσεγιθοι-ο V^K-, προεπίθειτο G, προεπιθεῖντο F, προεπίθοιντο CA; προεπίθειντο (sic) Turn. Mang. οἰκίας Z, οἰκείου CV
5 πρώτως VOFIIP ὐπαντιὑπαντιάσας Α 5. G τͅαρσ·κευασuένου: IjEMFPZ (J παρ’ ἐλπίδας VOKFHP, πρελπίδι Z
7 προῆσαι (sic) F χειρώσεσθαι Mang.: χειρώσασθαι coclil.
8 οἱ δὲ VOK’-’: οᾳδ’ Z, οἱ δ’ ceteri οὐ] οὐδὲ A(v) θνάφθησαν͂ M, ἐκνάμφθησαν FII’P ὴ́ιτη FGHPKZ: om. ceteri
10 ἐκπληρῶσαι BEMA τῆς προθυμίας CVBEMA, τῆ προθυμία V’-0
11 ἀποκαμεῖν V-0 11.12 ἐπιβαίνωμεν AFH (Mang.)
12 κτάπληκτοι HP ἐχυρότητος CFGHPK: όχυρότητος ceteri γινώμεθα YOFGIIP: γενώμεθα ceteri 13.
14 κταπληξόμεθα H
14 ἔχοντας V-0
15 ν̔τιοεδωκοτας V-OKδ’] δὲ ἡμῖν V^OK^ ἀπαγόμεθα F IG αὑτοὺς ABEVOH"-: αὐτοὺς ceteri
18 πολιτείας C δὲ VO
19 ἀντίπαλον] τῶν ἀντιπάλων BEMAKZ (v) ἁλῶσαι H οἵδ’ Z, οἱ hi F ἑλόμενοι H’P
21 ἀφ’ ιερώσαντες V-^OK'alt. καὶ FGIIP: om. ceteri (v)

101.
1 bcjq. Xum. 21,1-

102.
1 ἀνάθημα AFGHP γὰρ om. F
3 συγκομίζηται AP (v) 4 BMK τμῆμα CVOFHP: κτῆμα ceteri
5 αἱρεθεῖσαν FHP: om. Α, εὑρεθεῖσαν ceteri ἀνέθηκαν Ο 5. 6. ἐνόμιζεν CFGP: ἐνόμισεν Η (v), ἐνόμιζον ceteri
6 ὅσιος G διανείμεσθαι (sic) KZ
8 δὲ F εὔυδρον FGHP: om. ceteri ἀνευρόντες FGH: εὑρόντες ceteri
11 ἄσμα καινὸν om. F
13 ἀληθῆ Ο, ἀληθῆ corr. ex ἀληθῶς Κ
15 προελθεῖν G
16 ἔτυχον BEM βασιλέως Ο ἀνατετιμῆσθαι Α
17 τὴν om. VO ὕδατος om. Α, suppl. man. rec.
19 φαίνηται] φρόνημα (sic) Κ κατασκευασμάτων G ἀρχὴ καὶ FGHP: ἀρχὴ (om. καὶ) KZ, ἐν ἀρχὴ BEMA, ἀρχῆθεν CVO (v)
20 δὲ FKZ δ’ (δὲ) FGHP: δ’ (δὲ) εὐθὺς ταῖς F αἰεὶ FGHP: om ceteri ἀγαθοῖς om. F μώσης Α
21 προστάτας Α
22 φύλακας ΗP γεραιοὺς C
23 φρουρὰς O, ὢν φρουροὺς MV2 ἄντικρυς CVO (v)
24 ἐχθρὸς Α, ἐχθρῶν V2OK (v) ὅμιλον Richt. Tauchn. ἐπίοι KZ, ὀφθείη in textu O, γρ. ἐπίῃ mg. O

103.
8 sqq. Num. 211618

104.
1 ἀμμοραίων VO
2 πρέσβυς G ἐξέπεμψε CF πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα om. VO δ’ AFGHP: δὲ ceteri ὁ τῆς χώρας βασιλεὺς ante ὠνομάζετο add. V2O
3 τοὺς συγγενῆ (sic) Κ ὅδ’ KZ
4 μικρὸν M 4.5 πρεσβυτικὸς AZ
5 πάντα FGHP: om. ceteri
6 ἐφόρμα E, ἐφορμᾶ FHP, ἐφορμᾶν G
7 ἀνασχήτους G ἔγνω om.
8 τῶ ὄντι πολέμων ἀηττήτους CVOFGHP: πολέμων ἀηττήτους τῶ ὄντι BEMAKZ S.
9 ἠνδραγαθήσαντο FGH
10 δι’ ὧν] διὸ Α (v)
11 εἷλον] καθεῖλον coni. Mang. pr. τῶν codd.: om. v ἄθλων] ἄλλων Z
13 ἀντεφώρμισαν F
14 τοῦ δικαίου: cf. 154,7 εὐτολμώτεροι AZ
15 πίστις codd,: ἡ πίστις v ἐδέησαν Α
16 ἀλλὰ F ἡ] ἡ HEMKZ
18 ἐγεγένηντο] ἐγένοντο A (v)
19 πλήρης G μέν τι G
20 κατὰ F
22 μὲν om. BEMAKZ
23 ἀνειργάσατο G δὲ] δὴ F ὅσον Z
24 προσδοκᾶτο (sic) M ἐκ FGHP: καὶ CVOK2, om. BEMAK1Z ὄνομα FGHP: ὀνόματι ceteri (v)

105.
1 sqq. Num. 21,21 sqq.
24 sqq. Num. cap. 22

106.
1 ἑώου CP μοῖραν] μέρραν (sic) Z ὑπηργμένος Ο
2 ἄντικρύς 1 ἀπαντᾶν AF ἐδοκίμασε HP (v)
3 διαδιδράσκων FGHP: ἀποδιδράσκων ceteri
4 ἐτράπετο FGHP: ἐτρέπετο ceteri ἀραῖς] ἀρεῖν (sic) Κ δυνηθήσεσθαι G
5 ῥώμην] πόλιν G
6 μαντία G μὲν om.
7 οἰωνοσκοπείαν Α, οἰωνοσκοπεῖν FGHP δὲ V
8 pr. καὶ FGHP: om ceteri
9 δὲ AVO ἀχμὸν G
10 χειμῶνος HP ἐξ om. M
11 ἐκ λιμοῦ FGHP: ἐκ om. ceteri (v) φθοράν C, ἀφθονίαν F2 πλημύρας G
12 ὁ οm. KZ, eras. V
13 δοκῶν] μαθὼν CKZ, μαθὼν δοκῶν BEMAV1 (μαθὼν eras. V2) ὄνομα πιστότατος Α εὐκλείας FGHP: τῆς εὐκλείας ceteri (v)
14 καὶ φθανοῦσαν FGHP: om. ceteri
16 εἵνεκα BV
17 δὲ F 17.
18 τὸ πλέον ἀστεϊζόμενος] τὸ θεῖον προφασιζόμενος coni. Mang.
18 ἀστιζόμενος CVO τῶν CFHP: om. ceteri; τις Mang.
20 αὐτῷ] αὐτὸ G
21 τὸν βασιλέα KZ: τὸν om. ceteri δὲ F εὐθὺς] αὖθις HP αὐτὴν FGHP: om ceteri
22 περισσοτέρας F
23 προτεινομένης M

107.
1 ἐφ’ ὑγιεῖ] ἐκφυγεῖν VO
3 πληχθεῖσιν Α ἀναγκάζεσθαι οm. P μηκέτι] οὐκ ἔτι P μένειν] μέλλειν coni. Mang.
4 ἐπιγίνεται KZ 4.
5 κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν οm. Α
5 περὶ eras. V2, om. O
7 ἵστατο V2O
8 ἀντωθοῦντος AZ (v) ἐχώρει] ἐκχωρεῖ HP
9 φερόμενον vel περιφερόμενον conicio
10 ἐν οἴνω FGHP: ἐν οm. ceteri καὶ μέθῃ om. P καρϋβαροῦν PZ πολλάκι C
11 ἠλόγει—ἐποχούμενον om. M τῶν om. VOFGBP
12 ἀντιλυπῆσαι] ἦν τι λυπῆσαι BEMA, λυπεῖν V2O, ἀντιπειν λυπῆσαι Κ γὰρ add. Mang.; post. ἑκάτερα add. γὰρ V2 παρὰ Α χωρίον G
13 προσηρράχθη AVOGKZ (v)
14 καὶ πόδας GHP: om ceteri πιεζόμενος καὶ θλιβόμενος transp. AFHP
15 δὲ AVO μὲν τὸ transp. Z φοιτῶσαν Α
16 ὑπέστηξεν P οἶδεν G
18 γοῦν] οὖν BEMAK1Z (v) ἰδὼν] ὁρᾶν G
19 ἢν θέας transp. A (v) ἀτιμίαν] αἰτίαν F οὐδενίαν C, οὐθένειαν BMPKZ ἑαυτοῦ] αὐτοῦ BEMAKZ
20 ἱκεσίαν Α ὑπ’] οὐκ G
21 ἑκούσιον FGHPZ: ἑκουσίαν ceteri ἁμαρτῶντι Z οὑν om. KZ 21.
22 ὑποστρέφειν FGHP: ἐπιστρέφειν ceteri
22 ἀνακάμπτει GZ πάλιν FGHPZ: om. ceteri
23 τὴν om. FGHP ἐπ’ οἴκου CVOFHP: ἐπ’ οἶκον ceteri συνειδυῖα V2K2

108. 1.
2 ἐμφανοῦς ὃ τὰς ἀποδείξεις εἶχεν FGHP: ἐμφανῶς ἀποδείξεις ἔχοντος VO, ἐμφανεῖς ἀποδείξεις ἔχοντος C, ἀποδείξεις ἐμφανεῖς ἔχοντος BEMKZ, ἀποδείξεις ἔχοντος (om. ἐμφανεῖς) Α
2 μὴ δεόμενον FGHP: καὶ μὴ δεομένου ceteri λόγου BM ἀληθεστέρας ante πίστεως add. A (v), om. ceteri
3 ἀληθέστερα] πιστότερα Α (v) βαδίζετε HP
4 τὰ] τε C (v) ἐκλεκτέα BEMA ἄνευ—τρέποντος (5) om. Α
7 γλώσσης C
8 τῶν om. BMK1Z ὑπαντησάμενος Κ ἐντυχόντας F: συντυχόντων coni. Mang.
9 κατάπεμψις G
10 μετὰ δὲ] καὶ μετὰ BEMAKZ ταῦτα VO
11 ἤσαν om. FH (fort. recte) ξένων FGHP: om. ceteri
12 εὐτρεπίζεσθαι ἔθος transp. G φιλοφροσύναις P
13 ἐπιδόντα Α ἅμα τῇ ἕῳ om. P
14 βάλακος CBEMA γεωλόφου FGHP ἀνήγαγεν FGHP: ἀνήνεγκεν KZ, ἠνάγκασεν ceteri ἔνθα καὶ στήλην συνέβαινεν FGHPKZ: om. ceteri (add. man. rec. mg. V)
15 ἱδρῦσθαι FGHPK: ἱδρύσασθαι ceteri βωμὸν ante δαιμονίου add. CV2O, post τινὸς add. ΒΕMΑ δαίμονος C ἢν] ὃ BM, ὃν AE
16 καθεωρᾶτο om. M στρατοπεδίας AV1
17 σκοπιᾶς v (cf. 39,10): σκοπῆς Α, σκοπιῆς ceteri ἐδείκνυτο V, ἐπεδείκνυ Α
18 post βασιλεῦ repet. φησι Κ ἑπτὰ βωμοὺς transp. M, δειμάμενος ἑπτὰ transp. A
19 ἱέρευον G δὲ F τί FGHP: τὸ ceteri
20 προσελθὼν Z
21 μαντικὴν] μαγικὴν BEMAKZ post μαντικὴν add. σοφιστείᾳ v (cf. 186,1)

109.
17 sqq. Num. cap. 23

110.
1 ἱερωτάτῃ κατοχῆ FGUP κατοκωχῇ seripsi): ἱερωτάτην κατοχὴν VK2, ἱερωτάτην κατακωχὴν ceteri (v) μαγικὴν σοφιστείαν FGHP: μαγικὴ σοφιστεία ceteri; μαγικῇ (om. σοφιστείᾳ) v
2 τε FGHP: om. ceteri
3 ἑρμηνεὺς FGHPZ: ἑρμηνέως Κ, ἑρμηνέως ceteri ὑποβάλλοντος VOFGHP: ὑποβαλόντος ceteri ἑτέρου om. VO (add. man. rec. mg. V)
4 Βάλακος BEMA
5 τίσηται] ἐνδήσηται coni. Mang. καταράσομαι P
6 post μὲν add. οὖν BFMAKZ αὐτοῖς VOK2Z ἀφ᾿]ἐφ᾿ P
7 ὁρῶν GZ
8 κατοικήσειε V
9 τῶν om. A
10 ἐθῶν VEP: ἠθῶν CF, om. O, ἐθνῶν ceteri συναναμιγνύμενος Mang: συναναμιγνυμένων codd. ἄλλοις] ἀλλήλοις Κ 10.
11 ἐκδίκησιν P
12 σώματα VOFHP σπερμάτων] σωμάτων BEMAKZ 14.
15 καταριθμηθῶ P
16 ταῦτα CBKMF βαλάκις CG, Βάλακος BEMA
17 κατακληθεὶς G
18 ἐλελήθην EZ ἄρα A, ἀρ’ CE, δ’ ἄρ’ VO
10 ὑπὲρ] ὑπὸ M, ἐκ G τεταγμένων (scd ν eras.) C
20 ὑποθέσεις G ἐνταῦθα F ἀφίξεως] ἀξιώξεως (sic) G
21 ὑποικοροῦσαν BE, ἐπικουροῦσαν AG
22 δ’] δὲ CG, δὲ καὶ HP

111.
13 ἀγχίσποροι θεοῦ: Aeschyli frg. 162 Νauck2 (ap. Plat. de rep. 111 p. 391 e)

112.
1 ἀφανῆ F1HP κατοκωχῆς scripsi: κατοχῆς VOK2FGHP, κατακωχῆς celeri
2 εἶπεν] ἔφη F αἰτίαν om. G συκοφαντίαν Α ἴδιον οὐδέν CVO: οὐδέν ἴδιον ceteri
3 ἀλλὰ F ἅττ’ F, ἅτ’ GHP (Mang.): ὅσα ceteri ὑφηχήση C, ὑπηχήσοι Α τὸ θεῖον—ἡνίκα (4) οm. G ἐγὼ μὲν CFHP: μὲν ἐγὼ ceteri
4 καὶ om. O
5 ταὐτά FH, ταῦτα GP: τὰ αὐτά ceteri
6 τῶν τόπων] τούτων τρόπων Κ τῆς γνώμης—πάνυ (7) om. HP, add. mg. H2P2
7 ἐχυρὸν CGH2: ὀχυρὸν ceteri ἀπαλλάττειν G 7.
8 ὑπερμήκους Α, ὑπὲρ μήκους P2
9 τοῖσ’ om. G ἱερείοις FGHP (v) 9.10 ἐξέπεμψε C
11 θεοφορεῖται codd.: θειοφορεῖται v
12 βασιλεύων F
13 ἐπουρίσας] ἐπευρήσας (ευ ex ου corr.) F, ἐπαιωρήσας AGHP (v) ; ἐπορθιάσας Mang. ὁ θεὸς FPD: om. ceteri τὰ αὐτὰ ante διαψευσθῆναι add. VOK2 δύναται om. D
14 οὐδὲ D, οὐχ M 14.
15 φθέγγεται F, post φθέγξεται add. γὰρ Α
16 παρελήφθην FGHP: παρειλήφειν ceteri δὲ C, δ’ om. Α
17 ἔστι AF μόχθος ἢ πόνος transp. C
18 περιφανῶς] προφανῶς Α, φανερῶς H (v)
19 τοσαύτας om. Α ἀναγαγών FGHP: ἀπαγαγών ceteri
20 τῶν om. BEMAKZ
21 ὁρῶ codd.: ὁρῶ δὲ v

113. 13—16 DC fol. 121v DR fol. 119r Φίλωνος ἐκ τοῦ περὶ Μωυσέως βίου: οὐχ ὡς ὁ θεὸς διαψευσθῆναι· οὐδὲ ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου μετανοεῖ· ἅπαξ εἰπὼν ἐμμενεῖ (ἐμμενεῖ D φθέγξεται τό παράπαν οὐδέν, ὃ μὴ τελειωθήσεται βεβαίως, ἐπεί (ἐπειδὴ DR) ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν αὐτω.

114.
1 εὐωχηθήσεται AF2GHP: εὐωχήσεται ceteri θῆρας Η, θήραις Α
2 ἀλλ’— ὕμνον om. M ἐγρηγόρως BEVAFK
3 δὲ C,
4 μαντείας Z ἀπατᾶσθαι G μήτ’ Α
5 ἀκίνδυνος] ἀνήδονος coni. Markland
6 ὥσπερ—εἶπεν post ἀβέβαιον transp. F
8 ὅδ’ KZ. ὁ δ’ om. CBEMA, ὁ δὲ ἄτε χείρων V2 in ras., om. O ἅτε] ἄτε F, ἄτερ CBEMA χείρων FK: χείρων V2 χειλέων Α, χειρῶν ceteri
9 μιᾷ om. FGHP (Turn.) χρώμενος μιᾷ Mang. χρωμένου V2
10 λέγει AVOGZ δὲ om. H1P διερμηνεύει MA
11 ἑτέρων V post δέον add. οὖν V2O μηκέτ’ ἐπακολουθεῖν GHP. μηκέτι ἐπακολουθεῖν VOFK2: μὴ κατεπακολουθεῖν ceteri οἴκαδ’ ἐπαίρειν F
12 διεξέτρεχεν Α κακῶν μεγάλων VOGHP
13 καταρᾶσθαι FGHP: καταράσασθαι ceteri γλιχόμενος om. Α εἰ καὶ FGHP: κὰν ceteri
14 δὲ AF
15 ἐκτελεῖν Α
16 τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα FGHP: τεσσαρισκαίδεκα τέσσαρα καὶ δέκα ceteri προσάγοντας VOG
17 δύο CFGHP: om. ceteri δ’ Α εἰκὸς] εἰωθὸς coni. Mang. (cf. LXX)
18 ἵετο AFHPKZ: ἵετο ceteri αὑτοῦ Α: αὐτὴν KHP, om. G, αὐτοῦ ceteri ὡς FGHP: om. ceteri
19 τοῖς εὐθυβόλοις στοχασμοῖς CVOK2 στοχασμοὺς] πειρασμοὺς A
20 ἀμαυρωθεῖσαν BEMAKZ δὲ] τε conicio; ἄλλως τε, εἰ καὶ μόλις coni. Mang.
5 DP fol. 358r DM fol. 269r Φίλωνος ἐκ τοῦ περὶ Μώσεως βίου DH fol. 33r DR fol. 36v et 272r Φίλωνος lo. Georgides p.
14 Boiss.: βελτίων (βέλτιον DM DR2 τῶν τοῦ DM) μὴ καθ’ ἡδονὴν λόγων (λόγου DM) ἡ ἀκίνδυνος
17 sqq. Num. cap. 24

115.
2 ἔρημον Κ1Ζ
3 ἀλλ’ οὐ] ἄλλου BEMVO; ὡς πάνυ πολλοῦ mg. M 3.4 καταπλαγῆς C
4 ἀναφθέγγεται· τάδε φησὶν MA (v)
5 ἀληθινὸς VOF
7 σκηναί] σκιαί BEMAPZ pr. ὡς] ὡσεὶ Α συσκιάζουσι FHP (v)
8 ὕδατος KZ ἐπικρατήση Α
10 πρὸς] εἰς G πρὸς ὕψος om. Α ἀπ’ om. BEMKZ
11 ὁδοῦ om. Κ1, ss. Κ2
12 πολλῶν A ἄχρι FGHP: μέχρι ceteri λήψεται] λάψεται coni. Mang.
13 κατακλινεὶς CBEMGP: κατακλινθεὶς F, κατακλιθεὶς AVOHKZ
15 post ἄθλιος add. δ’ FGHP (v) ἐγείροι Α
16 εὐφημίας] εὐλογίας KZ δὲ F
17 δὲ C ἲς
18 τρεῖς Z, τρὶς BEMK (prob. Mang.)
19 ἐστίν ὁ θυμός F, θυμός ἐστι transp. Z μή τι καὶ FGHP: μὴ καί τι CMAVOK1Z μηκέτι EK2, μὴ καί τι corr. ex μηκέτι Β
20 post ἐργάσασθαι add. τι Barb. βιάσασθαι ἐργάσωμαι Α; βιασθεὶς ἐργάσωμαι coni. Maug. ἀνοητότατε ante χρημάτων transp. F, post δωρεῶν transp. CVO Barb.
21 πόσην] πάσην G δὲ CVO, δ’ om. Barb. σαυτὸν FGHP Barb.
22 ἐπανελεύσει Κ εἰς] ἐπὶ HP (v) οἰκείαν] οἰκίαν CV1GHZ (Turn.)

116. 17—190,5 Catena Barber. IV
56 fol. 147r τοῦ Φίλωνος: ἀγανακτήσας βασιλεὺς ἐπ’ ἀραῖς εἶπεν—φυλάξεται τὸν ἀντίπαλον.

117.
1 ὀνείδη δὲ καὶ αἰσχύνην ὡς ἔοικεν transp. Α, ὡς ἔοικε δὲ αἰσχύνην καὶ ὀνείδη transp. VO πολλὴν FGHP Barb.: om ceteri οὕτω VOMG Barb.
2 καταγελασθέντων VO ;5 εἶπε πάντα F, πάντα εἶπεν transp. HP (v)
5 φυλάξεται V2OK2FHP Barb.: φυλάξηται CV1G φυλάξαιτο BEMAK1Z (Mang.): φυλάξασθαι Turn. πρατόν] στρατηγὸν VO 5.
6 ἀσέβημα . . . μέγιστον FGHP: ἀσέβειαν . . . μεγίστην ceteri
6 αὑτοῦ V2O αὐτοῦ ceteri ἰδιάζης VO 6.
7 συμβουλεύῃς VO, συμβουλεύειν P, συμβασιλεύεις F
7 τἀναντία AVO
8 φέρε δ’ οὖν FGHP: φέρε οὖν CVO, φέρ’ οὖν BEMAKZ
9 τετεχνητευμέναι AFHP, τεχνιτευμέναι KZ
10 ἑβραῖος F
12 ἐσπούδαζεν BEMAKZ (Mang.) προσθείς CM. προτιθείς Α (Mang.)
13 αἱ om. F ἐγχώριαι MKZ
15 ἐπιστρέψῃς (sed σ eras.) C, ἐπιτρέψεις G δημοσιεύειν τὸ κάλλος coni. Mang.
16 ἀφηγητέον HP δ’ CVO
17 τὴν ὥραν om. F ἀκκισμὸς C2F: ἀστισμὸς C1VO, ἀστεισμὸς ceteri
18 ἐπεγερεῖ GH2P2 (v) ἀναφλέξει FGHP (v), ἀναφλέγει om. in fine paginae Κ
19 ὑπομένουσι C
20 φρυαττωμένη G, φραττομένη P τὴν FGHP: om ceteri
21 ὁμιλίας FGHP: τῆς ὁμιλίας ceteri σοι τῆς ὁμιλίας transp. BMKZ ἄν om. F

118.
2 sqq. cf. Ioseph Ant. lud. IV § 126 sqq.

119.
1 ἐκδιαιτηθῇς corr. —εἰς M, ἐκδιαιτηθεὶς G, ἐκδιαιτηθεὶς AF μὲν om. Ο τιμήσεις CFH
2 βεβαίας KZ, ἀβεβαίου P ἣν ἐθελήσεις FG
3 σποδῶν G ἃς] ὡς Ε, ὡς corr. in ὧν Β, ὧν MA
4 ἐφιδρύμασιν Z ὅδ’ KZ
5 κάλλει om. CBEMA καὶ om. FGHPK1Z στωμυλίαις Α, στωμυλία CVOKZ χειραγωγίαις] χορηγίαις CFHPZ. καὶ πιθανότητι V2O, πιθανότητι χορηγίαις Κ ἐξηγκωνισμένος AFGHP: ἐξγηγκωνισμένος δὲ ceteri
6 τοῖς πραττομένοις AVOG
8 δὴ VOFGHP: οὖν ceteri συνεβούλευσεν CVOK2 (v) ὅδ’ KZ, ὁ δὲ F
9 τῶν μοιχῶν F
10 φθορᾷ] φωρὰ V1O, φθορᾶ corr. V2 αι μηδὲ] μὴ BMKZ
11 ἀνέδην Α, ἀναίδην CPKZ ἐπιτρέπειν F
12 θέλωσι F καὶ δοθείσης VO δ’ Α, δὲ om. CVO
13 αὐτῶν τήν διάνοιαν transp. CVO
14 ὁ υἱός KZ τοῦ om. Α
15 γενομένοις ΜΖ1 Barb. αὐτὸ Barb. εἰ] εἰς Z
10 ἄμφω om. BEMAK1Z τε τὰ transp. FP Barb. alt. τὰ] τὰς FGHP Barb.
17 τὰς] τὰ GHPK Barb.
18 νεανίαν O, νεανεί et lac.
7 litt. (om. ἀνδρὶ) G κἀγαθῶ AO
19 θύοντα καὶ οm. GHP Barb. εἰς] πρὸς AVO
20 μήτε FGHP Barb.: ὥστε ceteri πεῖ θηρώμενον Κ, θηρώμενον (θη ex πεῖ corr.) Z μήθ’] μήτε

120.
8 sqq. Num. cap.
25 14—192,16 Catena Barber. IV
56 fol. 148v: υἱὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως Φινεὲς—στρατιὰν ἐκηλίδου.

121.
1 μετὰ F
2 φραττόμενον Η1P ὡς om. C καταγριάστω (sic) Z πάνυ—δικαίας (3) om. Ο πάνυ FGHP Barb.: πάλιν C (V ut vid.), πολλὰ V2, om. ceteri
3 ἐπεισδραμὼν FGHP Barb.: ἐπιδραμὼν ceteri ἔτι] ἐπὶ Α
4 τε VOF ἑτέραν Barb. 4.
5 προσαποτεμὼν G
5 ὑπηρέτισαν Α; ὑπηρέτησεν conicio ἀθέσμοις Z
6 τὴν FGHP Barb.: om. ceteri
7 μωυσέος MAFGHP
8 ἀχειροποιήτοις Barb.
9 διηδικηκότων M
10 δὲ AF παρασχόντες Barb.
11 αὑτῶν AVOG: αὐτῶν ceteri ἐποιήσαντο Η1P τῶν] τὸν G
12 οἰκησάμενοι Barb. μηδ’ FH1P: μήτ’ ceteri (v) τἀδικήματ’ GH2K, τἀδίκημα τῶν H1P, τἀδίκημα Z, τῶν ἀδικήματ’ C ἀλλὰ codd: ἀλλὰ καὶ V
13 post καθαροὺς add. μᾶλλον V2O οὐδενὶ] οὐδὲ V2OF
14 ἐπέξοδον CGHPKZ: ἐπ’ ἔξοδον ceteri ἀψευδέστατον] καίτοι ἀψευδέστατα V2O ἔπαινον FGHPKZ: om. ceteri
15 δέ BEMAKZ: om. ceteri δυσμυρίοις AFH1 ἀναιρεθεῖναι G
16 post εὐθὺς add. καὶ KZ τὴν om. HP δὲ om. Barb.
17 υἱεῖ FHP Barb.
18 μώσης Barb.
19 δωρησάμενος post ἀγαθόν transp. VO Φινεεῖ om. Α, post ἀγαθὸν transp. KZ
20 ἱκανὼς (sic) Barb. ἀνθρώπων ἱκανός transp. M
21 κλῆρον FGHP Barb.: κληρονομίαν ceteri (v)

122. 16—21 Catena Barber. ΙV
56 fol. 149r Φίλωνος: τῶν καθαρσίων—κλῆρον

123.
1 ἦν ἔτ’ transp. P κακόν VZ
2 ὅσα FH1P πάντες ἀπωλώλεσαν G, π. ἀπολώλεσαν FH2, π. ἀπωλόλεσαν H1P: πάντας ἀπώλεσαν ceteri
3 ἐπιτηδειότητος M ἐπὶ] εἰς C Βάλακον BEMA στρατιᾶς FH1P
4 μυρία om. VO post μυρία add. μὲν Α βεβουλευμένον—δεδρακότα om. BEMAVO βεβουλευμένα Α μὲν om. Α δυνήσεσθαι FGHP: om. ceteri
7 ἀσεβείαις HP 8.
9 ἐδοκίμασεν P
9 ὑπέρογκα scripsi: ὑπερόρια codd. πταίοντα] πτέοντα G, πλείω ὄντα BEMAVO mg. Κ περὶ αὐτοῖς CKZ (αὑτοῖς v): παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς FGHP, παρ’ αὐτοὺς BEMAVO mg.
10 ἐφεδρίας VO, ἐφεδρείαν HP συμμάχους BEMAKZ προκαμοῦσι FGHP: προκάμνουσι ceteri (Mang.)
11 χιλίους] χιλίας Α δώδεκα—φυλαί (12) om. BEMA ψ
13 ἐπὶ καλοῖς ἱερείοις om. FGHP
14 ἐξέπεμπε Κ, ἐξέπεμψε CZ
15 παρὸν Z τοῦ κτήσασθαι τὰ ἔτ’ om. in lac. G
16 μόνον MAVO (v) post μάλιστα add. εἰσὶν Α (v) πολέμιοι CBEMVO
18 τοῖς om. Α om. in iac. G
19 γενέσθαι KZ παρανομισάντων H
20 παθόντας F 20.21 ἀνηρηκέναι FGHP: ἀνελεῖν ceteri (Mang.)
21 τοὺς δὲ βιασαμένους FGHPKZ: βιασαμένους, τοὺς δέ ceteri (v) καὶ διδάξαντας FGHP: καὶ om. ceteri

124.
1 sqq. Num. 31,1 12

125.
2 ἐκεῖνοι FGHP: om. ceteri
3 προυπάρχον Α ἐφομολογουμένη KZ
4 νίκῃ] δίκη GH ἵεντο AFHPKZ: ἵεντο ceteri
5 ὡς ῥεῦσαι BEMAVO
6 αὐτοὶ δὲ πάντες σῶοι B1EV1FGHP: αὐτοὺς δὲ πάντας σώους ceteri (v) ἐπαντιθεῖν G μηδενὸς Z
7 ἄν FGHP: om. ceteri τὸ συμβεβηκὼς A
8 ἀφικνεῖσθαι FGHP: αὐτοὺς ἀφικνεῖσθαι ceteri
9 ὀπλοκοπίαις Z 9.
10 ποιεῖσθαι· γυμνάσματα δ’ εἰσὶ VOFGHP: ποιεῖσθαι γυμνάσματα· διὸ CBEMKZ, ποιεῖσθαι γυμνάσά μάτα· δι’ ὧν Α
10 συγκροτούντων coni. Mang.
11 ἐμπιπρῶντες Κ
12 μηδ’ εἰ Α: εἰ μηδὲ ceteri
15 δ’ CFGHP: δὲ ceteri τὴν τῶν ἑβραίων Κ ἃς γενομένης Κί’ γεγενημένας Α (Turn.)
16 αὑτοῖς] αὐτῆς G τὰ om. G
17 ἀμνηστείαν G
18 δὲ om. Α ἀπορήσαντες Z 18.
19 τῶν βασιλείων FGHPK1Z: τῆς βασιλείας ceteri (v)
19 κἀκ VOFGHP: καὶ ceteri (v) ἰδιωτῶν V1O γρ. ἰδιωτικῶν mg. Ο ἔτι δὲ FGHP: ἔτι δέ καὶ ceteri ἀγροὺς] αὐλοὺς Α
20 ἐλάττων VOFGHP: ἔλαττον eeteri τῆς] τοῖς GP1, τῶν BEMAKZ
21 ἥκων G
22 μώσης KZ

126. 22—195,10 Cod. Laur. VI
4 fol. 73r Φίλωνος: ἐπαινέσας δὲ Μωυσῆς τόν τε Φινεὲς καὶ τοὺς παραταξαμένους προστάττει μὲν ἔξω τοῦ στρατοπέδου καταμεῖναι πολλὰς ἐφεξῆς ἡμέρας, τὼ δὲ μεγάλῳ ἱερεῖ—γεγενῆσθαι.

127.
1 κατορθώμασιν VOG καὶ om. VO ὠφελίαις G
2 μόνην Ο σφετερίσασθαι BEMAKZ: διασφετερίσασθαι ceteri (v)
3 κάτω μείναντες BEM 3.
4 προστάττει om. BMG, post ἡμέτας (4) transp. KZ
4 τοὺς] τῶ Z καταμεῖναι Laur.
5 καθαρᾶι FGHP Laur.: καθαίρειν BEMAVK, καθαίρει COZ εἰ φώνου G
6 εἰ] αἱ M αἱ om. G
8 κοινὴ V1M συγγένειαν om. K1, συγγένειαν καὶ κοινήν transp. Z
10 πολὺ (om. χρόνον) FGHP
12 μέρος AFGHP: μέρους ceteri 12—14 ἐν—σώμασι FGHPKZ: om. ceteri
13 ὑπέλαβεν εἶναι FGHP: ὑπέλαβε τοῦτο KZ
14 τῶν σωμάτων Κ διαγωνισαμέναις Κ
16 τῷ om. Α ὑστερίσουσι Turn.
17 ἔλαττον CVO
18 μονήν] καταμονήν Α (v) ἔδοξαν M ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι om. F
19 ἐφεδρεύοντες M πεντακοσιοστὴν (sic. codd.)] πεντηκοστὴν Α; πεντακοσιαστὴν V
20 δὲ CF

128.
4 sqq. Num. 31,19—24
5 sqq. cf. Procop. Gaz. Comment. in Num. 3119 (Migne t. 87,1 Col. 882): ceterum ante communionem seu participationem praecedit purificatio; nam etsi iusta caedes fuerit, effusio tamen est fraterni sanguinis, et Deo displicet hominis internecio, eum enim ad vitam, non ad mortem condidit (Caten. Lips. I p. 1386 Ἀδήλου).
10 sqq. Num. 31,25 sqq.

129.
1 τῷ om. Z
2 χιλιάρχαι Α δέ οm. O ἑκατοντάρχαι A
3 αὑτῶν VO: om. FHP, αὐτῶν ceteri συστρατευσαμένων FGHP: στρατευσαμένων ceteri (v)
4 λόγου om. F
5 ἐκ] ὁ G, om. Α
6 πολυτελέστατα] πολύτιμα BEMAK1Z
7 καθιερωμένῃ] καθ’ ἱεροσύνην G
8 παγκάλως HP
9 καὶ add. ante τὴν VO 9.
10 τὴν χωρὶς om. M
10 ἔργου FGHP: ἔργων ceteri (v) ἐπιδειξαμένων FGHP: ἐπιδειξάντων ceteri τι
11 σώματι VOG, σώμασι Κ ψυχὴ F
14 ἡγεμόνι FGHP: μεγάλων ἡγεμόνι A, μεγάλω ἡγεμόνι ceteri (v)
15 πόλεμοι corr. ex πολέμιοι Β, πολέμιοι G
16 τῆς om. V1GKZ, εἰς ss. K2 ἀντιπέραν V2OK2
17 τῆς ante εὐδαίμονος add. V2O
18 ἀνενεγκεῖν HP, ἀγαγεῖν Α αἱ om. KZ
19 post ἐπιτρέψαι add. αὐτοῖς V2O 19.
20 τὰς κληρουχίαις (sic) G
20 ἐνταυθοῖ om. BEMAVO αὐτὰς] τὰς VOF ἱδρυνθείσας G, ἱδρυνθησομένας V2O
21 εἶναι ἔφασκον transp. Α (v), ἔφασκον om. KZ τε om. A (Turn.)
22 εὔυδρόν τε Z 22.
23 ἀπαυτονομίζοντα (sic) C

130.
18 sqq. Num. cap. 32

131.
2 ἔσω A
3 διακεκλήρωντο KZ, διεκληρώσαντο FG, ἐκεκλήρωντο Α (v) δυσχεράνας] δυσχεραίνει καὶ Z ἀποκρίνεται codd. (Turn.): ἐπικρίνεται Mang.
4 οὖν FGHP: 0111. ceteri ἐνταῦθα VOK2
5 δὲ AF ἡμετέρους F οὐ συγγενεῖς FGHP: οἰκείους καὶ συγγενεῖς ceteri (v) 5.
6 τροαχηλιῶσι Α
6 πολέμιοι GHPK1 ἆθλα] ἔσθα G κατορθωμένοις BEMG
7 διαθήσεται HP
8 ἑτέροις P ἀναμένουσιν CP ἡμᾶς Z τὰ om. M
9 δὲ F post κακοῖς add. τοσούτοις Α (v)
10 προσθήκην FGHPKZ: προσθήκης ceteri μέρους FH2KZ: μέρος ceteri
11 ὅλων H2KZ: ἄλλων ceteri μέρη H2KZ: περὶ ceteri κληρονομίας] προνομίας coni. Mang. ἀξιοῦται Κ: ἀξιοῦνται FGHPZ, ἀξιοῦτε ceteri
14 δὴ CVOFGP: δὲ ceteri (v)
15 πλεονεκτήσετε ἐν ταῖς διανομαῖς transp. Z ἐπλεονεκτήσετε G; ἐπλεονεκτήσατε coni. Mang.
17 ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς om. M
18 ἔλθοι Z παραδείγματ’ CBEMKZ: παραδείγματα ceteri
19 κατεσκάψαντο G
20 ἀπονοηθέντων F ε γὰρ om. M δυεῖν F
21 ζηλοῦται G

132.
1 τοιγαροῦν Κ σπεύσετε FGHP: σπεύδετε ceteri (v)
2 δὲ CBEBIKZ ἅπαξ] αὖθις G
3 μὲν post ὅταν transp. BMKZ
5 εὐθύναις] ἀθήναις Z δοκιμασθῶσιν] δοκῶσιν FGHP 5.
6 λιποτάξιον—λιποστράτιον C: λοιποτάξιον—λοιποστράτιον Z, λειποτάξιον—λειποστράτιον ceteri
6 μηδὲ GKZ
7 δ’ om. Z φαίνωνται FHP: φαίνονται G, φαίνοιντο ceteri
8 ἐρημωθήσεται Α ἡ οm. O προνενοηκότων VO (ενωκηκό ss. man. rec. V), ἐνῳκηκότων G
10 σφόδρ’ FGHP
11 ᾔδεσαν scripsi: ᾔδεισαν codd. ἐξουσία ἀρχῆς transp. KZ
12 καὶ δικαιοσύνην om. G
13 οὐκ om. KZ τῶν] τοῦ Z
14 αἰεὶ FGHP: om. ceteri αἰεὶ ποιούμενον] ἀντιποιούμενον vel περιποιούμενον coni. Mang.; διαπονούμενον Vel ἐπιδεικνύμενον conicio εἰ τοῦθ’] εἰ τοῦτο F, εἶθ’ Α
16 ἐπειγώμεθα O
17 ἐπιπονώτερον K1Z κρινόμενα HP
18 τέ om. CVO
19 στρατιαῖς VOFGHPK2 τὰ πρᾶγμα (sic) Η 19.
20 τέλος αἴσιον λάβη transp. Η
20 καθ᾿ ἃ BEM συνετάξαμεν Α
21 παντευτυχίαις Z
22 μονῆς παρασχόντες transp. CVO κομιδῇ om. H post θυγατέρες add. καὶ μητέρες Α (v)
23 ἐπιτρέπεις G

133.
1 μηδὲν] μηδεὶς Z
2 προκαταληφθέντες (η ex εἰ corr.) Z, προκαταλειφθέντες βλέμματι προκαταλειφθέντες P δὲ Α βλέμματι] ὄμματι VO, ὄμματι Κ πραότερον FG, πρότερον BEMA
3 μένουσιν C 3.
4 ὑπολίπεσθε OKZ, ὑπολείπεσθαι MG
5 μετὰ] πρὸς G ἄλλων] ὅλων BEMAF ἐντεταγμένοι KZ
6 δέοι A δ’ om. VO
7 εἰς ante τὴν add. P post κεκρατηκότες repet. τὴν χώραν Z
8 διανείμωνται FGHP: διανεμοῦνται V2O διανέμωνται ceteri καὶ] αὖθις (paene evan.) Z ἐπανελεύεσθε M 8.
9 ἐπιβαλόντων MKZ
9 ἀπολαύσαντες KZ, ἀποβάλλοντες G
10 pr. καὶ om. M
11 ἀσφαλῶς om.
12 ἢν om. Α ἱδρύοντο Α δὲ F
13 μόνον Α
14 πάντων Mang.: πάντως codd. προλαβὼν VOFGHP: λαβὼν ceteri προθυμότατος Turn.
15 εἰς συμμαχίαν codd.: εἰς τὴν συμμαχίαν v νομίζων om. BEMA
16 δὴ om. G αὐτοῦ VO μεμύνηται CK, μεμήνυται corr. ex μεμύνηται Β; hic desinit C, reliqua suppl. in marg. man. rec. λεκτέα BEMKZ
17 δὲ F ἱεροσύνης G νομικῆς G κατόρθωσε MZ
18 τὰς om. Α
19 βασιλεία FGHP: βασιλεῖ ceteri

Philo Judaeus De Vita Mosis (Lib. I-II) 1

ed. Leopold Cohn

Search the Perseus Catalog for:

ΛΟΓΟΣ ΠΡΩΤΟΣ

Current edition First1KGreek

Notes on the current edition

Stable identifiers